As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 27 June 200324, 2004


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form 20-F

   
o REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

   
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
2003

OR

   
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSACTION PERIOD FROM
___________TO ________


(Commission file number 0-15741)

AKTIEBOLAGET ELECTROLUX (PUBL)

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)

Kingdom of Sweden
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

S:t Göransgatan 143, SE-105 45 Stockholm, Sweden
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of each class
Class B Shares (SEK 5 nominal amount, non restricted)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of
capital or common
stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report:

   
B Shares (SEK 5.0 nominal value) 328,712,580314,100,000
A Shares (SEK 5.0 nominal value) 10,000,000��

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

     Yes  þ     No  o

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

     Item 17  þ     Item 18  o

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1
1
2
3
3
5
5
5
10
10
10
16
16
18
24
33
37
38
39
40
46
46
49
49
50
50
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
54
55
55
55
58
58
58
62
62
62
62
63
71
72
72
73
74
75
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT75
75
75
77
77
EX-2 DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
EX-12.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
EX-12.2 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION
EX-13 SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
EX-14.1 CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS AB
EX-14.2 CONSENT OF KPMG AB

(i)


126
EX-1 ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
EX-12.1 CONSENT
EX-12.2 CONSENT127
EX-12.3 906 CERTIFICATIONS

(ii)


PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

     Unless the context indicates otherwise, the “Company”, “Electrolux” or the “Group” refers to AB Electrolux, a company organized under the laws of Sweden, and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Company is not affiliated with, and should not be confused with, Aerus LLC (formerly known as Electrolux LLC) that sellssold vacuum cleaners under the Electrolux brand in the United States and Canada.Canada prior to December 1, 2003. Whenever the “Electrolux” brand name is used in this report, the reference excludes floor care products sold previously by Aerus LLC in North America.

     Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts herein are expressed in Swedish Kronor (“krona”, “kronor” or “SEK”). References to “U.S. dollar”, “U.S.$”, “USD”, “dollar” or “$” are to the lawful currency of the United States. Unless otherwise stated herein translations of kronor into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of $1.00 = SEK 8.6950,7.1950, the noon buying rate for cable transfers in SEK as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2002.2003. On June 21, 2004, the noon buying rate was $1.00 = SEK 7.5510.

     At times, this report presents financial and other information for a specific year that is immediately followed by an amount within (brackets). The amount within (brackets) represents the corresponding amount for the previous year.

     Electrolux prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Swedish generally accepted accounting principles (“Swedish GAAP”). In addition, consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity are reported as reconciled to United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts and percentages presented herein are based on Swedish GAAP. Swedish GAAP as applied by the Company differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a discussion of the significant differences between Swedish GAAP and U.S. GAAP affecting Electrolux’s consolidated financials statements and a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of consolidated stockholders’ equity and consolidated net income as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 2001 and 2000,2001, see Note 2629 to the consolidated financial statements.

     This report also contains certain financial and performance measures where indicated that are not calculated in accordance with Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP, but which are disclosed herein in compliance with Item 10 of Regulation GS-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These non-GAAP financial and performance measures are used extensively by management to evaluate the financial performance and results of operations of Electrolux. In particular, Electrolux’s management considers “value creation” to be an important non-GAAP financialperformance measure. The non-GAAP financial and performance measures are included herein to assist the reader in understanding Electrolux’s operating results and financial condition from management’s point of view. Non-GAAP financial and performance measures, however, should not be considered alternatives to the amounts reported in accordance with Swedish or U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, the non-GAAP financial and performance measures included herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

     Certain information presented in this Annual Report on Form 20-F relating to the markets in which Electrolux operates, such as the size of the particular market and the market share of Electrolux within such markets, has been obtained by Electrolux from market research reports, analysts’ reports and other publicly available information, as well as from internally developed market data. While Electrolux has no reason to believe that the third-party sourced information is not reliable, such information has not been independently verified. Accordingly, the accuracy or completeness of this information cannot be guaranteed.

 


FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This annual report includes “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts; instead, such statements are often based on assumptions about future market conditions, operations and results. The words “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “may”, “could”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential” and similar expressions are intended to identify these statements. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this report including, without limitation, “Item 3.D—Risk Factors”, “Item 4—Information on the Company” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, and include, among others, statements regarding:

  the financial goals or targets of Electrolux for future periods;
 
  future business and financial plans;
 
  the growth in demand for Electrolux’s products;
 
  the economic outlook and industry trends;
 
  developments of Electrolux’s markets and competition;
 
  the impact of regulatory initiatives and pending and future litigation;
 
  research and development expenditures;
 
  plans to launch new products and services; and
 
  the expected cost savings from Electrolux’s various restructuring measures.

     While Electrolux believes that the expectations reflected in these and other forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from the expectations reflected in those statements due to a variety of factors, including, among others, the following:

  Electrolux’s success in developing new products and marketing initiatives;
 
  the progress in achieving operational and capital efficiency goals, including the success of reducing the number of product platforms;
 
  the success in identifying growth opportunities and acquisition candidates, and the integration of any acquired businesses with existing businesses;
 
  the success and progress in achieving structural and supply-chain reorganization goals;
 
  the ability of Electrolux to outsource production to lower-cost countries;
 
  competitive pressures to reduce prices;
 
  significant loss of business from major retailers;
 
  consumer demand and the success of Electrolux’s global strategy to develop brand differentiation and brand loyalty;
 
  the effects of exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  the social, economic, regulatory and political volatility in the markets in which Electrolux operates;
 
  the effect of local economies on product demand;

i


  Electrolux’s ability to recruit and retain highly qualified management and other employees;


the results of pending and future litigation;
  general economic conditions in the markets in which Electrolux operates, and its ability to adapt to rapid changes in market conditions; and
 
  political, economic and regulatory developments in the markets in which Electrolux operates.

     Certain of these factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under “Item 3.D—Risk Factors”, “Item 4—Information on the Company” and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. Electrolux undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law or stock exchange regulation. It is not possible to foresee or identify all factors that could cause future results to differ from expected or historic results. Therefore, investors should not consider the foregoing factors to be an exhaustive statement of all risks, uncertainties or factors that could potentially cause actual results to differ from projections in this report.

ii


PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     Not applicable.

1


ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     Not applicable.

12


ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
A.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table sets out selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 1999 and 1998:

                      
  2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
  
 
 
 
 
   (SEKm, except share and per share amounts, and ratios)
Amounts in accordance with Swedish GAAP          
 
Consolidated Income Statement Data
                    
 Net Sales  133,150   135,803   124,493   119,550   117,524 
 Operating Income  7,731   6,281   7,602   7,204   7,028 
 Income After Financial Items  7,545   5,215   6,530   6,142   5,850 
 Net Income  5,095   3,870   4,457   4,175   3,975 
 
Net Income per share1
  15.60   11.35   12.40   11.40   10.85 
 
Net Income per ADS1
  31.20   22.70   24.80   22.80   21.70 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                    
 Current Assets  57,726   62,096   57,609   53,593   55,404 
 Total Assets  85,424   94,447   87,289   81,644   83,289 
 
Long Term Debt 2
  14,080   17,927   16,549   17,008   18,078 
 Minority Interests  592   699   810   825   953 
 Stockholders’ Equity  27,629   28,864   26,324   25,781   24,480 
 Capital Stock  1,694   1,831   1,831   1,831   1,831 
 Number of shares (in thousands)  338,713   366,170   366,170   366,170   366,170 
 Number of shares after repurchase of shares  318,319   329,565   341,135       
 
Non-GAAP Data3
                    
 
Adjusted Equity/Assets Ratio4
  39.7   36.0   34.4   37.3   35.4 
 
Adjusted Net Debt to Equity Ratio 5
  0.05   0.37   0.63   0.50   0.71 
 
Value Creation6
  3,461   262   2,423   1,782   437 
 
Amounts calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP7
                    
 
Net Sales8
  132,499   131,724   120,716   116,240   114,289 
 Net Income  5,308   3,741   4,926   4,053   3,748 
 
Net Income from Continuing Operations9
  3,565   3,760   4,652   3,879   3,603 
 
Net Income per share1
  16.25   11.00   13.70   11.05   10.25 
 
Net Income per ADS1
  32.50   22.00   27.40   22.10   20.50 
 
Net Income from Continuing Operations per share1, 9
  10.90   11.05   12.95   10.60   9.85 
 
Net Income from Continuing Operations per ADS1, 9
  21.80   22.10   25.90   21.20   19.70 
 
Stockholders’ Equity 10
  27,504   28,591   26,411   25,213   24,018 
 
Total Assets 11
  86,178   95,289   88,293   84,935   85,700 
 
Dividends per ADS
                    
 
SEK 12, 13
  12.00   9.00   8.00   7.00   6.00 
 
USD 12, 13, 14
  1.47   0.88   0.78   0.78   0.72 
1999:
                     
  2003
 2002
 2001
 2000
 1999
  (SEK millions, except share and per share amounts, and ratios)
Amounts in accordance with Swedish GAAP
                    
 
Consolidated Income Statement Data
                    
Net Sales  124,077   133,150   135,803   124,493   119,550 
Operating Income  7,175   7,731   6,281   7,602   7,204 
Income After Financial Items  7,006   7,545   5,215   6,530   6,142 
Net Income  4,778   5,095   3,870   4,457   4,175 
Net Income per share1
  15.25   15.60   11.35   12.40   11.40 
Net Income per ADS1
  30.50   31.20   22.70   24.80   22.80 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                    
Current Assets  53,418   57,726   62,096   57,609   53,593 
Total Assets  77,028   85,424   94,447   87,289   81,644 
Long Term Debt2
  8,492   14,080   17,927   16,549   17,008 
Minority Interests  27   592   699   810   825 
Stockholders’ Equity  27,462   27,629   28,864   26,324   25,781 
Capital Stock  1,621   1,694   1,831   1,831   1,831 
Number of shares (in thousands)  324,100   338,713   366,170   366,170   366,170 
Number of shares excluding repurchased shares  307,100   318,319   329,565   341,135    
 
Performance Measure
Value Creation3
  3,449   3,461   262   2,423   1,782 
 
Amounts calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP
                    
Net Sales4
  121,641   128,322   128,495   117,350   112,615 
Operating Income5
  7,054   7,297   6,648   7,947   7,016 
Net Income5
  4,881   5,308   3,741   4,926   4,053 
Net Income from Continuing Operations5, 6
  4,879   4,220   4,042   4,530   3,681 
Net Income per share1, 5
  15.60   16.25   11.00   13.70   11.05 
Net Income per ADS1, 5
  31.20   32.50   22.00   27.40   22.10 
Net Income from Continuing Operations per share1, 5, 6
  15.60   12.90   11.90   12.60   10.00 
Net Income from Continuing Operations                    
per ADS1, 5, 6
  31.20   25.80   23.80   25.20   20.00 
Stockholders’ Equity5
  27,348   27,504   28,591   26,411   25,213 
Total Assets5
  78,372   86,095   95,206   88,293   84,935 
 
Dividends per ADS
                    
SEK7, 8
  13.00   12.00   9.00   8.00   7.00 
USD7, 8, 9
  1.70   1.47   0.88   0.78   0.78 


1. Number of shares and ADS outstanding represent both basic and diluted.
 
2. Long-term debt consists of long-term borrowings plus interest-bearing pension liabilities.
 
3. Non-GAAP data is not prepared in accordance with Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures presented should not be considered as alternatives to financial information reported in accordance with Swedish or U.S. GAAP. See “Presentation of Information” above.

2


4.Calculated as adjusted equity (equity including minority interests) as a percentage of adjusted total assets (total assets less cash and bank balances and short-term investments).
5.Calculated on the basis of net borrowings (total interest-bearing liabilities less liquid funds (short-term investments and cash and bank balances)) in relation to adjusted equity (equity including minority interests).
6.Value creation is a financialperformance measure extensively used by Electrolux for internal reporting purposes, as a management tool for measuring and evaluating financial performance within the Group as well as a basis for remuneration.
Value creation is calculated onnot a consolidated basismeasure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe however that our definition links operating income and asset efficiency with the cost of the capital employed in operations. Value creation should not be considered as operating incomean alternative measure of performance and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies because value creation is not uniformly defined.

3


Value creation is measured excluding items affecting comparability and defined as operating income less the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) on average net assets during a specific period.

Value creation is reconciled to operating income as follows:

                     
  2003
 2002
 2001
 2000
 1999
  (SEK millions, except percentages)
Operating Income  7,175   7,731   6,281   7,602   7,204 
Excluding items affecting comparability  463   434   141   448   216 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   7,638   8,165   6,422   8,050   7,420 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Less asset capital charge  4,189   4,704   6,160   5,627   5,638 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Value Creation  3,449   3,461   262   2,423   1,782 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Weighted Average Cost of Capital x
  13%  13%  14%  14%  14%
   
   
   
   
   
 
Average net assets =
  32,226   36,182   44,002   40,194   40,270 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Asset capital charge
  4,189   4,704   6,160   5,627   5,638 
   
   
   
   
   
 

The cost of capital (“WACC”) (an expected rate of return) on average net assets excluding items affecting comparability or expressedvaries between different countries and business units due to country-specific factors such as a formula: (Net sales – operating costs = operating income) – (WACC x Average net assets).interest rates, risk premiums and tax rates. WACC is calculated annually by Electrolux to apply for the following year on the basis of agreed parameters aimed at determining the Group’s cost of capital. For 2002, an expected rate of return, or WACC, of 13% before tax was used for the value creation calculation. For the years 1998 – 2001, a WACC of 14% was used. Net assets are total assets exclusive of liquid funds (short-term investments and cash and bank balances), interest-bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and provisions and excluding items affecting comparability. A higher return on net assets than the WACC implies that the Group creates value.
 
7.4.Certain amounts have been reclassified for comparison purposes due to the disclosure of discontinued operations.
5. Upon adoption of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, Electrolux ceased amortization of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for U.S. GAAP reporting purposes. Amortization expense on goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on a U.S. GAAP basis for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 1999 and 19981999 was SEK –222m, SEK –168m SEK –168m and SEK –181m,–168m, respectively.
 
8.Certain amounts have been reclassified for comparison purposes due to the disclosure of discontinued operations.
9.6. Under SFAS 144, each of the following 2003 and 2002 divestments are accounted for as a discontinued operations: Vestfrost A/S, the compressor operation, Zanussi Metallurgica, the European motor operation, the Mexican compressor plant, the European home comfort operation and the remainder of the leisure appliance product line. Please see Note 2629 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
10.Stockholder’s equity for 2001 and 2000 has been restated as described in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.
11.Total assets for 2001 and 2000 has been restated as described in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.
12.7. Weighted average number of shares outstanding was 313,270,489 shares for 2003; 327,093,373 shares for 2002; 340,064,997 shares for 2001; 359,083,955 shares for 2000; and 366,169,580 shares for 1998 through 1999. The decreases in weighted average number of shares outstanding for these periods reflect open market repurchases of shares by Electrolux.
 
13.8. Dividends are set forth in the above table under the year to which they relate rather thanrelate. In accordance with general practice in Sweden, the dividends are declared and paid in the year in which they were paid.following the financial period.
 
14.9. Amounts in U.S. dollars are presented for convenience only, and are based on the noon buying rate for SEK at each of the respective payment dates.

     Exchange Rate Information

     The following table presents information with respect to the exchange rate for Swedish kronor per USD 1.00, based on the noon buying rate for cable transfers in SEK as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. On May 30, 2003June 21, 2004 the noon buying rate for SEK was USD 1.00=SEK 7.7654.

             
Period Average Rate 1 High Low

 
 
 
  (SEK per USD)
Year ended December 31,1998  7.9658   8.3350   7.5800 
Year ended December 31,1999  8.3007   8.6120   7.7060 
Year ended December 31, 2000  9.2251   10.3600   8.3530 
Year ended December 31, 2001  10.4328   11.0270   9.3250 
Year ended December 31, 2002  9.6571   10.7290   8.6950 
December 2002     9.0750   8.6950 
January 2003     8.7920   8.5150 
February 2003     8.5650   8.4100 
March 2003     8.7030   8.3650 
April 2003     8.6425   8.1700 
May 2003     8.1470   7.7479 
7.5510.
             
Period
 Average Rate1
 High
 Low
  (SEK per USD)
Year ended December 31,1999  8.3007   8.6120   7.7060 
Year ended December 31, 2000  9.2251   10.3600   8.3530 
Year ended December 31, 2001  10.4328   11.0270   9.3250 
Year ended December 31, 2002  9.6571   10.7290   8.6950 
Year ended December 31, 2003  8.0351   8.7920   7.1950 
December 2003     7.5420   7.1950 
January 2004     7.4120   7.0850 
February 2004     7.4330   7.1295 
March 2004     7.6620   7.3660 
April 2004     7.7510   7.4650 
May 2004     7.7725   7.4170 


1. Based on the applicable exchange rate for the last day of each month during the period indicated. Average rates are not presented for months.

4


     Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Swedish kronor and the dollar may affect the dollar equivalent of the Swedish kronor price of the Electrolux B Shares traded on the Stockholm Exchange and, as a

3


result, are likely to affect the price of ADSs in the United States. Such fluctuations will also affect the dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion by the Depositary of cash dividends paid in kronor on the Electrolux B Shares represented by ADSs. For a discussion of the effects of currency fluctuations on Electrolux’s business, please see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

B.   CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
B.CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

     Not applicable.

C.   REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
C.REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     Not applicable.

D.   RISK FACTORS
D.RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider all of the information in this Annual Report and, in particular, the risks outlined below.

     Electrolux’s business is affected by global economic conditions.

     Current conditions in many of the economies in which Electrolux operates and the global economy remain very uncertain. As a result, it is difficult to estimate the global and regional economic development for the foreseeable future. In addition, the business environment and the economic condition of Electrolux’s markets are also influenced by political uncertainties, including the current political situation in the Middle East. A lengthy recession or sustained loss of consumer confidence in the markets in which Electrolux operates could trigger a significant industry-wide decline in sales and could also lead to slower economic growth and a corresponding significant reduction in demand. Electrolux generates a substantial portion of its net sales from North America and Europe, both of which have continued to experienceexperienced a slow economy in the past few years. More recently, North America has demonstrated a rebound in its economy. Similarly, continued economic decline in Asia could delay Electrolux’s strategic expansion into emerging Asian markets.Recent years’ terrorist attacks have had a negative impact also on tourism, which has negatively affected the performance of our Professional Indoor business operations. These global and regional conditions could have an adverse impact on the operations of Electrolux, with a resulting material adverse effect on results of operations and financial condition.

     Electrolux’s markets are highly competitive and subject to price pressure.

     The markets for Electrolux’s products are highly competitive and there is considerable pressure to reduce prices, especially when faced with an economic downturn and possible reductions in consumer demand. The effects of competition and price pressure are particularly apparent for floor-care products in the United States and in Europe (in particular, in the U.K. and Germany), small appliances generally and for consumer outdoor products in Western Europe. Electrolux faces strong competitors, someand the likely emergence of whichnew competitors, particularly from Asia and Eastern Europe, who may prove to have greater resources in a given business area. Some industries in which Electrolux operates are undergoing consolidation which may result in stronger competitors and a change in Electrolux’s relative market position. There is also a trend, particularly in Europe, towards globalization among Electrolux’s customers in the retail sector, which means fewer, bigger and more international retail chains. As these retailers are consolidating their supplier base, the competition among suppliers may increase. In response to an increasingly competitive environment, Electrolux and other manufacturers may be forced to increase efficiency by further reducing costs along the value chain, including their suppliers. The development of alternative distribution channels, such as the Internet, could also contribute to further price pressure within Electrolux’s markets. There can be no assurances that Electrolux will be able to adapt to these changes and increase or maintain its market share.

     Consolidation of retail chains has resulted in increased dependence on a number of large customers.

     Due to the ongoing consolidation of retail chains, major customers account for a large and increasing part of Electrolux’s sales. This trend is particularly significant in the Consumer Durables business area, as most products in this business area are sold through major retail chains. This trend towards consolidation has resulted in greater commercial and credit exposures. If Electrolux were to lose one of its major customers or experience a material reduction in orders or

5


become unable to collect fully its accounts receivable from a major customer, its net sales and financial results would suffer.

4


     Electrolux’s operating results may be affected by seasonality.

     Demand for certain of Electrolux’s products is affected by seasonality and factors that are hard to predict such as the weather. For example, market demand for lawn mowers, trimmers and room air conditioners is generally lower during the winter season. As a result, Electrolux’s outdoor products and room air conditioners product linelines experience most of their sales volume and profitability in the first seven months of the year. Electrolux expectexpects this seasonality to continue in the future.

     Electrolux’s future success depends on its ability to develop new and innovative products.

     Product innovation and development are critical factors in maintaining market share in all of Electrolux’s product lines. The markets in which Electrolux operates,,particularly the Consumer Durables business area, experience rapid and significant changes due to the introduction of new technologies. To meet Electrolux’s customers’ needs in these businesses, Electrolux must continuously design new, and update existing, products and services and invest in and develop new technologies. Product development is also driven by criteria for better environmental performance and lower cost of use. Introducing new products requires significant management time and a high level of financial and other commitments to research and development, which may not result in success. During 2002,2003, Electrolux invested SEK 1,797m1,628 million in research and development, primarily related to product development in the Consumer Durables business area. Electrolux’s sales and net income may suffer if investments are made in technologies that do not function as expected or are not accepted in the marketplace.

     Electrolux may experience difficulties relating to its strategy for business acquisitions and dispositions.

     Electrolux’s core strategy is based on achieving and increasing significant market positions in its product areas through internal growth and acquisitions and by improving operational efficiencies. Political and economic developments in recent years in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America have created a potential for expansion in those growth markets. However, expansion through acquisitions is inherently risky due to the difficulties of integrating people, operations, technologies and products. Electrolux may incur significant acquisition, administrative and other costs in connection with these transactions, including costs related to integration of acquired or restructured businesses. There can be no assurances that Electrolux will be able to successfully integrate the businesses it acquires into existing operations or that they will perform according to expectations once integrated. Similarly, Electrolux’s dispositions of certain non-core assets may prove more costly than anticipated and may affect its net sales and resultresults of operations.

     Electrolux may not be able to successfully implement planned cost-reduction measures and generate the expected cost-savings indicated herein.

     Since 2000,In 2001 and 2002, Electrolux has implemented restructuring programs on an annual basis in an effort to improve operating efficiencies and the Group’s profitability. These restructuring measures have included the divestitures of unprofitable non-core operations, layoffs of employees, consolidation of manufacturing operations and other cost-cutting measures. Electrolux has also put substantial effort into driving down costs and complexity throughout the supply chain by improving integration of the supply chain and demand flow management. There can be no assurances that these measures will generate the level of cost savings that Electrolux has estimated going forward.

     Electrolux is dependent on third party suppliers to deliver key components and materials for its products.

     Electrolux’s manufacturing process depends on the availability and timely supply of components and raw materials, generally from third party suppliers. While supply delays can affect the performance of most of Electrolux’s business sectors, Electrolux is particularly sensitive to supply problems related to electronic components.components, compressors, steel, aluminium and copper. Electrolux works closely with its suppliers to avoid supply-related problems and is increasing its supply of sourced finished products, but there can be no assurances that it will not experience problems in the future. Such problems could have material adverse effects on the business, results of operations or financial condition of Electrolux. In addition, unanticipated increases in the

6


price of components or raw materials due to market shortages could also adversely affect the financial results of certain of Electrolux’s business groups.businesses.

     Electrolux is subject to risks related to changes in commodity prices.

     Electrolux is subject to risks related to changes in commodity prices as the ability to recover increased cost through higher pricing may be limited by the competitive environment in which Electrolux operates. In particular, steel prices have increased in 2004 in all markets. Electrolux

5


uses commodity futures to hedge immaterial amounts of commodity purchases, primarily related to copper and aluminum. For more details regarding commodity price risk, please see Item 11 “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

     Electrolux is exposed to foreign exchange risks and interest rate risk.

     Electrolux operates in overapproximately 60 countries around the world and as a result is subject to the risks associated with cross-border transactions. In particular, Electrolux is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risks and risks relating to delayed payments from customers in certain countries or difficulties in the collection of receivables generally. Electrolux is also subject to risks arising from translation of balance sheets and income statements of foreign subsidiaries. The major currencies that Electrolux is exposed to are the U.S. dollar (including currencies correlating with the dollar), the Euro and the British pound. While Electrolux’s geographically widespread production and its hedging transactions reduce the effects of changes in exchange rates, there can be no assurances that these measures will be sufficient.

     In addition, Electrolux holds assets and liabilities to manage the liquidity and cash needs of its day-to-day operations. These interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities are subject to interest rate risk. While these interest rate exposures are minimized to some extent by the use of derivative financial instruments, there can be no assurances that these hedging activities will be effective or sufficient.

     For more details regarding currency risks and interest rate risks, please see “Item 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”

     Electrolux is dependent upon hiring and retaining highly qualified management and technical personnel.

     Having the right people—in the right positions—is key for realizing opportunities in the competitive environment in which Electrolux operates. Competition for highly qualified management and technical personnel remains intense. Electrolux’s future success depends in part on its continued ability to hire, develop, motivate and retain qualified personnel. Electrolux has identified talent management as a strategic priority and has established a structured talent-review process. However, there can be no assurances that Electrolux will continue to be successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified employees in the future, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of Electrolux.

     Electrolux is subject to regulatory risks associated with its international operations.

     As a result of its worldwide operations, Electrolux is subject to a wide variety of complex laws, regulations and controls, and various non-binding treaties and guidelines, including those related to employee safety, employee relations, product safety and exchange controls. Electrolux expects that sales to and manufacturing in emerging markets, in particular in China, Southeast Asia and Eastern Europe, will continue to be an increasing portion of its total operations. Changes in regulatory requirements, economic and political instability, tariffs and other trade barriers and price or exchange controls could limit its operations in these countries and make the repatriation of profits difficult. In addition, the uncertainty of the legal environment in certain of the countries in which it operates could limit Electrolux’s ability to enforce effectively its rights in those markets. Electrolux products are also affected by environmental legislation in various markets, which principally involves limits for energy consumption (which relate to certain of its white goods products) and emissions (which relate to certain of its outdoor products that are powered by gasoline) as well as the obligation to recycle waste of electrical products.

7


Electrolux is subject to risks relating to the relocation of manufacturing capacity.

     As part of its strategy of continued reduction of costs and rationalization of its production activities, Electrolux has in the past, and will in the future, relocate some of its manufacturing capacity to lower cost jurisdictions. For example, in January 2004 Electrolux decided to relocate its production of refrigerators in Greenville, Michigan, to a new facility which will be built in Mexico. See “Item 5.D.—Trend Information — Closure of refrigerator plant in Greenville, USA.” The transfer of production from one facility to another is costly and presents the possibility of additional disruptions and delays during the transition period. Electrolux might not be able to successfully transition production to different facilities. Any prolonged disruption in the operations of any of its manufacturing facilities or any unforeseen delay in shifting manufacturing operations to new facilities, whether due to technical or labor difficulties or delays in regulatory approvals, could result in delays in shipments of products to Electrolux’s customers, increased costs and reduced revenues.

     Electrolux is subject to certain environmental risks.

     Electrolux may also be subject to environmental risks in connection with the operation of its manufacturing plants. With respect to such environmental risks, Electrolux maintains liability insurance at levels that management believes are appropriate and in accordance with industry practice. However, many of such risks are not insurable and there can be no assurances that (i) Electrolux will not incur environmental losses beyond the limits, or outside the coverage, of suchany insurance or that any such losses would not have a material adverse effect on the results of its operations or financial condition, or (ii) Electrolux’s provisions for environmental remediation will be sufficient to cover the ultimate loss or expenditure.

6Compliance cost associated with the EU Waste and Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive could have a material adverse effect on Electrolux’s income, financial position and cash flow.


     In December 2002, the European Union (EU) adopted the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive, introducing producer responsibility for the cost of recycling and waste disposal. This Directive requires that each manufacturer and importer, from August 2005, must finance the recycling of electrical products it places on the EU market after that date (individual producer responsibility). For products sold before August 2005, producers shall jointly share the recycling obligations based on current market share (collective producer responsibility).

     Recycling costs for Electrolux’s electrical products currently are in the range of 1 to 20 euro per appliance. The WEEE Directive will affect approximately 20 million Electrolux products sold each year in Europe. The compliance with the WEEE Directive could have a potential material adverse effect on the Electrolux’s income, financial position and cash flow. Estimates of the cost remain highly uncertain, as total volumes to be collected are, as yet, unknown. Furthermore, treatment costs cannot be predicted until contracts are in place, and transposition of the Directive by EU Member States may change the requirements finally placed on producers.

     For more details regarding the WEEE Directive, see “Item 4.B—Business Overview—Environmental and Other Government Regulation.”

     Lawsuits in the United States claiming asbestos-related personal injuries are pending against the Electrolux Group.

     Certain of Electrolux’s U.S. subsidiaries have been named as defendants in lawsuitsLitigation and claims related to asbestos are pending against the Group in the United States claiming various asbestos-related personal injuries, allegedly as a result of exposure to products manufactured by Electrolux with components containing asbestos.States. Almost all of the cases relate to externally supplied components used in industrial products manufactured by discontinued operations of Electrolux prior to the early 1970s. In addition, almost allMany of the cases involve multiple plaintiffs who have made identical allegations against many other defendants who are not affiliated with Electrolux.part of the Electrolux Group.

     As of December 31, 2002,2003, there were 218 (95)584 (216) lawsuits pending against Electrolux entities representing approximately 14,00021,000 (approximately 3,500)14,000) plaintiffs. During 2003, 497 new cases were filed and 129 pending cases were resolved. Approximately 13,40020,000 of the plaintiffs relate to cases pending in the State of Mississippi.

     Electrolux believes its predecessor companies may have had insurance coverage applicable to some of the cases during some of the relevant years. Electrolux is currently in the process of determining the extent of itsdiscussions with those insurance coverage and has made a provision of less than $9 million in respect of currently pending claims. The amount of this provision, however, does not reflectcarriers.

8


     Additional lawsuits that may be filed against Electrolux in the future as itfuture. It is difficultnot possible to predict botheither the number of future claims andor the number of plaintiffs that theseany future claims may represent. In addition, the outcome of asbestos claims is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict and Electrolux cannot provide any assurances that the resolution of these types of claims will not have a material adverse effect on its business or results of operations in the future.

     If Electrolux were to experience unexpected quality problems in the development or production of its products, it may incur higher than expected warranty expenses and its results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

     Electrolux’s value chain comprises all the steps in its operations, from research and development, to production to marketing and sales. Operational failures in its value chain processes could result in quality problems or potential product, labor safety, regulatory or environmental risks. Such risks are particularly present in relation to Electrolux’s production facilities which are located all over the world and have a high degree of organizational and technological complexity. Unforeseen product quality problems in the development and production of new and existing products could result in loss of market share and higher warranty expense, any of which could have a material adverse effect on Electrolux’s results of operations and financial condition.

     Electrolux may be subject to significant product recalls or product liability actions that could adversely affect its results of operations.

     Under laws in many countries regulating consumer products, Electrolux may be forced to recall or repurchase some of its products under certain circumstances, and more restrictive laws and regulations may be adopted in the future. For example, as a manufacturer and distributor of consumer products in the United States, Electrolux is subject to the U.S. Consumer Products Safety Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission to exclude products from the U.S. market that are found to be unsafe or hazardous. Under certain circumstances, the U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission could require Electrolux to repurchase or recall one or more of its products. Any repurchase or recall of products could be costly to Electrolux and could damage its reputation. If Electrolux was required to remove, or it voluntarily removed, its products from the market, Electrolux’s reputation could be tarnished and it might have large quantities of finished products that could not be sold. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that product recalls would not have a material adverse affect on Electrolux’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

     Electrolux also faces exposure to product liability claims in the event that one of its products is alleged to have resulted in property damage, bodily injury or other adverse effects. Electrolux has become implicated in certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of its business, including suits involving allegations of improper delivery of goods or services, product liability and product defects and quality problems. Electrolux is largely self-insured for product liability matters expected to occur in the normal course of business and funds these risks, for the most part, through wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries. Electrolux accrues for such self-insured claims and litigation risks when it is probable that an obligation has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. In addition, for large catastrophic losses, Electrolux maintains excess product liability insurance with third-party carriers in amounts that it believes are reasonable. However, there can be no assurances that product liability claims will not have a material adverse affect on Electrolux’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

7


Electrolux is subject to risks related to its insurance coverage

     Electrolux maintains third-party insurance coverage and self-insures through wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries for a variety of exposures and risks, such as property damage, business interruption, environmental risks asbestos claims and product liability claims. However, while Electrolux believes it has adequate insurance coverage for all relevant exposures in line with industry standards, there can be no assurances that (i) Electrolux will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, at all times in the future or that claims will not exceed, or fall outside of, its third-party or captive insurance coverage, or (ii) its provisions for uninsured or uncovered losses will be sufficient to cover its ultimate loss or expenditure.

89


ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
A.HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

     Aktiebolaget Electrolux (publ) is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Sweden. The address of the Company’s registered office is S:t Göransgatan 143, S-105 45 Stockholm, Sweden, and its telephone number at such address is +46 8 738 60 00. Electrolux’s web site is www.electrolux.com. This web site address is not an active hyperlink to the web site, and the web site does not form part of this document.

     Electrolux was incorporated in 1910 as Elektromekaniska AB. Through the merger in 1919 between Elektromekaniska AB and another Swedish company, AB Lux, Aktiebolaget Electrolux was established. Electrolux led the development of the modern canister-type vacuum cleaner as well as the absorption refrigerator during the early part of the 20th century.

     In 1928, Electrolux was introduced on the London Stock Exchange. At such time, the Group had five plants, approximately twenty subsidiaries and 250 offices throughout the world, and its worldwide turnover was approximately SEK 70 million. In 1930, Electrolux was listed on the Stockholm Stock Exchange. Three years later, vacuum cleaner production began in Old Greenwich, Connecticut, USA, and the first air-cooled refrigerator was produced.

     In the late 1960’s, Electrolux initiated the restructuring of the fragmented Western European white-goods industry. In 1968, the minority interest (39%) in Electrolux Corp., USA was sold to Consolidated Food for almost SEK 300 million. The cash generated from this transaction provided Electrolux with the key to future expansion.

     The acquisition of the Italian company Zanussi in 1984, including its subsidiaries in Spain, made Electrolux a leader in the European market for household appliances. The Zanussi purchase also made the Group a leader in food service equipment. The third largest white goods company in the USA, White Consolidated Inc., with brands such as Frigidaire, Gibson, Kelvinator and White Westinghouse, was acquired in 1986. The Outdoor Products business area expanded following new acquisitions, includingwith the 1986 acquisition of the U.S. company Poulan/Weed Eater. The Group’s total annual sales in 1986 had grown to SEK 53 billion.Eater and the 1989 acquisition of the outdoor power products business of the Roper Corporation.

     TheSince the mid-1990s, the Group has periodically implemented a number of restructuring programs and other measures aimed at improving profitability. For example, the Group initiated a two-year restructuring program in 1997, with the purpose of improving profitability. Streamlining of Grouppursuant to which operations beganwere streamlined, beginning with the divestment of the industrial products sector, as well as the divestment of the production of sewing machines, agricultural implements and interior decoration equipment. Further restructuring measures were implemented in 2001 and 2002. See “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Restructuring Programs.”

     A new branding strategy was adopted in 1998 to focus resources on a smaller number of large and well-defined brands. The core business at such time comprised Household Appliances, Professional Appliances and Outdoor Products. Annual Group sales in 1998 had grown to SEK 117 billion.

     In May 2000, an agreement was entered into for the acquisition of the trademark and company name “Electrolux” in North America. As a result, Electrolux gained full global control of the company name and the Group’s most important brand.

     Today, Electrolux is one of Sweden’s largest industrial enterprises with 299284 subsidiaries in overapproximately 60 countries as of December 31, 2002.2003. For more information on the Group’s recent acquisitions and divestitures, please see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Significant Actions and Transactions Affecting Results and Financial Condition”. For a discussion of Electrolux’s principal capital expenditures during the past three years, please see “Item 5.B—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
B.BUSINESS OVERVIEW

     With sales of SEK 133.2124.1 billion in 2002,2003, Electrolux believes it is the world’s largest producer of appliances and equipment for kitchen, cleaning and outdoor use.use combined. Electrolux sold more than 55 million consumer products in 2002,2003, including products such as refrigerators, cookers, washing machines, chainsaws, lawnmowers and garden tractors. Electrolux’s products are targeted at both professionals and retail consumers.

910


     Electrolux conducts operations in overapproximately 60 countries. The following table provides a breakdown of Electrolux’s net sales by region for each of the last three years:

                          
Net Sales by Region 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
   
 
 
 
 
 
Sweden  4,473   3.4   4,158   3.3   4,464   3.6 
Europe (excluding Sweden)  57,160   42.9   58,937   43.4   53,705   43.1 
United States and Canada  53,026   39.8   52,907   39.0   52,906   42.5 
Other Areas  18,491   13.9   19,441   14.3   13,418   10.8 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Consolidated sales
  133,150   100.0   135,803   100.0   124,493   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                         
Net Sales by Region
 2003
 2002
 2001
  SEKm
 %1
 SEKm
 %1
 SEKm
 %1
Sweden  4,307   3.5   4,473   3.4   4,518   3.4 
Europe (excluding Sweden)  55,153   44.4   57,159   42.9   58,937   43.4 
North America  49,205   39.7   53,391   40.1   53,794   39.6 
Rest of the world  15,412   12.4   18,127   13.6   18,554   13.7 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Consolidated sales
  124,077   100.00   133,150   100.0   135,803   100.0 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1. As a percentage of consolidated net sales.

     Strategy

     Electrolux aims to be a global leader in the market for consumer durables for indoor and outdoor use. To this end, while significant volumes and economies of scale are of utmost importance, Electrolux’s key strategies are to be one of the three most significant suppliers to the main retailers and to be recognized as a leading brand and manufacturer among customers.

     Electrolux intends to continue to develop into a market-driven company that is ahead of the competition in addressing consumer needs. To achieve this objective, Electrolux is implementing the following measures:

  continued reduction of costs and the complexity of the organization;
 
  acceleration of the rate of product renewal based on consumer needs; and
 
  increased marketing and brand building focusing on fewer and stronger brands, with particular focus on Electrolux as a global brand for the Group.

     Electrolux Business Areas

     Electrolux operates in the following three business areas:

  Consumer Durables;
 
  Professional Indoor Products; and
 
  Professional Outdoor Products.

     The following table sets forth the net sales for each of these business areas in each of the last three years.

                          
Net Sales by Business Area 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
   
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Durables  111,520   83.7   108,990   80.3   98,488   79.1 
Professional Indoor  10,887   8.2   17,073   12.6   17,561   14.1 
Professional Outdoor  10,597   8.0   9,452   6.9   8,039   6.5 
Other  146   0.1   288   0.2   405   0.3 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Total consolidated amounts
  133,150   100.0   135,803   100.0   124,493   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                         
Net Sales by Business Area
 2003
 2002
 2001
  SEKm
 %1
 SEKm
 %1
 SEKm
 %1
Consumer Durables  105,021   84.6   111,520   83.7   108,990   80.3 
Professional Indoor  8,113   6.5   10,887   8.2   17,073   12.6 
Professional Outdoor  10,856   8.7   10,597   8.0   9,452   6.9 
Other  87   0.2   146   0.1   288   0.2 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total consolidated amounts
  124,077   100.0   133,150   100.0   135,803   100.0 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1. As a percentage of net sales.

     Consumer Durables

     The Consumer Durables business area comprises mainly white goods (i.e., refrigerators, freezers, cookers, dryers, washing machines and dishwashers), and other appliances such as room air-conditioners and

11


microwave ovens, as well as floor-care products and consumer outdoor products.equipment. In 2002,2003, white goods and other appliances accounted for

10


approximately 77% of sales for this business area, and floor-care products and consumer outdoor products represented 8% and 15%, respectively. Electrolux is the leading white goods company in Europe and Australia and has a substantial market share in each of the United States, Brazil and India.India as well as a significant market presence in China. The Group is the world’s largest producer of floor-care products, lawn mowers, garden tractors, and other portable petrol-driven garden equipment such as chainsaws and trimmers. The Group is a world leader in floor-care products and the largest producer in Europe and the second largest producer in the United States.

     Professional Products

     Professional Indoor Products

     The Professional Indoor Products business area comprises food-service equipment and laundry equipment and components such as compressors.equipment. Products in food-services equipment are targeted at hotels, restaurants and institutions. Electrolux manufactures laundry equipment for laundry rooms in apartment buildings, launderettes and hotels, and for other professional users. Its components operations consist primarily of a European compressor operation which sells products to other Group companies and to external customers. The Group divested thea significant portion of its operations in leisure appliances in 2001 and the remaining operations as of January 1, 2002. In addition, the Group divested its compressor operation on August 1, 2003.

     Electrolux is the world’s third largest producer of food-service equipment, with a leading position in the European market, and is a leaderone of the leaders in the global market for laundry equipment. The Group is also one of the world’s largest producers of compressors for refrigerators and freezers and the largest in Europe in this product area.

     Professional Outdoor Products

     The Professional Outdoor Products business area comprises mainly high-performance chainsaws, clearing saws and turf-carelawn and garden equipment. The majority of these products are sold under the Husqvarna brand. The Husqvarna and Jonsered brands, both of which are owned by Electrolux, are among the top three worldwide brands for professional chainsaws with a combined global market share of about 40% in the professional segment. This business area also includes the brands Partner industrialIndustrial Products, Dimas and Dimas product linesDiamant Boart which encompasses power cutters, diamond tools and related equipment for the cutting of hard surfaces such as cement and stone.

     Following the 2002 acquisition of Diamant Boart, the Group is one of the world’s largest producer of diamond tools and related equipment for the construction and stone industries, with annual sales of approximately SEK 3.5 billion. The Group is one of the world’s largest producers of power cutters.industries.

     Manufacturing

     Electrolux has manufacturing facilities in 11197 locations in 2625 countries around the world. Electrolux’s manufacturing operations consist mainly of the assembly of components and processing of standard raw materials sourced from various third-party manufacturers. The manufacturing process includes metalworking, molding of plastics, painting, enameling and, to some degree, the casting of parts.

     The strategy for purchasing of both components and raw materials is to avoid single sourcing. The risk of dependency of a single supplier is thereby reduced and the negative consequence of a supplier failing to meet agreed requirements can be limited. A significant part of the purchasing volumes is consolidated on a group level and allocated to global suppliers. These supplier relations are often characterized by close cooperation within areas such as R&D, product design and manufacturing.

     Electrolux is exposed to the price volatility that exists in raw material markets. This volatility is partly reduced by applying long-term agreements with fixed prices for longer time-periods. Volatility within the metal markets can also be reduced, if considered appropriate, by hedging part of the requirements through the use of commodity futures (mainly for copper and aluminum).

     For a discussion of Electrolux’s manufacturing facilities, see “Item 4B—Environmental Policies—and Other Government Regulation—ISO Certification” and “Item 4D—Property, PlantPlants and Equipment.”

1112


     Sales and Marketing

     Last year, Electrolux sold more than 55 million consumer products in 150 different countries. Electrolux sells its products to distributors and retailers. Many of the retailers that sell Electrolux’s products are part of retail chains. Many of these retail chains have been consolidating in recent years and an increasing number of Electrolux’s products, in particular products in the Consumer Durables business area, are being sold through very large retail chains. As a result, an increasing percentage of Electrolux’s sales in 20022003 was attributable to its ten largest customers. The trend towards consolidation is particularly apparent in the market for major appliances in the United States, where the three largest retail chains account for more than 50% of the total sales of major appliances for all manufacturers. In Europe, there is a similar trend towards consolidation of the retail chains, but the structure of Electrolux’s customer base varies from country to country. Electrolux works closely with its distributors to enhance production planning so as to be better aligned with targeted sales.

     In Sweden, there are approximately 100 Electrolux Home stores that market Electrolux’s products directly to consumers. Electrolux Home stores sell products in the Consumer Durables business area, primarily kitchen and home products. The Electrolux Home stores are owned and operated as franchises.

Electrolux currently markets its products under a number of different brands. Electrolux has decided to reduce the number of brands in the Group and focus on “Electrolux” as a global brand across product categories. The aim is to have the Electrolux brand account for two-thirds of Electrolux’s sales in 2007. During 2002, all consumer operations began implementing plans for brand transition. Double-branding was initiated during 2002 in several countries, such as the United Kingdom and the United States. During 2003, Electrolux was double-branded with strong local brands in eight additional countries in Europe. In November 2003, the Electrolux-brand was introduced for floor-care products in the United States, and was very well received. A new range of high-end Electrolux-branded appliances is expected to be introduced in the United States during 2004. It is anticipated that building Electrolux as a global brand will increase the costs for marketing and advertising.

     The table below sets forth, for each business area, the principal product categories and the major brands and registered trademarks, and provides an indication of the market position of the relevant products. Information about market position is based on internal Group market share analysis.

     
Product Category
 Major Brands / TrademarksMarket Position

 
Market Position
Consumer Durables
    
White goods Electrolux
AEG
FrigidaireFrigidaire*
KelvinatorKelvinator*
RexZanussi*
Zanussi
 White goods
Market leader in Europe
and Australia, third largest producer in U.S.
Vacuum cleanersFloor-care products Electrolux
Eureka
AEG
 Floor-care products
World leader, largest producer in Europe, and one of the twosecond largest in the United States
U.S.
Garden equipment
Outdoor products
 Flymo
Electrolux
Husqvarna
Flymo*
Weed Eater
Poulan*
Partner*
McCulloch*
 
Consumer outdoor products
The world’s largest producer of lawn mowers, garden tractors and other portable gasoline-drivenpetrol-driven garden equipment


Light-duty chainsaws* McCulloch
Partner
Poulan
Double-branded with Electrolux

1213


     
Product Category
 Major Brands / TrademarksMarket Position

 
Market Position
Professional Indoor Products
   
 
Food-service equipment Electrolux
Molteni
Zanussi Professional

 Food-service equipment
Market leaderMarket-leader in Europe,

third largest producer in
the world


Laundry equipment
 
Electrolux Wascator
 
Laundry equipment
World leader in equipment for apartment-house laundry rooms, launderettes, hotels and institutions
ComponentsElectroluxComponents
One of the world’s largestleading producers of compressors for refrigerators and freezers


Professional Outdoor Products
    

Chainsaws
 
Husqvarna
Jonsered
 
Professional Outdoor Products
Clearing sawsJonsered
World’s largest producer of chainsaws
Trimmers
Turf-care equipment
Power cuttersPartner Industrial Products
Target

Diamond tools Diamant Boart
Dimas
Partner Industrial Products
 Diamond tools
World leader inOne of the world’s largest producers of diamond tools and related equipment for the construction and stone industry
industries

     Intellectual Property

     Electrolux has adopted a comprehensive approach with respect to its intellectual property and actively manages a range of patents, licenses, trademarks, copyrights and copyrightsdesign in its intellectual property portfolio.

     Electrolux seeks to develop most of the technologies used in its products through its internal research and product development group. As a result, Electrolux’s intellectual property portfolio includes thousands of patents and patent applications covering a wide range of technologies. Electrolux undertakes its research and development activities in a number of locations around the world and typically applies for initial patent protection in the jurisdiction where a new technology was developed. Additional patent protection is then sought in jurisdictions where Electrolux expects to sell products incorporating the new technology or where Electrolux has active competitors (most often, the United States and Europe).

     Although Electrolux seeks to internally develop most ofboth sources the technologies used in its products, Electrolux also maintainsas well as itself maintaining a limited portfolio of licensed technologies, many of which were acquired in connection with an acquisition of a business.technologies. Electrolux relies on technologies licensed from third parties only to a limited extent with respect to the products that it manufactures. Similarly, Electrolux does not extensively license its proprietary technology to third parties.

     Electrolux owns the rights to many well-recognized trademarks, including Electrolux, Frigidaire, Eureka Zanussi and AEG.Zanussi. Electrolux has registered these and hundreds of other trademarks around the world. In May 2000, the Group acquired the right to the Electrolux brand and corporate name in Canada and the United States from Aerus LLC.LLC (formerly Electrolux LLC). Aerus LLC has retainedhad the right to use the Electrolux brand on floor-care products in North America

13


until December 1, 2003. For a discussion regarding certain of Electrolux’s trademarks, see “Item 4.B—Business Overview—Sales and Marketing”.

     Electrolux also protects its new and specific design developments by using the protections available in different jurisdictions around the world.

     Electrolux takes a pro-active approach towards preventing the infringement of any of its intellectual property.

14


     Environmental and Other Government Regulation

     Electrolux is subject to government regulation in Sweden and other countries in which it conducts its operations. The Group continuously monitors its compliance with applicable regulations and adjusts its operations and applies for necessary permits in accordance with local laws and regulations.

     Environmental Regulation

     In particular, Electrolux is subject to environmental laws and regulations that may affect its operations and facilities. Electrolux manufacturing operations comprise mainly assembly of components made by suppliers. Other processes include metalworking, molding of plastics, painting and enameling, and, to a limited extent, casting. Chemicals such as lubricants and cleaning fluids are used as process aids in the manufacturing process. Chemicals are also used in insulation materials, paint and enamel for the products. The production processes generate an environmental impact in the form of energy consumption, water and airborne emissions, solid waste, and noise.

     Electrolux exercises a high degree of caution in both production and product development. Environmental issues are integrated in the product development process and relevant personnel are offered environmental training. In connection with acquisitions of companies and plants, an assessment is made of potential environmental risks and the investment that might be required to adapt production. When necessary, an analysis is performed to determine possible contamination of soil and ground water. This assessment is integrated in the acquisition process and is performed according to standardized routines. This process is regulated by law in many regions, particularly in North America.

     Studies of the total effect of Electrolux’s products during their entire lifetimes,i.e., through production and use to disposal, demonstrate that the greatest environmental impact is generated when the products are used. Limits on energy consumption and energy labeling of products are core issues for Electrolux, as they are for the appliance industry as a whole. In Electrolux’s major markets in Europe and North America, energy and emission labels are mandatory for many products. In addition, Electrolux and the other major manufacturers in Europe have committed to voluntary agreements on energy efficiency improvements for washing machines and dishwashers. The European Commission has endorsed these voluntary agreements. It is Electrolux’s policy to develop and actively promote increased sales of products with lower environmental impact and to comply with applicable environmental regulations.

     Electrolux operates 14 plants in Sweden, which account for approximately 7%11% of the total value of the Group’s production. Permits are required by Swedish authorities for eight of these plants, while six are required to submit notification. The permits relate to, among other things, thresholds or maximum permissible values for air and water-borne emissions and for noise. No significant non-compliance with Swedish environmental legislation was reported in 2002.2003.

     Manufacturing units in other countries adjust their operations, apply for necessary permits and report to the authorities in accordance with local legislation. The Group follows a precautionary policy, both with reference to acquisitions of new plants and continuous operations. Potential non-compliance, disputes or items that pose a material financial risk are reported to the Group in accordance with the Group policy. These routines have disclosed no items of significance during the year 2002.2003. Electrolux products are affected by legislation in various markets, which principally involve limits on energy consumption (white goods) and emissions (outdoor products powered by gasoline). Electrolux continuously monitors regulatory changes, and product development and manufacturing are adjusted well in advance to reflect these changes.

14


     Recent Developments

     In December 2002, the European Union adopted the WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) Directive, introducing producer responsibility for the cost of recycling and waste disposal of electrical products. The new directive requires that each importer and manufacturer finance the recycling of the electrical products it will place on the EU market after August 13, 2005 (an individual(individual producer responsibility). The directiveDirective also requires that the industry shall handle wastejointly share the recycling obligations of products sold before August 13, 2005 based on current market share, on a collective basis. Memberbasis (collective producer responsibility). Members states must implement the WEEE Directive in domestic legislation before August 13, 2004 and replace or modify existing national recycling systems. Collection systems must be operational, and treatment and financing systems must be in place by August 13, 2005. Initial collection and treatment targets are to be

15


attained by December 2006. The Group has actively advocated individual producer responsibility, as it will create conditions for fair competition and encourages producers to invest in environmental design. Individual producer responsibility, as opposed to a system of shared financial responsibility, means that Group investments in product design aimed at lowering end-of-life disposal costs will directly benefit Electrolux.

     Recycling costcosts for Electrolux’s electrical products currently isare in the range of 1 to 20 euro per appliance. The WEEE Directive will affect approximately 20 million of Electrolux’s products sold in Europe annually (based on 2001 production). It is not yet possible to accurately estimate the annual cost for Electrolux of the WEEE Directive.Directive partly because it is not known how many products will be returned (this depends on collection targets set in national legislation as well as sales in the past and the ambition of the consumer to return products). The costobligation for recycling of historical products (products put on the market before August 13, 2005) will be shared among manufacturers based on their present market shares. For waste of products sold in the future waste (products put on the market after August 13, 2005), the responsibility for recycling is individual for each manufacturer and Electrolux will have to establish financial guarantees for the costs of recycling, starting August 13, 2005.

     Compliance with the WEEE Directive could have a potential material adverse effect on the Group’s income, financial position and cash flow. Estimates of the cost remain highly uncertain, as total volumes to be collected are, as yet, unknown. Furthermore, treatment costs cannot be predicted until contracts are in place, and transposition of the Directive by EU Member States may change the requirements finally placed as products.

In December of 2002 the European Union also adopted the RoHS (Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment) Directivedirective which will ban the placing on the market of products containing lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, and two types of brominated flame retardants (PBB and PBDE) in components or materials from July 1, 2006. Electrolux is currently conducting a program to identify all parts, components and materials containing these substances, and a completesubstances. A phase out of these substances in supplied materials and components is scheduled for July 1, 2005.

     As of January 1, 2003, as part of new regulation of ozone-depleting substances in the United States, chemical producers are required by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to stop production of HCFC-141b. HCFC-141b ishas been used as a foam-blowing agent for refrigerators and freezers. End-product manufacturers will be changing over to new chemicals in 2003.In March 2004, Electrolux expects to changefinalized the phase out of HCFC-141b and has now changed over to HFC-245fa during 2003.in all operations in the United States.

     ISO Certification

     Environmental management systems are gradually being implemented at most of the Group’s manufacturing facilities. The Group’s policy mandates that all manufacturing plants with at least 50 employees shouldare required to be certified according to ISO 14001. Newly acquired facilities must complete the certification process within three years after acquisition. During 2002, 132003, 17 plants were certified according to ISO 14001, and at year-end 20022003 a total of 6174 plants, representing 73%95% of the Group’s totalrequired factory floorworkshop area, were certified according to ISO 14001. In Europe, at year-end 2002, 47 plants were certified according to ISO 14001, corresponding to 81% of the total number of European manufacturing plants, and representing 90% of the Group’s European factory floor area.

C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
C.ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     AB Electrolux is a corporation organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Sweden and the parent company of the various subsidiaries that conduct their business on a worldwide basis.

     Please see Note 2528 to the consolidated financial statements for a listing of Electrolux’s significant subsidiaries.

D. PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT
D.PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

     As of December 31, 2002,2003, Electrolux occupied a total of 6458 million square feet of property, of which 14 million were leased. Approximately 63%61% of the property portfolio is located in Europe.

     The manufacturing operations of Electrolux were carried out at 11197 locations in 2625 countries. The aggregate size of these factories, including warehouses and offices at the factory sites, was 4436 million square feet. The factories are, with very few exceptions, owned by Electrolux. Most of the manufacturing facilities are

16


located in Europe, while Electrolux’s four largest manufacturing facilities are located in the United States. In 2002, these four factories manufactured products representing 23% of the total value of Electrolux’s production. Electrolux

15


operates 14 plants in Sweden, which account for approximately 7%11% of the total value of its production. In general, all Electrolux’s manufacturing facilities are well maintained, suitably equipped and in good operating condition. The facilities were adequate for production requirements during 20022003 and Electrolux believes they will be adequate for the foreseeable future.

     In addition to manufacturing facilities, Electrolux uses 20 million square feet of administrative offices, warehouses, distribution facilities and sales branch offices. The majority of these buildings are leased. About 11.5 million square feet (of which approximately 10%20% were owned) were dedicated to division and country administrative headquarters.

16   �� Electrolux has plans to invest in two new plants in Eastern Europe, one new plant in Thailand and Mexico, and increase capacity of an existing plant in Poland. The following table provides details of these facilities.

           
      Increase    
  New plant New plant capacity New plant New plant
  in Hungary
 in Russia
 in Poland
 in Mexico
 in Thailand
Product Refrigerators/ Washing machines Dryers Refrigerators Washing machines
  freezers        
Annual capacity 560,000 150,000 From 200,000 to 1,600,000 200,000
    (Phase 1) 800,000    
Investment SEK 600m SEK 80m SEK 270m SEK 1,100m SEK 80m
Start of production 2005 2004 2006 2005 2003

     See “Item 3.D—Risk Factors — Electrolux is subject to risks relating to the relocation of manufacturing capacity to lower cost jurisdictions.”

17


ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

GENERAL

     With net sales of SEK 133.2124.1 billion in 2002,2003, Electrolux believes it is the world’s largest producer of appliances and equipment for kitchen, cleaning and outdoor use combined, with operations in more thanapproximately 60 countries around the world. Electrolux sold more than 55 million products last year, including products such as refrigerators, cookers, washing machines, vacuum cleaners, chainsaws, lawnmowers and garden tractors. Electrolux’s products are targeted at both professionals and retail consumers.

     Through 2003, Electrolux operatesoperated in the following three business areas:

  Consumer Durables, consisting of refrigerators, freezers, cookers, washing machines, dishwashers, room air-conditioners, microwave ovens, floor-care products, garden equipment and light-duty chainsaws;
 
  Professional Indoor Products, consisting of food-service equipment for hotels, restaurants and institutions, as well as laundry equipment for apartment-house laundry rooms, launderettes, hotels and other professional users. We divested our components such as compressors;product line in August 2003; and
 
  Professional Outdoor Products, consisting of high-performance chainsaws, clearing saws, turf-care equipment, power cutters, diamond tools and related equipment for cutting of materials such as cement and stone.

MARKET CONDITIONS

     Overall, there was a positive trend in demand during 2002 in most     As of January 1, 2004, the Group’s business areasgarden equipment for the consumer market will be reported in North America, Eastern Europe and Australia. Market conditions weakened in Western Europe, however.a new Outdoor Products segment within Consumer durables. The following is a discussion of the general market conditions during 2002 in the markets in which Electrolux operates.

Consumer Durables

White Goods

     Industry shipments of core appliances in Europe increased in volume by almost 1% during 2002 as compared with 2001. This growth relates primarily to Russia, Turkey, Hungary and other parts of Eastern Europe. Shipments of white goods in Western Europe declined by almost 2%, decreasing by 3% in Germany and 1% in the United Kingdom. A total of 68.9 (68.4) million units of appliances (excluding microwave ovens and room-air conditioners) were estimated to have been shipped in the European market during 2002. Of these, a total of 53.4 (54.2) million units were estimated to have been shipped in Western Europe.

     In the United States, industry shipments of core appliances increased by almost 7% from 2001. Shipments of major appliances (i.e., inclusive of room air-conditioners and microwave ovens) rose by approximately 5%. The U.S. market for core appliances (exclusive of microwave ovens and room air-conditioners), which consists of industry shipments from domestic producers plus imports, amounted to 41.7 (39.1) million units in 2002.

     The market for appliances in Brazil showed overall improvement, but declined in the refrigerator and freezer product areas. The market for appliances in Australia increased in volume in 2002 compared with the previous year.

Floor-Care and Consumernew Outdoor Products

     Demand for floor-care products declined slightly in the United States for 2002. Demand for segment will also include consumer outdoor products was largely unchanged in both Europe andsold under the United States.

17


Professional Products

Professional Indoor Products

     Overall market demand for food-service equipment in Europe was lower in 2002 than in 2001. Market demand for laundry equipment declined in several European markets as well as in Japan. Demand for compressors in Europe was higher in 2002 than in the previous year.

Husqvarna brand, previously reported within Professional Outdoor Products

     Demand for professional chainsaws declined, particularlyProducts. The new reporting structure reflects the organizational change within outdoor products in North Americawhich all consumer and Western Europe. Lower demand in the construction industry also negatively impacted the market for professional outdoor products.products have been combined under one management. See “Change in Segment Reporting in 2004” below.

SIGNIFICANT ACTIONS AND TRANSACTIONS AFFECTING RESULTS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

     The following review of certain actions undertaken and transactions completed during the three year period 20002001 through 20022003 is significant for an understanding of the review of Electrolux’s results of operations and financial condition.

     Acquisitions

     Electrolux regularly engages in acquisitions as part of its overall growth strategy and has made in excess of 200 acquisitions during the last three decades. These acquisitions have enabled Electrolux to achieve strong market positions in Western Europe, North America and Australia. Political and economic developments in recent years in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America have created a potential for expansion in those growth markets where access to products that are manufactured locally and adapted to local requirements is vital, particularly for household appliances.

     The following major acquisitions were effected during the last three years and are significant for an understanding of Electrolux’s results of operations and financial position during the period.

years:
         
Acquisitions
 Business Area (Product Line)DatePurchase Price

 Date
 
Purchase Price
      (SEKm)
40% of Electrolux Home Appliances Co. Ltd, ChinaConsumer Durables (White Goods, Rest of the world)December 29, 200335
Diamant Boart Professional Outdoor (Construction Products) July.July 1, 2002  1,700 
Marazzini Ernesto S.p.AS.p.A. Consumer Durables (Consumer Outdoor)(Garden Equipment) July 1, 2001  145 
Email Ltd. Consumer Durables (Floor-Care and Consumer Outdoor)(White Goods) February 1, 2001  2,270 
Electrolux brand in United States and Canadan/aJune 1, 2000450

Diamant Boart International. As of July 1, 2002, the Group acquired Diamant Boart International, a world-leading manufacturer and distributor of diamond tools and related equipment for the construction and stone industry. The purchase price was SEK 1,700m on a debt-free basis. In 2001, Diamant Boart had sales of approximately SEK 2,500m (of which SEK 1,300m related to power-cutting and diamond tools) and approximately 2,000 employees. The financial results attributable to Diamant Boart’s operations from and after July 1, 2002 are included in Electrolux’s consolidated financial statements for 2002 with sales of SEK 1,184m.

Marazzini Ernesto S.p.A. As of July 1, 2001, the Group acquired Marazzini Ernesto S.p.A. in Italy for a purchase price of 145m. Marazzini primarily manufactures lawn mowers and other outdoor products for the consumer market.

Email Ltd. As of February 1, 2001, the Group acquired the household appliances division of Email Ltd in Australia. The purchase price was approximately SEK 2,270m. The purpose of the acquisition was to strengthen the Group’s market position in Oceania, which in 2000 accounted for less than 1% of total sales, with an operation comprising mainly floor-care products and outdoor products. Email also provides the Group with in-house production capacity in the region.

18


Electrolux Brand. In June 2000, the Group acquired the right to the Electrolux brand and corporate name in Canada and the United States from Aerus LLC (formerly known as Electrolux LLC), an American company engaged in direct sales of floor-care products. The purchase price was approximately SEK 450m.

     Dispositions

     Electrolux disposes of companies and businesses in the ordinary course of business in an effort to focus on core operations and to maximize efficiencies and the overall profitability of the Group. Since 1997, 2426 non-core operations have been divested representing total annual sales of almost SEK 3034 billion and 25,00035,000 employees. A number of recent dispositions were undertaken in connection with its restructuring efforts. During 2002,2003, the Group divested its compressor operation and its 50% shareholding in Vestfrost A/S, a Danish producer of refrigerators and freezers. These divested businesses that had total sales of approximately SEK 3,880m4,200 million and approximately 4,5005,200 employees in 2001.2002. The majority of these divested operations were partdivestment of the Group’s components operation. These divestmentscompressor operation generated totala capital gainsloss of SEK 1,910m85 million, and the divestment of the shareholding in Vestfrost generated a capital gain of SEK 7 million, which are included in the consolidated financial statements for the year 2002.2003.

     The following major dispositions were effected during the last three years and are significant for an understanding of Electrolux’s business, results of operations and financial position during the period.

                 
              Approximate
              No. of
Divestments Business Area (Product Line) Date External Sales1 Employees

 
 
 
 
          (SEKm)    
Zanussi Metallurgica Professional Indoor (Components) July 1, 2002  600   640 
European motor operation Professional Indoor (Components) April 1, 2002  950   1,950 
Mexican compressor plant Professional Indoor (Components) April 1, 2002  180   240 
European home comfort operation Consumer Durables (Home Comfort) January 1, 2002  850   280 
Remainder of leisure Consumer Durables (Leisure            
appliance product line Appliance) January 1, 2002  1,300   1,400 
FHP Elmotor Professional Indoor (Components) November 30, 2001  265   265 
Electrolux Baking S.A. Professional Indoor (Food-Service) October 1, 2001  315   230 
Major portion of leisure-appliances Consumer Durables (Leisure            
product line Appliance) July 31, 2001  4,200   2,200 
Majority interests in Veneta Factoring S.p.A Group Treasury April 26, 2001     30 
Refrigeration Equipment Professional Indoor (Professional Refrigeration) January 31, 2000  2,300   2,000 
years:
             
          Approximate
      External No. of
Divestments
 Business Area (Product Line)
 Date
 Sales1
 Employees
      (SEKm)    
Compressor operation Professional Indoor (Components) August 1, 2003  2,800   4,100 
50% interest in Vestfrost A/S. Consumer Durables (White Goods,
Europe)
 August 1, 2003  1,400   1,100 
Zanussi Metallurgica Professional Indoor (Components) July 1, 2002  600   640 
European motor operation Professional Indoor (Components) April 1, 2002  950   1,950 
Mexican compressor plant Professional Indoor (Components) April 1, 2002  180   240 
European home comfort operation Consumer Durables (Home Comfort) January 1, 2002  850   280 
Remainder of leisure appliance product line Consumer Durables (Leisure
Appliance)
 January 1, 2002  1,300   1,400 
FHP Elmotor Professional Indoor (Components) November 30, 2001  265   265 
Electrolux Baking S.A. Professional Indoor (Food-Service) October 1, 2001  315   230 
Major portion of leisure-appliances product line2
 Consumer Durables (Leisure
Appliance)
 July 31, 2001  4,200   2,200 
Majority interests in Veneta Factoring S.p.A Group Treasury April 26, 2001     30 


1. Represents external sales of the divested operations for the full fiscal year preceding the year of divestiture.
2.This disposition generated a capital gain in 2001 of approximately SEK 3,120 million and the disposition of the remaining part of the leisure-appliances product line generated a capital gain of SEK 1,800 million when it was divested in January 2002.

Zanussi Metallurgica. As of July 1, 2002, the Group divested the operations of Zanussi Metallurgica. Zanussi Metallurgica had 640 employees and manufactured components for the Professional Indoor Products business area. Zanussi Metallurgica had sales of approximately SEK 600m in 2001. The disposition generated a capital gain of approximately SEK 58m for the Group.

European Motor Operations. As of April 1, 2002, the Group divested all of its European motor operations in the Consumer Durables business area. The European motor operation for consumer durables had sales of SEK 950m in 2001 and 1,950 employees. The disposition generated a capital loss of approximately SEK 21m for the Group.

Mexican Compressor Plant. As of April 1, 2002 the Group divested its Mexican compressor plant which was providing components for the Professional Indoor Products business area. The plant generated sales of SEK 180m in 2001 and had 240 employees. The disposition generated a capital loss of approximately SEK 12m for the Group.

19


European Home Comfort Operations. As of January 1, 2002 the Group divested its European home comfort operations (which formed part of the Consumer Durables business area). The European home comfort operations generated SEK 850m in sales in 2001 and had 280 employees. The disposition generated a capital gain of approximately SEK 85m for the Group.

FHP Elmotor. As of November 30, 2001, the Group divested FHP Elmotor in Ankarsrum, Sweden. FHP Elmotor produced electric motors and was part of the components product line in the Professional Indoor Products business area. The company had sales in 2000 of approximately SEK 265m and approximately 265 employees. The divestment generated a capital loss of approximately SEK 50m, which was included in the Group’s charge for restructuring in the third quarter of 2001.

Electrolux Baking S.A. As of October 1, 2001, the Group divested Electrolux Baking S.A. in France, which manufactured baking equipment for the professional market and was part of the food-service equipment product line in the Professional Indoor Products business area. This operation had sales in 2000 of SEK 315m, and approximately 230 employees. The divestment generated a capital loss of approximately SEK 100m, which is included in the Group’s charge for restructuring in the third quarter of 2001.

Leisure Appliance Product Line. As of July 31, 2001, the Group divested the major part of its leisure-appliances product line which had sales in 2000 of approximately SEK 4,200m and approximately 2,200 employees. The disposition generated a capital gain in 2001 of approximately SEK 3,120m. The remaining part of the leisure-appliances product line, which had sales in 2001 of approximately SEK 1,300m and about 1,400 employees, was divested as of January 1, 2002. This disposition generated a capital gain of approximately SEK 1,800m, which was included in Electrolux’s consolidated financial statements for 2002.

Veneta Factoring S.p.A. As of April 26, 2001, the Group sold 90% of its shareholdings in Veneta Factoring S.p.A., a wholly-owned Italian finance company. The sale of Veneta reduced the Group’s net borrowings by SEK 2,641m.

Professional RefrigerationAs of January 31, 2000, the Group divested its Professional Refrigeration Equipment product line, which was part of the Professional Indoor Products business area. The Professional Refrigeration product line had sales of approximately SEK 2,300m in 1999 and approximately 2,000 employees. This disposition generated a capital gain of approximately SEK 241m for the Group.

     Restructuring Programs

     Certain statements in this section, in particular in relation to the cost-savings that Electrolux expects to generate from its restructuring programs and other measures, are forward-looking statements and actual results may differ materially from those described below. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3.D—Risk Factors—Electrolux may not be able to successfully implement planned cost-reduction measures and generate the expected cost-savings indicated herein.” The costs of the restructuring programs are included in “items affecting comparability” as set forth below.

19


     2002 Restructuring Program

     InThe restructuring measures announced in December 2002 Electrolux announced a new restructuring program (the “2002 Restructuring Program”). are proceeding as planned. The 2002 Restructuring Program focuses on improving under-performing operations, such as air-conditioners in the United States and appliances in China and India. The program is aimed at improving productivity and adjusting the cost structure, and includes the consolidation of production operations, rationalization of sales and marketing activities, asset write-downs and employee layoffs. For example, the Group consolidated its product platforms and changed the production structure to a few master plants and a number of smaller manufacturing units within its white goods operations in Europe and closed certain plants within its white goods operations in North America. With respect to its white goods operations in Latin America, Asia and Australia, the Group also rationalized its refrigeration production and sales and marketing activities in China, while in India it consolidated its structure and laid off employees and wrote-down assets.

     A charge of SEK 1,338m1,338 million was recorded against operating income during the fourth quarter of 2002 in respect of the 2002 Restructuring Program. Slightly more than half of the amount relates to items other than asset write-downs, mainly layoffs of 5,091 employees. SavingsAs of December 31, 2003, approximately SEK 1,241 million had been utilized with employee layoffs of 4,946. Annual savings resulting from these measures are estimated bywere SEK 246 million in 2003. Measures taken during 2003 included the closure of one plant for air conditioners in North America and one for refrigerators in India. Electrolux to be SEK 283m in 2003,estimates future annual savings from these measures of an additional SEK 97m112 million in 2004 and a further SEK 9m in 2005, with the full effect of SEK 389m from the end of 2005 and each year thereafter.

     A discussion of how the 2002 Restructuring Program impacts each business segment is set forth below.

20


Consumer Durables

White Goods Operations in Europe. The Group recorded a charge of SEK 177m against operating income in 2002 in connection with restructuring efforts related to the European appliance operation. These restructuring efforts included the consolidation of product platforms and changes in the production structure to a few master plants and a number of smaller manufacturing units. Changes in production structure included transfer to Romania of parts of cooker production in Motala, Sweden, Forli, Italy, and Rothenburg, Germany. A part of the cooker hood production in Motala was also outsourced to third party manufacturers. Part of the refrigerator production in Fuenmayor, Spain, is expected to be transferred during 2003 to a refrigerator plant in Hungary. These restructuring efforts will involve layoffs of approximately 340 employees and2004. Total savings are expected to generate savings ofestimated at approximately SEK 40m in 2003, approximately SEK 86m in 2004 and approximately SEK 95m annually beginning as of year-end 2005.

White Goods Operations in North America. A charge of SEK 396m was recorded against operating income in 2002 relating to the unprofitable room air-conditioner operations in the United States. Electrolux has also decided to close its air-conditioner manufacturing plant in New Jersey during 2003. The closure of the plant will involve layoffs of approximately 1,350 employees. Electrolux estimates cost-savings from this action to be approximately SEK 94m in 2003 and approximately the same amount340 million on an annual basis thereafter.from 2005.

White Goods Operations in Latin America, Asia and Australia. A charge     The following table sets forth the results of SEK 613m was recorded against operating income inour 2002 for restructuring relating mainly to the appliance operations in China and India. Approximately half of this amount relates to cash items, and the remainder to write-downs of assets. In China, changes include the rationalization of refrigerator production and sales and marketing activities. Changes in India relate to consolidation of the Group structure and include employee layoffs and write-downs of assets. Electrolux also divested a manufacturing plant for appliance components in Australia. These measures will involve total layoffs of approximately 2,665 employees, and are expected to generate cost-savings of approximately SEK 106m in 2003 and approximately SEK 141m annually thereafter beginning as of year-end 2005.Restructuring Program:

                 
              Estimated
      Utilized as of     additional
      December 31, Savings savings
  Total cost
 2003
 2003
 2004
  (SEK millions)
Major appliances, Rest of the world  613   560   84   28 
Major appliances, North America  396   396   100   45 
Major appliances, Europe  177   133   46   39 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total major appliances  1,186   1,089   230   112 
Compressors  152   152   16    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total  1,338(1)  1,241   246   112 

Professional Indoor Products


1.SEK 567 million of the total cost referred to write-downs of assets.

Components. A charge of SEK 152m was recorded against operating income in 2002 for restructuring of the Spanish and Indian compressor operations. This will involve layoffs of approximately 730 employees and Electrolux expects to generate cost-savings of approximately SEK 43m in 2003 and approximately SEK 58m annually beginning as of year-end 2005.

     2001 Restructuring Program

     The restructuring measures announced in the third and fourth quarters of 2001 (the “2001 Restructuring Program”) are proceeding according to plan.as planned and were substantially completed during 2003. The 2001 Restructuring Program focusesfocused on operations in components and white goods, and includesincluded plant shutdowns and the rationalization of sales and administrative activities. For example, the Group closed a refrigeration manufacturing plant in Germany and a manufacturing plant for cookers in Norway during 2002 within its white goods operations in Europe. It also consolidated certain floor-care product production lines in Europe. Within professional indoor products, the Group divested a baking equipment operation in France and closed a plant in Germany while, within components, the Group undertook a restructuring of the components product line (including a write-down of assets), the closure of a compressor plant in the United States, a divestment of a Mexican compressor plant, a reduction of capacity in Italy and Spain, and the write-down of assets in joint venture in Egypt and China. Restructuring measures have resulted in layoffs of approximately 3,6004,549 employees to date. Approximately 50% of the 2001 Restructuring Program (SEK 1,700m)1,700 million) related to write-downs of assets which were reflected in the consolidated financial statements for 2001.

     The total charge of approximately SEK 3,261m3,261 million was recorded against operating income in 2001 with respect to the 2001 Restructuring Program. Of this amount, approximately SEK 2,595m3,050 million had been utilized as of December 31, 2002. Savings2003. The remaining part of the provision refers mainly to redundancy payments. Annual savings resulting from the 2001 Restructuring Program amounted to approximately SEK 897m897 million in 2002. Electrolux believes that aggregate cost savings in 2003 resulting from the 2001 Restructuring Program will be2002 and approximately SEK 1,295 m.1,089 million in 2003.

 ��   A discussion of how the 2001 Restructuring Program has impacted and will continue to impact results of operations by business segment is set forth below.20

Consumer Durables

White Goods Operations in Europe. A charge of SEK 997m was recorded against operating income in 2001 for restructuring within the European appliance operation. As of December 31, 2002, SEK 436m of this amount had been utilized and the employee headcount had been reduced by about 600 employees. Savings in 2003 resulting from the 2001 Restructuring Program are expected to amount to approximately SEK 573m. These

21


Other Factors Affecting Results

restructuring efforts includedImpairment of Assets

     All long-lived assets, including goodwill, are evaluated for impairment yearly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the closurecarrying amount of one refrigerator manufacturing plant in Germanyan asset may not be recoverable. An impaired asset is written down to its estimated fair market value based on the best information available. Different methods have been used for this evaluation, depending on the availability of information. When available, market value has been used and a manufacturing plant for cookers in Norway during 2002. Electrolux also expectsimpairment charges have been recorded when this information indicated that the closurecarrying amount of a manufacturing plant for hobs in Germany to occur in 2003.

White Goods Operations in North America. A restructuring chargean asset was not recoverable. In the majority of SEK 114m was recorded in 2001 for the rationalization of sales and administrative activities, including layoffs of about 325 employees. These restructuring measures generated savings of approximately SEK 116m in 2002 and are expected to generate savings of approximately SEK 116m in 2003.

White Goods Operations in Latin America, Asia and Australia. A restructuring charge of SEK 40m was recorded in 2001 for employee layoffs in Brazilcases, however, market value has not been available, and the relocation of one plant in India. These measures involved layoffs of approximately 740 employees. SEK 31m offair value has been estimated by using the charge was utilized as of December 31, 2002. These measures generated savings of SEK 43m in 2002 and arediscounted cash flow method based on expected to generate savings of approximately SEK 42m in 2003.

Floor-Care Products. A restructuring charge of SEK 19m was made in 2001 for consolidation of production linesfuture results. Significant differences in the Group’s plantestimation of expected future results and the discount rates used could have resulted in Sweden, all of which had been utilized as of December 31, 2002. These measures generated savings of SEK 4m in 2002 and are expected to generate savings of approximately SEK 17m in 2003.

Consumer Outdoor Products. A restructuring charge of SEK 157mdifferent asset valuations. In 2003, there was made in 2001, mainly for the consolidation of production and logistics in Europe. These measures involved personnel cutbacks of approximately 185 employees. As of December 31, 2002, 124m of this charge had been utilized. These measures generated savings of SEK 69m in 2002 and are expected to generate savings of approximately SEK 86m in 2003.

Professional Indoor Products

Food-Service Equipment. A restructuring charge of SEK 168m was made in 2001 for the restructuring of the Food-Service Equipment product line. Of this amount, approximately SEK 100m related to the capital loss incurred by the divestment of the baking equipment operation in France. Other changes included the closure of a plant in Germany as well as rationalization relating to implementation of a new business model. These measures involved layoffs of approximately 350 employees. SEK 167m of this charge had been utilized as of December 31, 2002. These measures generated savings of approximately SEK 84m in 2002 and are expected to generate savings of approximately SEK 89m in 2003.

Components. In 2001, a charge of SEK 1,710m was recorded against operating income for the restructuring of the components product line in the Professional Indoor Products business area. Of this amount, approximately 80% related to write-downs of assets. As of December 31, 2002, SEK 1,668m of this charge had been utilized. These restructuring projects included the closure of a compressor plant in the United States, the divestment of a Mexican compressor plant, reduction of capacity in Italy and Spain, and the write-down of assets in joint ventures in EgyptNordwaggon. Nordwaggon is a Swedish-based railcar operator that is owned 50% by Electrolux and China. These restructuring projects resulted in50% by the Swedish-state-owned Swecarrier. Nordwaggon has made a reductionwrite-down and taken a provision referring to railcars. The Group’s participation has therefore been written down in the workforce of approximately 1,150 employees and generated cost-savingsamount of SEK 291m in 2002. The program is expected to generate savings of SEK 334m in 2003.

Other. A total charge of SEK 56m was made for restructuring in other operations in 2001. During 2002, a total of SEK 41m of this reserve was utilized, and savings of SEK 33m were recorded. In 2003, savings are estimated to be SEK 38m.

2000 Restructuring Program

     In 2000, Electrolux made a charge of SEK 883m in connection with restructuring efforts (the “2000 Restructuring Program”). These restructuring efforts related to structural changes and cost adjustments within the white goods and floor-care product lines. As of December 31, 2002, a total of SEK 679m of this charge had been utilized. The 2000 Restructuring Program generated cost-savings of SEK 639m in 2002. Although certain projects are still underway, most of the restructuring measures under the 2000 Restructuring Program had been implemented as of December 31, 2002.

22


Other Factors Affecting Results

Impairment of Assets85 million.

     Outside of the restructuring programs, write-downs of assets were made following impairment tests at year-end 2002 in the amount of SEK 1,006m. In accordance with Swedish GAAP, impairment tests are performed on a yearly basis for all long-lived assets, including goodwill, so that assets are valued at the lower of acquisition cost and current value (in the majority of cases measured on the basis of future expected cash flows).1,006 million. The write-downs in 2002 relate to the components product line, as well as certain assets in other under-performing operations. Affected assets included tangible fixed assets and intangible assets in the form of goodwill.

     Foreign Exchange Effects

     During 2003, changes in exchange rates had a net negative impact on operating income of approximately SEK –930 million (-216). Approximately SEK –610 million (-236) of that amount refers to translation of income statements in subsidiaries and was mainly due to the strengthening of the Swedish krona against the U.S. dollar. The transaction effect was approximately SEK –320 million (20) and refers largely to the weakening of the British pound against the euro. The transaction amount includes a positive impact of approximately SEK 69 million (112) from hedging. The effect of changes in exchange rates on income after financial items amounted to approximately SEK –855 million
(-100).

     During 2002, changes in exchange rates had a net negative impact on operating income of approximately SEK –216m (641m)–216 million (641), and on income after financial items of approximately SEK –100m (566m)–100 million (566). Of the latter amount, approximately SEK –137m (479m)–137 million (479) related to translation of income statements in subsidiaries, mainly due to the strengthening of the Swedish krona against the U.S. dollar.

     During 2001, changes in exchange rates had a net positive impact on income after financial items of approximately SEK 566m (375m). Of this, SEK 479m (190m) related to the translation of subsidiary income statements. These effects are primarily the result of the weakening of the Swedish krona against most currencies, and in particular the U.S. dollar and the British pound.

Seasonality

     Demand for certain of Electrolux’s products is affected by seasonality. Generally, market demand in the outdoors products segment and for room air conditioners is lower during the winter season. As a result, Electrolux’s outdoor products and room air conditioners product line experience most of their sales volume and profitability in the first seven months of the year. On a year-to-year basis, market demand for lawn movers, trimmers and air conditioners is also affected by the weather. Electrolux expectexpects this seasonality to continue in the future.

ITEMS AFFECTING COMPARABILITY

     In accordance with Swedish GAAP, companies are required to disclose information in their financial statements as to events and transactions with effects on income that are of significance when income from the period is compared with that of other periods. Electrolux reports these events and transactions on the line-item “Items affecting comparability” which appears separately on the face of the income statement and in the notes to the financial statements. Items affecting comparability included in operating income amounted to
SEK -434m before tax–463 million in 2003 (consisting of a capital loss on its compressor product line of SEK –85 million, provision for loan guarantees of SEK –293 million and impairment charges of SEK –85 million), SEK –434 million in 2002 (consisting of capital gains on the sale of leisure appliances of SEK -141m1,800 million and other capital gains of SEK 110 million, offset by restructuring and impairment charges of
SEK 2,344 million) and SEK –141 million in 2001 (consisting of capital gains on the sale of leisure appliances of SEK 3,120 million, offset by restructuring and impairment charges of SEK -448m in 2000.3,261 million). These numbers include the capital gains and

21


losses from divestitures of operations and costs relating to restructuring.restructuring and impairment. Please refer to Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the items.

CHANGES IN SEGMENT REPORTING IN 2004

     As of January 1, 2004, the Group’s garden equipment for the consumer market will be reported in a new Outdoor Products segment within Consumer Durables. The new Outdoor Products segment will also include consumer outdoor products sold under the Husqvarna brand, previously reported within Professional Outdoor Products. The new reporting structure reflects the organizational change within outdoor products in which all consumer and professional outdoor products have been combined under one management. The tables below show financial key data, excluding items affecting comparability for 2003, 2002 and 2001 in accordance with the new reporting structure.

Consumer Durables

             
  2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, unless otherwise stated)
Europe
            
Net sales  44,267   45,128   44,694 
Operating income1
  3,289   3,136   2,569 
Operating margin, %2
  7.4   6.9   5.7 
Net assets3
  5,873   6,613   8,239 
Average net assets4
  7,139   7,606   9,319 
Return on net assets, %5
  46.1   41.2   27.6 
Capital expenditure  1,202   1,273   1,200 
Average number of employees  27,788   29,837   30,533 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
North America
            
Net sales  32,247   35,245   32,752 
Operating income1
  1,583   2,027   807 
Operating margin, %2
  4.9   5.8   2.5 
Net assets3
  7,683   8,678   10,055 
Average net assets4
  8,404   9,933   9,766 
Return on net assets, %5
  18.8   20.4   8.3 
Capital expenditure  618   477   922 
Average number of employees  15,249   15,101   13,544 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

22


             
  2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, unless otherwise stated)
Rest of the world
            
Net sales  12,544   14,796   14,932 
Operating income1
  0   55   317 
Operating margin, %2
  0.0   0.4   2.1 
Net assets3
  4,420   4,114   6,639 
Average net assets4
  4,265   5,252   6,255 
Return on net assets, %5
  0.0   1.0   5.1 
Capital expenditure  470   406   335 
Average number of employees  15,389   17,484   18,830 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Outdoor Products
            
Net sales  17,223   18,229   18,541 
Operating income1
  1,493   1,445   952 
Operating margin, %2
  8.7   7.9   5.1 
Net assets3
  4,498   5,068   5,850 
Average net assets4
  5,838   6,349   6,986 
Return on net assets, %5
  25.6   22.8   13.6 
Capital expenditure  560   566   655 
Average number of employees  5,633   4,415   4,269 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Professional Products

             
  2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, unless otherwise stated)
Professional Indoor Products
            
Net sales  8,113   10,887   17,073 
Operating income1
  556   753   1,070 
Operating margin, %2
  6.9   6.9   6.3 
Net assets3
  974   1,630   4,771 
Average net assets4
  1,451   3,425   6,817 
Return on net assets, %5
  38.3   22.0   15.7 
Capital expenditure  278   295   657 
Average number of employees  6,126   7,995   14,429 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Professional Outdoor Products
            
Net sales  9,596   8,719   7,523 
Operating income1
  1,462   1,431   1,297 
Operating margin, %2
  15.2   16.4   17.2 
Net assets3
  4,117   3,746   2,626 
Average net assets4
  4,183   2,921   2,856 
Return on net assets, %5
  35.0   49.0   45.4 
Capital expenditure  283   227   209 
Average number of employees  5,759   5,781   4,057 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

23


Other

             
  2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, unless otherwise stated)
Net sales  87   146   288 
Operating income6
  -1,208   -1,116   -731 
Net assets7
  -1,143   -1,933   -1,018 
Average net assets8
  -1,209   -511   -2 
Capital expenditure  52   91   217 
Average number of employees  1,196   1,358   1,477 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.Excludes items affecting comparability.
2.Defined as operating income excluding items affecting comparability expressed as a percentage of net sales.
3.Defined as total assets exclusive of liquid funds, interest bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and excluding items affecting comparability.
4.Calculated as (Opening balance 1st of January + Closing balance 31st of March * 2 + Closing balance 30th of June * 2 + Closing balance 30th of September * 2 + Closing balance 31st of December)/8.
5.Defined as operating income as a percentage of average net assets, excluding items affecting comparability.
6.Other operating income including items affecting comparability.
7.Other net assets including items affecting comparability.
8.Other average net assets including items affecting comparability.

A. OPERATING RESULTS
A.OPERATING RESULTS

     The following table sets out selected income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 2001 and 2000:

             
Consolidated Income Statement Data 2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
      (SEKm)    
Net Sales  133,150   135,803   124,493 
Operating Income  7,731   6,281   7,602 
Income After Financial Items  7,545   5,215   6,530 
Net Income  5,095   3,870   4,457 
2001:
             
Consolidated Income Statement Data
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEK m)
Net Sales  124,077   133,150   135,803 
Operating Income  7,175   7,731   6,281 
Income After Financial Items  7,006   7,545   5,215 
Net Income  4,778   5,095   3,870 

23


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR 20022003 AS COMPARED TO 20012002

     Consolidated Results

     Consolidated Net Sales

     Net sales for Electrolux in 20022003 amounted to SEK 133,150m,124,077 million, as compared to SEK 135,803m133,150 million in 2001.2002. This marginal decrease primarily reflects changes in exchange rates. Net sales were also affected by divestments ofin certain operations, including the remainder of the leisure appliance product line, the European home comfort operations, the European motor operationscompressor operation and Zanussi Metallurgica,Vestfrost A/S, which businesses generated aggregate sales of SEK 3,880m4,200 million in 2001. Net sales were also negatively affected in 2002 by changes in foreign exchange rates.2002. In terms of business areas, net sales for Consumer Durables increaseddecreased by 2.3%5.8% to SEK 111,520m (108,990m)105,021 million (111,520). Aggregate net sales for Professional Products however, declined by 19%11.7% to SEK 21,484m (26,525m)18,969 million (21,484). The decline for Consumer Durables is principally due to changes in exchange rates, and the aforementioned divestments, all of which were in thedecline for Professional Products business areas except for the European home comfort operations.is primarily due to divestments.

24


     The following table sets forth details of changes in Group net sales in 2003 and 2002:

             
  2003
 2002
 2001
  %
Changes in Group structure1
  -0.9   -3.4   2.4 
Changes in exchange rates  -9.2   -4.1   9.1 
Changes in volume/price/mix  3.3   5.5   -2.4 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total  (6.8)  (2.0)  9.1 


1.For further details of changes in the Group structure, see “—Significant Actions and Transactions Affecting Results and Financial Condition” above

     Consolidated Operating Income

     The Group’s operating income for 2002 increased2003 decreased by 23%7.2% to SEK 7,731m (6,281m)7,175 million (7,731), which corresponds to 5.8% (4.6%)(5.8) of net sales. The increasedecrease relates mainly to higher volumes and lower costs of materials, as well as savings from implemented restructuring measures.changes in exchange rates. Operating income for Consumer Durables (excluding items affecting comparability) increaseddecreased by 42%5.1% to SEK 6,587m (4,629m), while aggregate6,250 million (6,587). Aggregate operating income for the Professional Products business areas (excluding items affecting comparability) declineddecreased by 5%5.7% to SEK 2,261m (2,383m)2,132 million (2,261) due principally to the divestitures discussed above. In 2001, operating income was negatively impacted by costs of approximately SEK 1,050m relating to the start-up and phase-in of a new generation of refrigerator productschanges in the United States.exchange rates. Depreciation and amortization in 20022003 amounted to SEK 3,854m (4,277m),3,353 million (3,854) of which SEK 230m (257m)182 million (230) related to goodwill.

     Income After Financial Items

     Income after financial items increaseddecreased by 45%7.1% to SEK 7,545m (5,215m)7,006 million (7,545) representing 5.7% (3.8%)5.6% (5.7) of net sales. Net financial items amounted to SEK –186m–169 million (–1,066m). The186 million),the improvement in income after financial items is due mainly to lower interest rates and a significant reduction in net borrowings. Total financial income amounted to SEK 794 million (947 million), while total financial expenses amounted to SEK –963 million (–1,133 million).

     Taxes

     Total taxes for 20022003 amounted to SEK 2,459m (1,477m)2,226 million (2,459), corresponding to 32.6% (28.3%)31.8% (32.6) of income after financial items. The effective tax rate (excluding items affecting comparability) in 20022003 was 30.9%29.8%, as compared to 32.0%30.9% in 2001.2002.

     Consolidated Results Excluding Items Affecting Comparability

     As discussed above, Swedish GAAP requires companies to disclose information in their financial statements as to events and transactions with effects on income that are of significance when income from the period is compared with that of other periods. Electrolux reports these events and transactions on the line-item “Items affecting comparability” which appears separately on the face of the income statement and in Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements set forth elsewhere herein. During 2003, items affecting comparability amounted
to SEK –463 million (–434). Excluding items affecting comparability, operating income decreased by 6.5% to SEK 7,638 million (8,165), representing 6.2% (6.1) of net sales, income after financial items declined by 6.4% to SEK 7,469 million (7,979), corresponding to 6.0% (6.0) of net sales, net income decreased by 5.1% to SEK 5,241 million (5,521), and net income per share declined by 0.9% to SEK 16.75 (16.90). Also excluding such items affecting comparability, the effective tax rate was 29.8% (30.9%).

Value Creation

     Value creation is a performance measure extensively used by Electrolux for internal reporting purposes, as a management tool for measuring and evaluating financial performance within the Group as well as a basis for remuneration.

     Value creation is not a measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe however that our definition links operating income and asset efficiency with the cost of the capital employed in operations. Value creation should not be considered as an alternative measure of performance and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies because value creation is not uniformly defined.

25


     Value creation is measured excluding items affecting comparability and defined as operating income less the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) on average net assets during a specific period.

     Value creation is reconciled to operating income as follows:

                     
  2003
 2002
 2001
 2000
 1999
  (SEK millions, except percentages)
Operating Income  7,175   7,731   6,281   7,602   7,204 
Excluding items affecting comparability  463   434   141   448   216 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   7,638   8,165   6,422   8,050   7,420 
Less asset capital charge  4,189   4,704   6,160   5,627   5,638 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Value Creation  3,449   3,461   262   2,423   1,782 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Weighted Average Cost of Capital x
  13%  13%  14%  14%  14%
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Average net assets =
  32,226   36,182   44,002   40,194   40,270 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Asset capital charge
  4,189   4,704   6,160   5,627   5,638 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     The cost of capital varies between different countries and business units due to country-specific factors such as interest rates, risk premiums and tax rates. WACC is calculated annually by Electrolux to apply for the following year on the basis of agreed parameters aimed at determining the Group’s cost of capital. Net assets are total assets exclusive of liquid funds (short-term investments and cash and bank balances), interest-bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and provisions and excluding items affecting comparability. A higher return on net assets than the WACC implies that the Group creates value.

     Total value created in 2003 amounted to SEK 3,449 million compared with SEK 3,461 million in the previous year. Value created was positively impacted by lower average net assets, excluding items affecting comparability, which declined to SEK 32,226 million (36,182). The decline in net assets was mainly due to changes in exchange rates and divestments, partially offset by an increase in working capital.

Results of Operations by Business Area

     Electrolux operates in the following three business areas:

Consumer Durables, consisting of refrigerators, freezers, cookers, washing machines, dishwashers, room air-conditioners, microwave ovens, floor-care products, garden equipment and light-duty chainsaws;
Professional Indoor Products, consisting of food-service equipment for hotels, restaurants and institutions, as well as laundry equipment for apartment-house laundry rooms, launderettes, hotels and other professional users. We divested our components product line in August 2003; and
Professional Outdoor Products, consisting of high-performance chainsaws, clearing saws, turf-care equipment, power cutters, diamond tools and related equipment for cutting of materials such as cement and stone.

     The following tables set out certain information regarding Electrolux’s net sales and operating income by business area.

                         
Net Sales by Business Area
 2003
 2002
 2001
  SEKm
 %1
 SEKm
 %1
 SEKm
%1
Consumer Durables  105,021   84.7   111,520   83.7   108,990   80.3 
Professional Indoor  8,113   6.5   10,887   8.2   17,073   12.6 
Professional Outdoor  10,856   8.7   10,597   8.0   9,452   6.9 
Other  87   0.1   146   0.1   288   0.2 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total consolidated amounts
  124,077   100.0   133,150   100.0   135,803   100.0 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.As a percentage of total consolidated net sales.

26


                         
Operating Income by Business      
Area (Excluding Items Affecting      
Comparability)
 2003
 2002
 2001
  SEKm %2 SEKm %2 SEKm %2
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Durables1
  6,250   74.6   6,587   74.4   4,629   66.0 
Professional Indoor1
  556   6.6   753   8.5   1,070   15.3 
Professional Outdoor1
  1,576   18.8   1,508   17.1   1,313   18.7 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common Group costs, etc.  -744      -683      -590    
Items affecting comparability  -463      -434      -141    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Operating Income
  7,175      7,731      6,281    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.Operating income by business area is presented after excluding items affecting comparability because this is a measure which management uses to manage the operations of the Group. It is not, however, a measure under Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP. For more information on the use of non-GAAP measures and items affecting comparability, please see “Presentation of Information” and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.
2.As a percentage of total operating income, excluding items affecting comparability and common group costs.

     Demand increased during 2003 in most of the Group’s product areas in both Europe and North America. Market conditions in Asia and Australia improved, while demand in Brazil showed a significant downturn.

     The strengthening of the Swedish krona against most currencies during the year had a negative impact on sales and income, particularly for Consumer Durables in North America and Professional Outdoor Products.

     The markets for Consumer Durables in both Europe and the US were characterized by an increased downward pressure on prices. This was offset, however, by improved manufacturing efficiencies, savings from restructuring and lower costs for materials and components.

     Sales and operating income for Consumer Durables increased in comparable currencies, but declined in Swedish krona. Operating margin was largely unchanged compared with the previous year.

     Sales for Professional Products declined, mainly as a result of the divestment of the compressor and motor operations within Indoor Products. Operating income was lower than in the previous year, but margin improved.

The following discussion includes statements about operating income and operating margin with respect to the Consumer Durables and Professional Products business areas. Both operating income and operating margin for these business areas are presented excluding items affecting comparability. These financial measures are not measures under Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP. For more information on non-GAAP financial measures and items affecting comparability and U.S. GAAP, see “Presentation of Information” and Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements.

Consumer Durables

             
Consumer Durables By Region
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Europe
            
Net Sales  47,312   48,250   47,200 
Operating Income1.
  3,382   3,265   2,528 
Operating Margin, %2.
  7.1   6.8   5.4 
Net Assets3
  6,977   7,576   9,426 
Average net assets4
  8,379   8,802   10,846 
Return on net assets, %5
  40.4   37.1   23.3 
Capital Expenditure  1,269   1,328   1,244 
Average number of employees  28,755   30,837   31,462 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

27


             
Consumer Durables By Region
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
North America
            
Net Sales  45,063   48,450   46,814 
Operating Income1.
  2,866   3,271   1,814 
Operating Margin, %2
  6.4   6.8   3.9 
Net Assets3
  10,724   12,874   14,330 
Average net assets4
  12,544   14,980   14,758 
Return on net assets, %5
  22.8   21.8   12.3 
Capital Expenditure  1,089   984   1,530 
Average number of employees  19,602   18,318   16,704 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Rest of the world
            
Net Sales  12,646   14,820   14,976 
Operating Income1
  2   51   287 
Operating Margin, %2
     0.3   1.9 
Net Assets3
  4,461   3,913   6,754 
Average net assets4
  4,301   5,056   6,238 
Return on net assets, %5
     0.3   4.6 
Capital Expenditure  470   406   334 
Average number of employees  15,418   17,518   18,866 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.Excludes items affecting comparability.
2.Defined as operating income excluding items affecting comparability expressed as a percentage of net sales.
3.Defined as total assets exclusive of liquid funds, interest bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and excluding items affecting comparability.
4.Calculated as (Opening balance 1st of January + Closing balance 31st of March * 2 + Closing balance 30th of June * 2 + Closing balance 30th of September * 2 + Closing balance 31st of December)/8.
5.Defined as operating income as a percentage of average net assets, excluding items affecting comparability.

Operations in Europe

White Goods. Industry shipments of core appliances in Europe increased in volume by approximately 4% during 2003 as compared with 2002. This industry-wide growth relates primarily to Eastern Europe with industry shipments increasing by approximately 10% during 2003 compared with 2002. Industry shipments of white goods in Western Europe increased by approximately 3%. A total of 72.6 (69.6) million units of appliances (excluding microwave ovens) were estimated to have been shipped in the European market during 2003. Of these, a total of 55.0 (53.6) million units were estimated to have been shipped in Western Europe.

     Group sales of appliances in Europe increased in volume, with growth particularly in Eastern Europe, Spain and the United Kingdom. Group operating income and margin was in line with the previous year.

Floor-care

     The general market for floor-care products in Europe grew in volume terms, particularly in the lower price segments where Electrolux does not compete. Group sales for floor-care products declined compared with 2002, due principally to lower sales volumes. Operating income improved, principally as a result of a better product mix and implemented restructuring.

Consumer Outdoor Products

     Demand for Group consumer outdoor products in Europe was weaker in 2003 than in 2002, mainly due to unfavorable weather. Group sales in Europe declined, although Group operating income improved.

Operations in North America

White Goods. In the United States, industry shipments of core appliances increased by approximately 4% from 2002. Industry shipments of major appliances (i.e., inclusive of room air-conditioners and microwave ovens) rose by approximately 8%. The U.S. market for core appliances (exclusive of microwave ovens and room air-conditioners), which consists of industry shipments from domestic producers plus imports, amounted to 43.5 (41.7) million units in 2003.

28


     Group sales of appliances in North America grew in U.S. dollar terms. Operating income and margin increased in 2003 as a result of higher volumes, lower costs for materials and improved manufacturing efficiency.

Floor-care Products. Demand for floor-care products in the United States grew in 2003 compared with 2002, despite significant price erosion in the market. Sales for the Group’s American operation declined in local currency. Operating income showed a considerable downturn, mainly as a result of an unfavorable product mix and downward pressure on prices.

Consumer Outdoor Products. Demand for garden equipment in North America also improved. The Group achieved sales growth in U.S. dollar terms. Operating income increased substantially as a result of higher volumes and improved manufacturing efficiency.

Operations in Rest of the World

     The market for appliances in Brazil showed a considerable downturn for 2003. However, shipments in the fourth quarter of 2003 were largely unchanged compared with the same period in 2002. The market for appliances in Australia showed an upturn in volume in 2003 compared with the previous year.

     In Brazil, sales of appliances grew in local currency, but declined following translation into SEK. Operating income improved from the previous year, but was still negative.

     In India and China, sales of appliances were substantially lower in 2003 compared with 2002 as a result of implemented restructuring and focusing of operations on core areas. Income for both operations remained negative in 2003, but improved from 2002, mainly in the fourth quarter. In China, production of refrigerators was consolidated from two plants to one. In India, production was discontinued at both compressor plants and at one of the three refrigerator plants. Capacity was reduced in the remaining refrigerator plants. In addition, as Asia is becoming an important base for sourcing, a new purchasing office was established in the region in 2003. Both the Indian and Chinese operations are being increasingly integrated into the Group, participating in global products councils, and benefiting from other supporting Group processes in purchasing, talent management, branding and improved manufacturing efficiency.

     The Australian operation, which was acquired at the beginning of 2001, showed a decline in both sales and operating income, although operating margin in 2003 was in line with 2002. The Australian operation markets appliances under eight different brands. During the year, a process was initiated to reduce the number of brands to three and at the same time introduce the Electrolux brand. The Group is also strengthening the product portfolio in Australia with a substantial number of new products in 2004.

Professional Products

             
Professional Products
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Outdoor Products
            
Net Sales  10,856   10,597   9,452 
Operating Income1.
  1,576   1,508   1,313 
Operating Margin, %2
  14.5   14.2   13.9 
Net Assets3
  4,429   3,866   2,901 
Average net assets4
  4,605   3,223   3,340 
Return on net assets, %5
  34.2   46.9   39.5 
Capital Expenditure  305   229   213 
Average number of employees  6,043   5,945   4,201 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

29


             
Professional Products
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Indoor Products
            
Net Sales  8,113   10,887   17,073 
Operating Income1
  556   753   1,070 
Operating Margin, %2
  6.9   6.9   6.3 
Net Assets3
  974   1,621   4,769 
Average net assets4
  1,451   3,425   6,817 
Return on net assets, %5
  38.3   22.0   15.7 
Capital Expenditure  278   295   657 
Average number of employees  6,126   7,995   14,429 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.Excludes items affecting comparability.
2.Defined as operating income excluding items affecting comparability expressed as a percentage of net sales.
3.Defined as total assets exclusive of liquid funds, interest bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and excluding items affecting comparability.
4.Calculated as (Opening balance 1st of January + Closing balance 31st of March * 2 + Closing balance 30th of June * 2 + Closing balance 30th of September * 2 + Closing balance 31st of December)/8.
5.Defined as operating income as a percentage of average net assets, excluding items affecting comparability.

Professional Indoor Products

     Total sales for Professional Indoor Products were lower in 2003 compared to 2002 mainly as a result of the divestment of the compressor operation. Operating income declined, but with an unchanged margin.

Food-Service Equipment

     Demand for food-service equipment was considerably lower in 2003 compared to 2002 particularly in some key markets in Southern Europe and the Nordic region. Sales declined as operating income showed a substantial downturn.

Laundry Equipment.

     Group sales of laundry equipment declined slightly in 2003 due to lower demand in the United States and Japan. Group sales increased for comparable units. Operating income decreased, mainly as a result of changes in exchange rates. Operating margin was somewhat lower than in the previous year.

Components.

     As of August 1, 2003, the Group divested its compressor operation, which had external sales of approximately SEK 2,800 million in 2002, and about 4,100 employees. The sale generated a capital loss of SEK 85 million.

     During 2002, the Group divested Zanussi Metallurgica, its European motor operation and its Mexican compressor plant. These operations had aggregate annual sales of approximately SEK 1,730m. For a discussion of these dispositions, see “Item 5—Factors Affecting Results—Dispositions”.

Professional Outdoor Products

     Demand for professional chainsaws showed some growth in 2003, in both North America and Europe, however, mainly referring to lower-specified products. Group sales of chainsaws increased in volume during 2003. Group sales of professional lawn and garden products showed good growth. Sales of diamond tools and power cutters for comparable units declined, as a result of continued weak market demand.

     Overall, sales for Professional Outdoor Products were higher than in the previous year. Operating income improved somewhat and margin was largely unchanged.

30


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR 2002 AS COMPARED TO 2001

Consolidated Results

Consolidated Net Sales

     Net sales for Electrolux in 2002 amounted to SEK 133,150 million, as compared to SEK 135,803 million in 2001. This marginal decrease primarily reflects divestments of certain operations, including the remainder of the leisure appliance product line, the European home comfort operations, the European motor operations and Zanussi Metallurgica, which businesses generated aggregate sales of SEK 3,880 million in 2001. Net sales were also negatively affected in 2002 by changes in foreign exchange rates. In terms of business areas, net sales for Consumer Durables increased by 2.3% to SEK 111,520 million (108,990). Aggregate net sales for Professional Products, however, declined by 19% to SEK 21,484 million (26,525) due to the aforementioned divestments, all of which were in the Professional Products business areas except for the European home comfort operations.

Consolidated Operating Income

     The Group’s operating income for 2002 increased by 23% to SEK 7,731 million (6,281), which corresponds to 5.8% (4.6) of net sales. The increase relates mainly to higher volumes and lower costs of materials, as well as savings from implemented restructuring measures. Operating income for Consumer Durables (excluding items affecting comparability) increased by 42% to SEK 6,587 million (4,629), while aggregate operating income for the Professional Products business areas (excluding items affecting comparability) declined by 5% to SEK 2,261 million (2,383) due principally to the divestitures discussed above. In 2001, operating income was negatively impacted by costs of approximately SEK 1,050 million relating to the start-up and phase-in of a new generation of refrigerator products in the United States. Depreciation and amortization in 2002 amounted to SEK 3,854 million (4,277), of which SEK 230 million (257) related to goodwill.

Income After Financial Items

     Income after financial items increased by 45% to SEK 7,545 million (5,215) representing 5.7% (3.8) of net sales. Net financial items amounted to SEK –186 million (–1,066). The improvement in income after financial items is due mainly to lower interest rates and a significant reduction in net borrowings. Total financial income amounted to SEK 947 million (973 million), while total financial expenses amounted to SEK –1,133 million (–2,039 million).

Taxes

     Total taxes for 2002 amounted to SEK 2,459 million (1,477), corresponding to 32.6% (28.3) of income after financial items. The effective tax rate (excluding items affecting comparability) in 2002 was 30.9%, as compared to 32.0% in 2001.

Consolidated Results Excluding Items Affecting Comparability

     As discussed above, Swedish GAAP requires companies to disclose information in their financial statements as to events and transactions with effects on income that are of significance when income from the period is compared with that of other periods. Electrolux reports these events and transactions on the line-item “Items affecting comparability” which appears separately on the face of the income statement and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements set forth elsewhere herein. During 2002, items affecting comparability amounted to
SEK –434m (–141m). Excluding items affecting comparability, operating income increased by 27% to SEK 8,165m (6,422m), representing 6.1% (4.7%) of net sales, income after financial items rose by 49% to SEK 7,979m (5,356m), corresponding to 6.0% (3.9%) of net sales, net income increased by 46% to SEK 5,521m (3,774m), and net income per share rose by 52% to SEK 16.90 (11.10). Also excluding such items affecting comparability, the effective tax rate was 30.9% (32.0%).

     Value Creation

     Value creation is measured on a consolidated basis as operating income (excluding items affecting comparability) less the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) on average net assets during the period (excluding items affecting comparability) or expressed as a formula: (Net sales – operating costs = operating income) – (WACC x Average net assets). As of 2002, the Group’s WACC was changed from 14% to 13% before

24


tax, reflecting lower market interest rates. Net assets are total assets exclusive of liquid funds (short-term investments and cash and bank balances), interest-bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and provisions and excluding items affecting comparability.

     Value creation is presented herein because it is a measure which management uses to monitor Electrolux’s operations. Value creation is not a measure under Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures for other companies.

     Total value created in 2002 amounted to SEK 3,461m3,461 million compared with SEK 262m262 million in the previous year. The improvement refers mainly to an increase in operating margin (excluding items affecting

31


comparability) to 6.1% (4.7%)(4.7) as a result of higher sales volumes in Consumer Durables in the United States and Europe, restructuring measures and lower costs of materials. Value created also improved as a result of a decrease in average net assets (excluding items affecting comparability) to SEK 36,182m36,182 million (44,002) mainly due to divestments and a reduction in fixed assets and working capital. Changes in exchange rates significantly reduced average net assets and also had a negative impact on operating income.

     Results of Operations by Business Area

     Electrolux operatesThere was a positive trend in demand during the year in most of the Group’s product areas in North America, Eastern Europe and Australia. Market conditions weakened in Western Europe, however. The markets for appliances in Brazil, India and China showed low growth during the first quarters, but improved in the following three business areas:latter part of the year.

Consumer Durables, consisting of refrigerators, freezers, cookers, washing machines, dishwashers, room air-conditioners, microwave ovens, floor-care products, garden equipment and light-duty chainsaws;
Professional Indoor Products, consisting of food-service equipment, laundry equipment and components such as compressors; and
Professional Outdoor Products, consisting of high-performance chainsaws, clearing saws, turf-care equipment, power cutters, diamond tools and related equipment for cutting of materials such as cement and stone.

     The following tables set out certain information regarding Electrolux’s net sales and operating income by business area.

                          
Net Sales by Business Area 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
   
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Durables  111,520   83.7   108,990   80.3   98,488   79.1 
Professional Indoor  10,887   8.2   17,073   12.6   17,561   14.1 
Professional Outdoor  10,597   8.0   9,452   6.9   8,039   6.5 
Other  146   0.1   288   0.2   405   0.3 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Total Consolidated Net Sales
  133,150   100.0   135,803   100.0   124,493   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 


1.As a percentage of total consolidated net sales.

25


                          
Operating Income by Business Area                        
(Excluding Items Affecting Comparability) 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   SEKm %2 SEKm %2 SEKm %2
   
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Durables1
  6,587   74.4   4,629   66.0   5,779   67.9 
Professional Indoor1
  753   8.5   1,070   15.3   1,577   18.5 
Professional Outdoor1
  1,508   17.1   1,313   18.7   1,153   13.6 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Common Group costs, etc.  -683      -590      -459    
Items affecting comparability  -434      -141      -448    
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Total Operating Income
  7,731      6,281      7,602    
   
   
   
   
   
   
 


1.Operating income by business area is presented after excluding items affecting comparability because this is a measure which management uses to manage the operations of the Group. It is not, however, a measure under Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP. For more information on the use of non-GAAP measures and items affecting comparability, please see “Presentation of Information” and Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.
2.As a percentage of total operating income.

     The following discussion includes statements about operating income and operating margin with respect to the Consumer Durables and Professional Products business areas. Both operating income and operating margin for these business areas are presented excluding items affecting comparability. These financial measures are not measures under Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP. For more information on non-GAAP financial measures and items affecting comparability, see “Presentation of Information” and Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements.

     Consumer Durables

     The following table sets out certain information regarding Electrolux’s Consumer Durables business area by region.

              
Consumer Durables By Region 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Europe
            
 Net sales  48,250   47,200   42,704 
 
Operating income1
  3,265   2,528   2,179 
 
Operating margin2
  6.8%  5.4%  5.1%
 
Net assets3
  7,576   9,426   9,558 
 
Return on net assets4
  37.1%  23.3%  21.7%
 
Value Creation5
  2,099   1,172   986 
 Capital expenditure  1,328   1,244   1,189 
 Average number of employees  30,837   31,462   32,558 
    
   
   
 
North America
            
 Net sales  48,450   46,814   46,581 
 
Operating income1
  3,271   1,814   3,577 
 
Operating margin2
  6.8%  3.9%  7.7%
 
Net assets3
  12,874   14,330   13,983 
 
Return on net assets4
  21.8%  12.3%  24.2%
 
Value Creation5
  1,170   -297   1,669 
 Capital expenditure  984   1,530   1,490 
 Average number of employees  18,318   16,704   18,095 
    
   
   
 

26


              
Consumer Durables By Region 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Rest of the world
            
 Net sales  14,820   14,976   9,203 
 
Operating income1
  51   287   23 
 
Operating margin2
  0.3%  1.9%  0.2%
 
Net assets3
  3,913   6,754   3,903 
 
Return on net assets4
  0.3%  4.6%  0.6%
 
Value Creation5
  -1,011   -1,023   -1,056 
 Capital expenditure  406   334   198 
 Average number of employees  17,518   18,866   12,735 
    
   
   
 


1.Excludes items affecting comparability.
2.Defined as operating income excluding items affecting comparability expressed as a percentage of net sales.
3.Defined as total assets exclusive of liquid funds, interest bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and excluding items affecting comparability.
4.Defined as operating income as a percentage of average net assets, excluding items affecting comparability.
5.Value creation is a non-GAAP financial measure calculated as operating income excluding items affecting comparability less the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) (an expected rate of return) on average net assets excluding items affecting comparability or expressed as a formula:(Net sales – operating costs = operating income) – (WACC x Average net assets). For a further discussion on value creation and the use thereof by Electrolux, see “—Value Creation” above.

     The Consumer Durables business area consists of the following product lines: white goods, floor-care products and consumer outdoor products.

                         
Net Sales By Product Line 2002 2001 2000    

 
 
 
    
 SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
  
 
 
 
 
 
White goods including air conditioners  85,929   77.0   82,732   75.9   72,861   74.0 
Floor-care products  9,160   8.2   9,562   8.8   8,633   8.8 
Outdoor products  16,351   14.7   16,612   15.2   16,789   17.0 
Other  80   0.1   84   0.1   205   0.2 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total
  111,520   100.0   108,990   100.0   98,488   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 


1.As a percentage of net sales.

     Consumer White Goods

     Net sales of white goods in 2002 increased to SEK 85,929m (82,732m)85,929 million (82,732). Net sales of white goods in Europe and North America accounted for approximately 50% and 40%, respectively, of all net sales of white goods. The remainder relates mainly to Australia, Brazil and China. Overall, operating income for the appliance operation outside Europe and North America showed a marked downturn, particularly in the fourth quarter, and was negative for the full year.

     Operations in Europe

     Sales of appliances in Europe increased in 2002 over 2001, particularly in Eastern Europe and with respect to key customer accounts. Electrolux strengthened its market share in both Western and Eastern Europe. Operating income showed a substantial improvement in 2002 from 2001, with a higher margin. The improvement resulted principally from higher volumes, lower costs of materials, improved internal efficiencies as well as the effects of restructuring measures.

27


     Operations in the United States

     Sales of appliances in North America were substantially higher in 2002 than in 2001, particularly for refrigerators and cooker products. Both operating income and margin increased in 2002, but from a relatively low level in 2001. Operating income for 2001 was negatively impacted by costs of approximately SEK 1,050m associated with the start-up and phase-in of a new generation of refrigerators. Sales of room air-conditioners were lower in 2002 than in the previous year. Operating income for the home-comfort product area declined in 2002 and was negative, principally reflecting decreasing sales as a result of weather conditions.

     Operations in Latin America, Asia and Australia

     Sales of appliances increased in local currency but declined following translation into SEK as a result of the strengthening of the Swedish krona. Operating income decreased and was negative, mainly due to higher costs for materials and lower exports to Argentina. Operating income for the fourth quarter showed a substantial improvement, however, and was positive.

     In China, sales of appliances showed good growth in 2002 compared with 2001. Operating income for the Chinese operation showed a marked decline and was negative as a result of downward pressure on prices, higher marketing costs and a less favorable product mix.

     In India, sales of appliances increased somewhat in local currency, but following translation into SEK operating income declined and was negative.

32


     The Australian operation, which was acquired at the beginning of 2001, showed positive trends in both sales and operating income, and an improved operating margin. Operating income was positively impacted by synergies from the integration of the Group’s supplier network as well as the implementation of Group processes in quality and other areas. During the second half of the year, a new line of built-in, European-style appliances was launched under the Electrolux brand.

     Floor-Care Products

     The European market showed a continued positive trend. Sales for the floor-care product line were lower than in the previous year. Operating income declined and operating margin was unchanged, mainly as a result of an unfavorable product mix and downward pressure on prices, particularly in the United States duringbeginning in the second half of 2002.

     Consumer Outdoor Products

     The European operation reported strong growth in sales. Operating income showed a marked upturn, although from a low level in 2001.2002. Net sales in North America increased in local currency, but were largely unchanged after translation into SEK. Operating income and margin for the North America operation improved over the previous year.

     Professional Products

     Professional Products consist of the Professional Indoor Products business area and the Professional Outdoor Products business area.

              
Professional Products 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Indoor Products
            
 Net Sales  10,887   17,073   17,561 
 
Operating income1
  753   1,070   1,577 
 
Operating margin2
  6.9%  6.3%  9.0%
 
Net assets3
  1,621   4,769   7,196 
 
Return on net assets4
  22.0%  15.7%  23.7%
 
Value Creation5
  291   250   713 
 Capital expenditure  295   657   955 
 Average number of employees  7,995   14,429   18,186 
    
   
   
 

28


              
Professional Products 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   (SEKm, except percentage amounts and employee numbers)
Outdoor Products
            
 Net Sales  10,597   9,452   8,039 
 
Operating income1
  1,508   1,313   1,153 
 
Operating margin2
  14.2%  13.9%  14.3 
 
Net assets3
  3,866   2,901   2,948 
 
Return on net assets4
  46.9%  39.5%  34.8 
 
Value Creation5
  1,090   914   756 
 Capital expenditure  229   213   171 
 Average number of employees  5,945   4,201   3,930 
    
   
   
 


1.Excludes items affecting comparability.
2.Defined as operating income excluding items affecting comparability expressed as a percentage of net sales.
3.Defined as total assets exclusive of liquid funds, interest bearing financial receivables, as well as non-interest-bearing liabilities and excluding items affecting comparability.
4.Defined as operating income as a percentage of average net assets, excluding items affecting comparability.
5.Value creation is a non-GAAP measures calculated as operating income excluding items affecting comparability less the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) (an expected rate of return) on average net assets excluding items affecting comparability or expressed as a formula:(Net sales – operating costs = operating income) – (WACC x Average net assets). For a further discussion on value creation and the use thereof by Electrolux, see “—Value Creation” above.
                          
Net Sales by Product Line 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
   
 
 
 
 
 
Food-service equipment  4,847   44.5   5,324   31.2   4,942   28,1 
Laundry equipment  2,329   21.4   2,407   14.1   2,183   12.4 
Components  3,680   33.8   5,075   29.7   5,085   29.0 
Divested operations2
  31   0.3   4.267   25.0   5,350   30.5 
Total Indoor Products
  10,887   100.0   17,073   100.0   17,561   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total Outdoor Products
  10,597   100.0   9,452   100.0   8,039   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total Professional Products
  21,484   100.0   26,525   100.0   25,600   100.0 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 


1.As a percentage of net sales.
2.Mainly leisure appliances, cleaning equipment, vending machines and refrigeration equipment.

     Professional Indoor Products

     Professional Indoor Products consists of threetwo product lines: food-service equipment, laundry equipment and components such as compressors.

     Food-Service Equipment

     Group sales declined in 2002 from 2001 mainly due to divestments and reduced market demand. Operating income and operating margin improved as a result of structural changes and intensified product development which resulted in a more favorable product mix.

     Laundry Equipment

     Group sales of laundry equipment declined in 2002 from 2001 due to weaker demand in several European markets, as well as in Japan. Operating income and operating margin improved as a result of higher productivity and the launch of new dryers in North America.

29


Components

          Demand for compressors in Europe was higher in 2002 than in 2001. Group sales increased for comparable units. Operating income showed a marked improvement in 2002, but from a low level in 2001, and a slight profit was achieved for the year as a whole. The improvement is a result of restructuring measures and the introduction of a new compressor model.

          During 2002, the Group divested Zanussi Metallurgica, its European motor operation and its Mexican compressor plant. These operations had aggregate annual sales of approximately SEK 1,730m. For a discussion of these dispositions, see “Item 5—Factors Affecting Results—Dispositions”.

     Professional Outdoor Products

     Demand for professional chainsaws declined in 2002, particularly in North America and Western Europe. Sales of chainsaws increased in volume, mainly on the basis of new distribution channels in North America. Sales of professional lawn and garden products showed good growth, also as a result of new distribution channels. Sales of diamond tools for comparable units declined, however, due to lower demand in the construction industry. The integration of the newly acquired Diamant Boart operation proceeded according to plan.

     Overall, sales for Professional Outdoor Products were higher in 2002 than in 2001, mainly as a result of the acquisition of Diamant Boart. Operating income and operating margin improved, even excluding the acquired operations. For a discussion of the Diamant Boart acquisition, see “Item 5—Factors Affecting Results—Acquisitions”.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 2001 AS COMPARED TO 2000

Consolidated Results

Consolidated Net Sales

          Net sales for Electrolux in 2001 increased to SEK 135,803m as compared to SEK 124,493m in 2000. Of total net sales, 97% (96%) or SEK 131,285m, (120,029m) related to sales outside Sweden. The United States was the largest single market during 2001, accounting for approximately 35% of total sales, followed by Germany, the United Kingdom, Italy, France and Australia. The European Union accounted for approximately 39% of sales and approximately 45% of Group employees. Of the 9.1% increase in net sales, acquisitions and divestments accounted for an increase of 2.4%, changes in exchange rates for an increase of 9.1%, and volume, prices and product mix combined resulted in a decrease of 2.4%.

Consolidated Operating Income

          The Group’s operating income for 2001 decreased by 17.4% to SEK 6,281m (7,602m), corresponding to 4.6% (6.1%) of net sales. Income after financial items decreased by 20.1% in 2001 to SEK 5,215m (6,530m), corresponding to 3.8% (5.2%) of net sales. Net income decreased by 13.2% in 2001 to SEK 3,870m (4,457m), corresponding to SEK 11.35 (12.40) per share.

Financial Items

          Both the U.S. Federal Reserve and European central banks lowered their lending rates during 2001 in order to stimulate economic development. This resulted in decreasing short and long-term interest rates.

          Net financial items in 2001 amounted to SEK -1,066m (–1,072m), which corresponds to -0.8% (-0.9%) of sales. The financial net was positively impacted by lower interest rates, while interest payments in foreign currency had a negative effect.

Taxes

          Total taxes for 2001 amounted to SEK 1,477m (2,121m), which correspond to 28.3% (32.5%) of income after financial items. The effective tax rate (excluding items affecting comparability) was 32.0% (32.4%).

30


           Due to uncertain economic conditions, primarily in Brazil, the valuation allowance for prior year’s foreign net operating losses was increased. Also, changed circumstances primarily in certain European companies caused Electrolux to change its judgment as to the realizability of previously unrecognized deferred tax assets.

Consolidated Results Excluding Items Affecting Comparability

          As discussed above, Swedish GAAP requires companies to disclose information in their financial statements as to events and transactions with effects on income that are of significance when income from the period is compared with that of other periods. Electrolux reports these events and transactions on the line-item “Items affecting comparability” which appears separately on the face of the income statement and in the notes to the financial statements. During 2002, items affecting comparability amounted to SEK -141m before tax (-448m). Operating income (excluding items affecting comparability) decreased by 20.2% to SEK 6,422m (8,050m), corresponding to 4.7% (6.5%) of net sales. Income after financial items (excluding items affecting comparability) decreased by 23.2% to SEK 5,356m (6,978m), corresponding to 3.9% (5.6%) of net sales. Net income (excluding items affecting comparability) decreased by 20.7% to SEK 3,774m (4,762m), and net income per share (excluding items affecting comparability ) decreased by 16.2% to SEK 11.10 (13.25).

Value Creation

          Value creation in 2001 amounted to SEK 262m compared with SEK 2,423m in the previous year. The decrease is primarily a result of a decline in operating margin (excluding items affecting comparability) to 4.7% (6.5%). The impact of the decline in operating margin was to some extent offset by the growth in sales. The capital turnover rate (i.e., net sales divided by average net assets) remained at 3.1 (3.1).

Results of Operations by Business Area

          Demand weakened during 2001 in most of the Group’s business areas in both Europe and North America. Market conditions in Asia improved over 2000, with the exception of India. Demand in Latin America improved in the first half of the year, but declined in the last two quarters.

          Group operating income was negatively affected by severe price competition and negative trends with respect to product mix within several operations. Costs for material and half-finished goods were lower in 2001 than 2000.

          Of the Group’s business areas, Consumer Durables achieved higher sales in 2001, mainly as a result of the acquisition of the Australian appliance operation at the beginning of the year, and changes in exchange rates. Operating income and margin declined in 2001 compared to 2000.

          Professional Products reported higher aggregate net sales in 2001, largely as a result of currency effects. Operating income and margin declined in 2001 for Professional Indoor Products, while Professional Outdoor Products achieved continued good growth in both income and margin.

The following discussion includes statements about operating income and operating margin with respect to the Consumer Durables and Professional Products business areas. Both operating income and operating margin for these business areas are presented excluding items affecting comparability. This information is presented solely to enhance the understanding of Electrolux’s results and are not measures under Swedish GAAP or U.S. GAAP. For more information on non-GAAP financial measures and items affecting comparability, see “Presentation of Information” and Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Consumer Durables

White Goods

          Sales of white goods in 2001 rose to SEK 82,732m (72,861m). In 2001, the European operation accounted for almost 50% of sales, and North America for about 35%. The remainder related mainly to Australia, Brazil and China, as well as India and other Southeast Asian countries. Operating income (excluding items affecting comparability) declined considerably in 2001 from 2000, primarily as a result of a marked decrease in income in North America.

31


Operations in Europe

          Sales of appliances in Europe through Electrolux Home Products were higher in 2001 than in 2000, particularly in Eastern Europe. Electrolux strengthened its European market share in appliances in 2001. Operating income rose in 2001 as a result of higher volumes as well as improved productivity and cost reductions. Trends for price and mix in terms of both products and markets remained negative in 2001.

          In order to accelerate implementation of the Group’s brand policy, which involves concentrating on fewer brands, the brand organization within Electrolux Home Products in Europe is being centralized at the headquarters in Brussels.

          In order to reduce complexity with regard to both products and production, approximately SEK 728m will be invested in new product platforms over the next few years. This will contribute to a faster rate of product launches and is expected to enable continued consolidation of manufacturing to a few master plants with R&D and administrative functions, and to a number of smaller manufacturing units.

          These actions, which involve layoffs of approximately 1,400 employees, generated savings of approximately SEK 127m in 2002 and are expected to generate savings of approximately SEK 320m in 2003.

Operations in the United States

          Sales of appliances through Electrolux Home Products in the United States decreased, primarily due to lower volumes for refrigerators. Destocking at the retail level, particularly during the first half of the year, also had a negative impact on sales in 2001. Operating income showed a marked decline in 2001 as a result of lower volumes and substantial costs related to the phase-in of a new generation of refrigerators. Total costs for delivery failures, additional personnel and overtime had a total negative effect on income of approximately SEK 1,050m.

Operations in Latin America, Asia and Australia

          Sales for the Group’s Brazilian appliance operation were largely unchanged in 2001. Operating income improved considerably as a result of new products and greater internal efficiency, but remained negative.

          The Group achieved good growth in volume in China and the ASEAN countries. Demand in India decreased, and Group sales were lower than in 2000. Operating income for the Indian operation showed a marked decline in 2001.

          Overall, sales and operating income for white goods outside Europe and North America increased considerably in 2001 as a result of the consolidation of the Australian operation that was acquired at the start of the year.

Floor-Care Products

          Sales for the Group’s floor-care product line were higher than in 2000, as a result of greater volumes in both the United States and Europe. Operating income was largely unchanged, but the operating margin declined due to a less favorable product mix.

Consumer Outdoor Products

          Group sales in Europe declined and operating income showed a marked downturn. Lower sales were also reported for the U.S. operation, and both operating income and margin declined, although from a high level in the previous year.

Professional Products

Professional Indoor Products

Food-Service Equipment

          Group sales in this product area increased over the previous year, primarily in the Nordic countries and the United States. Operating income improved, mainly on the basis of lower costs for selling and administration

32


resulting from structural adjustments. Comprehensive development projects for upgrading the product range were initiated during the year.

Laundry Equipment

          Demand for laundry equipment rose in both Europe and the United States, and the Group achieved good growth in sales. Operating income and margin improved substantially over the previous year, particularly in the second half. The launch of a new product range in the second half of 2000 as well as the launch of new dryers in the United States contributed to the improved performance.

Components

          Sales for the components product line were lower than last year. Operating income showed a marked decline and was negative for the full year due to lower volumes, downward pressure on prices, higher material costs and costs related to inventory adjustments.

Professional Outdoor Products

          Demand for professional chainsaws declined in Europe and North America for the year as a whole, but rose in Latin America and the Asian-Pacific region. In the fourth quarter, demand increased in all markets except Latin America. Total Group sales of professional chainsaws were lower in 2001 than in 2000.

          Good growth in sales was reported for professional garden equipment and power cutters. Higher sales were also reported for diamond tools, although mainly as a result of acquisitions.

          Overall, sales for Professional Outdoor Products showed continued good growth, and operating income improved. Operating margin declined somewhat from the previous year, however, as a result of lower volumes for chainsaws.

B.      LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
B.LIQUID FUNDS AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     TheOperating cash flow is the Group’s primary source of liquidity is its operating cash flows.liquid funds. Electrolux also utilizes long-term and short-term borrowings as a source of liquidity.liquid funds. The Group’s liquidityliquid funds and capital resources are managed by the Group’s treasury operations in accordance with Electrolux’sthe Electrolux internal financing policy. For additional discussion regarding liquidityliquid funds and capital resources, please see “Item 11—Financing Risk.”Risks”.

33


     LiquidityLiquid Funds

     Electrolux’s goal is that the level of liquid funds should correspondcorresponds to at least 2.5% of annualized net sales. The Group also aims to maintain theGroup’s aim is such that net liquidity level at approximatelyliquid funds (defined as liquid funds less short-term borrowings) shall exceed zero, taking into account fluctuations arising from acquisitions, divestments and seasonal variations. Net liquidity is defined asInvestment of liquid funds less short-term borrowings. As shownis mainly made in interest-bearing instruments with high liquidity and with issuers with a long-term rating of at least A-defined by Standards & Poor’s or similar, as stated in the Financial Policy.

     Liquid funds consist of short-term investments (less than one year) and cash equivalents. The table below presents the key data of liquid funds. The book value of liquid funds as a percentageis approximately equal to fair value.

             
Liquidity profile
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm)
Investments with maturities over three months  3,783   7,602   892 
Investments with maturities up to three months  8,207   6,698   11,482 
Fair value derivative assets included in short-term investments  612       
   
   
   
 
Total Liquid funds  12,602   14,300   12,374 
% of annualized net sales  11.3   11.8   9.8 
Net liquidity1
  8,593   12,682   7,118 
Fixed-interest term, days  64   48   32 
Effective yield, % (average per annum)  4.4   4.4   4.7 
   
   
   
 


1.The net liquidity calculation in 2003 includes long-term borrowings with maturities within 12 months.

     For 2003, liquid funds amounted to 11.3% (11.8%) of annualized net sales, considerably exceededthereby exceeding the Group’s minimum criterion, in recent years, primarily due to strongpositive operating cash flow.

             
Liquidity ProfileDecember 31, 2002December 31, 2001December 31, 2000




      (SEKm)    
Liquid funds  14,300   12,374   8,422 
% of net sales  11.8   9.8   6.6 
Net liquidity  12,682   7,118   -427 
Fixed-interest term, days  48   32   58 
Unutilized credit facilities  31,750   23,756   23,270 
flow and divestments of operations in recent years.

     On June 16, 2004, an Extraordinary General Meeting approved the redemption of 497,725 A Shares and 14,681,967 B Shares, representing approximately 4.7% of the total number of shares, for a total consideration of approximately SEK 3 billion. The consideration is scheduled to be paid to shareholders around June 30, 2004.

     Cash Flow From Operations

          Operating cash flow in 2002 increased to SEK 7,665m (5,834m).     Total cash flow from operations afterand investments and divestments decreased to 9,894m (10,695m)SEK 3,723 million in 2003 (9,894 million). The increasedecline in operating cash flow is mainly due to higher income and a decrease in working capital. The declinean increase in working capital, relates largely relating to increasedaccounts receivable. Working capital at year-end 2002 was at a historically low level, largely due to high accounts payable. Higher taxes paid, higher utilization of restructuring provisions, lower proceeds from divestments and acquisitions, as well as changes in exchange rates also had a negative impact on operating cash flow in 2003.

33


operating liabilities.     Total cash flow from operations and investments decreased to SEK 9,894 million in 2002 (10,695 million). The decrease in cash flow was mainly due to lower proceeds from divestments and acquisitions. Cash flow was also negatively impacted by the final payment of USD 94m94 million related to the PBGC Pension Settlement. For a discussion of the PBGC Pension Settlement, see “Item 8—Legal Proceedings”.

             
Cash flow 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
      (SEKm)    
Cash flow from operations excluding change in operating assets and liabilities  9,100   5,848   8,639 
Change in operating assets and liabilities  1,805   3,634   -2,540 
Capital expenditures  -3,335   -4,195   -4,423 
Other  95   547   876 
   
   
   
 
Operating cash flow
  7,665   5,834   2,552 
Net proceeds from divestment and acquisition of operations  2,229   4,861   630 
Investment in trademark        -450 
   
   
   
 
Total cash flow from operations and investments
  9,894   10,695   2,732 
             
Cash flow
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm)
Cash flow from operations excluding change in operating assets and liabilities  7,124   9,100   5,848 
Change in operating assets and liabilities  -831   1,805   3,634 
Capital expenditures  -3,463   -3,335   -4,195 
Other  36   95   547 
Net proceeds from divestment and acquisition of operations  857   2,229   4,861 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total cash flow from operations and investments
  3,723   9,894   10,695 

34


     BorrowingsInterest-bearing liabilities

     At year-end 2002,2003, the Group’s total interest-bearing borrowingsliabilities, including interest-bearing pension liabilities, amounted to SEK 15,698m (23,183)12,501 million (15,698 million), of which SEK 13,759m (17,658) related8,173 million (13,759 million) referred to long-term loans. As of December 31, 2003, long-term loans with average maturities of 3.3 years (3.6).

              
Net Borrowings Dec. 31, 2002 Dec. 31, 2001 Dec. 31, 2000

 
 
 
       (SEKm)    
Interest-bearing liabilities  15,698   23,183   25,398 
Liquid funds  -14,300   -12,374   -8,422 
   
   
   
 
 
Net borrowings
  1,398   10,809   16,976 
   
   
   
 

          During 2002, no additional liabilities for long-term borrowings were incurred.within 12 months, SEK 2,414 million, are reported as short-term loans in the Group’s balance sheet. A total of SEK 3,980m in long-term borrowings was amortized. Short-term borrowings also decreased in 2002 as a resultsignificant portion of the reduced need for borrowing.

          A significant portiontotal of outstanding long-term borrowings has been made under Electrolux’s Euroglobal medium term note program. TheThis program which allows for borrowings of up to EUR 2,000m2,000 million in the aggregate, asaggregate. As of December 31, 2002 had unutilized2003, Electrolux utilized approximately EUR 630 million (680 million) of the capacity of approximately EUR 1,320m. The table below shows the borrowings under the Euro medium term note program as of such date:

         
Principal amount Interest rate Maturity

 
 
EUR 300m  6.125%  2005 
EUR 300m  6.0%  2008 
NOK 400m Floating  2008 
USD 25m Floating  2005 
program.

          In addition, other long-term borrowings have been made in an aggregate principal amount of approximately SEK 7,580m. These borrowings consist of numerous smaller facilities, ranging from SEK 125,000 to SEK 1,390m, incurred both at the parent and subsidiary level.     The majority of total long-term borrowings, SEK 10,338m, have been made7,331 million, are taken up in Sweden at the parent level. Given the strong liquidity, Electrolux does not currently maintain any committed credit facilities for short-term borrowings, other than as back-up facility for the European commercial paper program, which amounts to EUR 150 million. Electrolux expects to meet any future requirements for short-term borrowings through bilateral bank facilities and capital market programs such as commercial paper programs.

     At year-end 2003, the average interest-fixing period for long-term borrowings was 1.1 years (0.9). The calculation of the average interest-fixing period includes the effect of interest-rate derivatives used to manage the interest-rate risk of the debt portfolio. The interest-rate at year-end for the total borrowings was 4.9% (4.2%).

     The fair value of the interest-bearing loans including swap transactions used to manage the interest fixing was approximately SEK 12,650 million. The loans and the interest-rate swaps are valued marked-to-market in order to calculate the fair value.

35


     The following table sets out the carrying amount of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities that are exposed to fixed and floating interest-rate risk.

                     
Interest-bearing liabilities
            
              Total Book Value
        Nominal value
 31 December
Issue/maturity dates
 Description of loan
 Interest rate %
 Currency
 (in Currency)
 2003
 2002
              (SEK million)
Bond Loans                    
  Fixed rate1
                    
  2000-2005 Global MTN Program  6.1250  EUR  300   2712   2735 
  2000-2008 Global MTN Program  6.0000  EUR  268   2416   2437 
  1996-2004 Bond Loan FRF 1,000million2  6.5000  FRF  690      959 
  2000-2008 Global MTN Program  6.0000  EUR  32   290   293 
  1998-2008 Global MTN Program  6.5000  NOK  400      503 
  2001-2005 SEK MTN Program  5.3000  SEK  200   200   200 
  2001-2004 SEK MTN Program2  3.3820  SEK  170      170 
  2001-2008 SEK MTN Program  4.2303  SEK  85   85   85 
  1996-2003 SEK MTN Program  8.7000  SEK        100 
  Floating Rate                    
  1998-2005 Global MTN Program Floating USD  25   181   220 
  1997-2027 Industrial Development Revenue Bonds Floating USD  10   73   88 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total bond loans           5957   7790 
Other long-term loans Fixed Rate Loans         1,901   1642 
 Floating Rate Loans2         315   4327 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total other long-term loans         2216   5969 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total long-term loans           8173   13759 
Short-term loans                    
Short-term part of Long-term Loans                  
  2001-2004 SEK MTN Program2  3.3820  SEK  170   170  
  1996-2004 Bond Loan FRF 1,000 million2  6.5000  FRF  690   952  
 Other long-term loans2         1292  
Other short-term loans                  
 Bank Borrowings & Commercial Papers         1316   1618 
 Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities         279   0 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total short-term loans         4009   1618 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Interest-bearing pensions            319   321 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities         12501   15698 
    
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.The interest-rate fixing profile of the loans above has been adjusted from fixed to floating with interest-rate swaps.
2.Long-term loans in the table above with maturities within 12 months are classified as short-term loans in the Group’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.

     The average maturity of the Group’s long-term borrowings (including long-term loans with maturities within 12 months) was 2.7 years (3.3) at the end of 2003. As a result of the Group’s positive cash flow, no additional long-term funding was undertaken in 2003, apart from SEK 100 million to fund the operations in Brazil. A net total of SEK 1,490 million in loans matured or were amortized. Short-term loans pertain primarily to countries with capital restrictions. The table below presents the repayment schedule of long-term borrowings.

Repayment Schedule of Long-term Borrowings, as at 31 December (SEKm)

                                 
  2004
 2005
 2006
 2007
 2008
 2009
 2010-
 Total
Debenture and bond loans     3,093         2,791      73   5,957 
Bank and other loans     964   416   29   21      786   2,216 
Short-term part of long-term loans  2,414                     2,414 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   2,414   4,057   416   29   2,812      859   10,587 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

36


     Electrolux has an investment grade ratingInvestment Grade ratings from the three leading international rating institutions, Moody’s Fitch and Standard & Poor’s. All threeThe long-term ratings from both rating institutions kept their long-term ratingwere unchanged during 2002. However, Fitch improved the long-term outlook to stable and Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s kept their outlook at stable

34


and positive, respectively.year. Standard and Poor’s changed the long-term outlook from positive to stable on March 20, 2003. As of such date, the ratings were as follows:

stable.
                 
              Short-term debt,
Rating AgencyLong-term debtOutlookShort-term debtSweden (only)

 Long-term debt
 Outlook
 Short-term debt
 Sweden
FitchBBB+StableF-2
Moody’s Baa1 Stable PP-2-2     
Standard & Poor’s BBB+ Stable  A-2   K-1 

     Electrolux does not currently maintain any committed credit facilities for short-term borrowings, other than for the European commercial paper program in an amount of EUR 150m. Electrolux expects to meet any future requirements for short-term borrowings through uncommitted capital market programs such as commercial paper programs and bilateral bank facilities.

Contractual Obligations and other Commercial Commitments

          Future obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts are as follows:

                  
Future payment obligations Total 2003 2004-2007 2008-

 
 
 
 
       (SEKm)    
Long-Term Debt  13,759   908   8,888   3,963 
Capital Lease Obligations  131   46   85    
Operating Leases  4,420   1,641   2,014   765 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Total
  18,310   2,595   10,987   4,728 
   
   
   
   
 

     Other commercial commitments as at December 31, 2002 include guarantees and other commitments, as disclosed in Note 22 of the consolidated financial statements, in the amount of SEK 666m. Guarantees for fulfillment of contractual undertakings are provided in the ordinary course of business. Commitments for the purchase of goods and services do not exceed the projected requirements of use in the normal course of business.

          Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          Electrolux is party to only a limited amount of off-balance sheet arrangements. As of December 31, 2002, the aggregate amount of Electrolux’s off-balance sheet arrangements was approximately SEK 858m. The principal component of these arrangements are guarantees in the amount of SEK 666m issued on behalf of third parties, and receivables sold with recourse and discounted trade notes with recourse, in an aggregate amount of SEK 192m. These off-balance sheet arrangements do not, and are not reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on Electrolux’s financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to Electrolux’s shareholders.

Capital Expenditures

     Capital expenditures in tangible fixed assets in 20022003 amounted to SEK 3,335m,3,463 million, as compared to SEK 4,195m3,335 million in 20012002 and SEK 4,423m4,195 million in 2000.2001. Capital expenditureexpenditures corresponded to 2.5%2.8%, 3.1%2.5% and 3.6%3.1%, respectively, of net sales during each of these periods. The declineincrease in capital expenditureexpenditures for 20022003 primarily reflects the completion of several large projectsexpenditures in Consumer Durables and Professional Outdoor Products. Capital expenditures within Consumer Durables referred mainly to appliances in North America, during 2001, including a new generationAsia and Australia. Capital expenditures within Professional Outdoor Products referred mainly to the development of refrigerators and a new line of cookers, that were completed during 2001.environmentally efficient products. During 2002,2003, capital expenditureexpenditures in Sweden amounted to SEK 295m,373 million, compared to SEK 282m295 million in 20012002 and SEK 470m282 million in 2000.2001.

     Approximately 40% of total capital expenditureexpenditures during 20022003 related to new products. Major projects included the development of product platforms and new products within the cooking, refrigeration, dishwasherdishwashing and tumble dryerwashing product areas in Europe. Projects in North America included new products within the cooking and refrigeration product categories.

     Approximately 25% of total 20022003 capital expenditure wasexpenditures were attributable to rationalization and replacement of existing production equipment. Approximately 5%10% of total capital expenditure relatesexpenditures relate to the expansion of capacity

35


within the appliance operation in Eastern Europe as well as within consumer outdoor products in North America and within Professional Outdoor Products.Asia. Investments in IT accounted for approximately 5% of total capital expenditure and investments in fire protection measures almost 3% of total capital expenditure.

                          
Capital Expenditures by Business Area 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
   SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
   
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Durables                        
 
Europe
 1,328   2.8   1,244   2.6   1,189   2.8 
 
North America
  984   2.0   1,530   3.3   1,490   3.2 
 
Rest of the World
  406   2.7   334   2.2   198   2.2 
Professional Indoor  295   2.7   657   3.8   955   5.4 
Professional Outdoor  229   2.2   213   2.3   171   2.1 
Other  93      217      420    
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total
  3,335   2.5   4,195   3.1   4.423   3.6 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
expenditures.
                         
Capital Expenditures by Business Area
 2003
 2002
 2001
  SEKm %1 SEKm %1 SEKm %1
Consumer Durables
                        
Europe
  1,269   2.7   1,328   2.8   1,244   2.6 
North America
  1,089   2.4   984   2.0   1,530   3.3 
Rest of the World
  470   3.7   406   2.7   334   2.2 
Professional Products
                        
Professional Indoor  278   3.4   295   2.7   657   3.8 
Professional Outdoor  305   2.8   229   2.2   213   2.3 
Other  52      93      217    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  3,463   2.8   3,335   2.5   4,195   3.1 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1. As a percentage of net sales.

          As     We are currently investing in new, efficient plants in low-cost countries and in new products. Accordingly, Group capital expenditure is expected to rise from the current level of December 31, 2002, Electrolux had no material commitments forapproximately SEK 3.5 billion to approximately SEK 4-5 billion during 2004. We have funded, and expect to continue funding, such capital expenditures.investments from cash generated from our business operations.

C.      RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC
C.RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC

     Research and Development

     Electrolux believes that product renewal and innovation are key drivers in achieving growth and higher profit margins. During 2002,2003, research and development costs amounted to SEK 1,797m (1,793m1,628 million (1,797 in 20012002 and 1,311m1,793 in 2000)2001), including the capitalization of SEK 176m344 million of research and development expense. This corresponds to 1.3% of net sales for 20022003 (1.3% in 20012002 and 1.1%1.3% in 2000)2001).

37


     Historically, Electrolux has spent less on research and development as a percentage of net sales than its competitors. Due to Electrolux’s size, however, this difference has been relatively small in absolute terms. Electrolux expects that the level of research and development spending as a percentage of net sales will gradually increase in the future. Even at current spending levels, however, Electrolux believes that its research and development activities would have a greater impact in the future due to the reduction in the number of its product platforms and brands.

     A new Swedish accounting standard, RR15 Intangible Assets, came into effect as of January 1, 2002. According to this standard, costs for development of products and software are required to be capitalized if certain conditions are met. Development costs of SEK 188m relating to projects initiated during 2002344 million have been capitalized, net of amortization.capitalized. Capitalization of development costs has been made only for projects with a high level of certainty regarding future economic benefits and useful life. Income for the previous year has not been adjusted.

D.      TREND INFORMATION
D.TREND INFORMATION

     The following is a discussion of recent trends in Electrolux’s business and the markets in which it operates. For further discussion of trends affecting Electrolux’s business, please see “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 3.D—Risk Factors”.

     Market Conditions

     There was a positive trend in demand in most of the Group’s product areas in North America, Eastern Europe and Australia during 20022003 and the first quarter of 2003,2004, with increased volumes recorded across most product areas, in particular consumer durables. Market conditions in Western Europe weakenedstrengthened in 2002, but have shown signs of improvement2003, and improved in the first quarter of 2003.2004. There is considerable uncertainty regarding market conditions for the rest of 2003.2004. At present, Electrolux expects overall demand for its products to be mostly flatgrow in line with GDP during 20032004 in both Europe and the United States. Electrolux is also experiencing price pressure across product areas and geographic regions, in particular for small appliances and floor-care products. Notwithstanding these price

36


pressures, Electrolux has been gaining market share in most product areas in its major markets, Europe and the United States, during 2004 with the exception of professional indoor products and professional outdoor products for the construction and stone industry.

     Reducing Costs

     In the current market environment, characterized by price pressure on virtually all products, Electrolux is required to continuously consider new ways to reduce costs.

     Sourcing

     As other manufacturers, Electrolux is focusing more on outsourcing of manufacturing and production activities to sub-contractors in lower-cost countries such as Mexico, China and parts of Eastern Europe. Sourcing arrangements are especially important in the market for small appliances and floor-care products that are easy to ship from a low-cost producer to the markets in Europe and the United States. The trend is less apparent in the market for professional products where customers are willing to pay a premium for quality products and where brand-identity is more important.

     Production Efficiencies

     In order to make production more efficient, Electrolux will continue to reduce the number of its product platforms. Electrolux expects that the number of its product platforms in the European production of appliances will be more than halved in the next few years. This will reduce the number of product variants and make production less complex. Fewer platforms also mean less committed capital, lower R&D costs and shorter time to market for new products. It will also facilitate sourcing arrangements.

     Electrolux is also implementing changes to its manufacturing network, particularly in Europe. Manufacturing will be concentrated in a few master plants and a number of smaller manufacturing units, thereby reducing the complexity of Electrolux’s manufacturing organization.

38


2002 Restructuring Program

     The 2002 Restructuring Program was substantially completed in 2003, although some measures will continue in 2004.

     Of the total charge against operating income of SEK 1,338 million in 2002, approximately SEK 1,245 million had been utilized as of March, 31, 2004. The remaining part of the provision refers mainly to redundancy payments.

     The 2002 Restructuring Program involves total personnel cutbacks of 5,091 and savings are estimated at approximately SEK 340 million on an annual basis for 2005. As of March 31, 2004, total annual savings since the start of the 2002 Restructuring Program amounted to SEK 249 million and personnel cutbacks numbered 4,960, of which savings during the first quarter of 2004 amounted to SEK 49 million and personnel cutbacks numbered 14.

Closure of refrigerator plant in Greenville, USA

     In January 2004, Electrolux decided to discontinue production of refrigerators at the factory in Greenville, Michigan, in the United States. Production of the majority of products currently in Greenville will be moved to a new factory, which will be built in Mexico. The investment in Mexico is expected to be approximately US$ 150 million over the coming two years. The Greenville factory, which has approximately 2,700 employees, will continue to operate into 2005. The closure of the Greenville factory will incur a total cost of approximately SEK 1,100 million, the majority of which has been taken as a charge against operating income for the first quarter of 2004. Approximately half of the cost refers to write-down of assets.

Closure of vacuum-cleaner plant in Sweden

     In May 2004, Electrolux decided to close its vacuum cleaner plant in Västervik, Sweden, and move production to its plant in Hungary. Production at Västervik will continue during 2004, and is expected to end in the first quarter of 2005. The Västervik plant has approximately 500 employees and manufactures vacuum cleaners primarily for the European market. The closure will incur a total cost of approximately SEK 200 million, the majority of which will be taken as a charge against operating income in the second quarter of 2004.

Litigation in the U.S. relating to vacuum cleaners

     Electrolux had, until recently, a pending lawsuit in the United States relating to the design of the upright, cyclonic vacuum cleaners manufactured and sold by the Group’s floor-care operation. The plaintiff, John North, had claimed that the Group had wrongfully used certain trade secrets when designing the cyclonic products, and sought a judgment against the Group in the amount of approximately US$90 million.

     In May 2004, Electrolux and the plaintiff reached a settlement agreement pursuant to which Electrolux will pay the plaintiff US$30 million in return for the plaintiff agreeing to drop all claims, including future claims, in the matter. As a result, the case will not be decided by a jury in El Paso, Texas and the matter is now concluded. No further details of the settlement are available.

     Electrolux entered into the settlement because it brought the matter to an end with a known outcome rather than the uncertainty of a jury decision. Electrolux maintains that there was no merit to the charges.

E.OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

     Electrolux is party to only a limited amount of off-balance sheet arrangements. As of December 31, 2003, the aggregate amount of Electrolux off-balance sheet arrangements was approximately SEK 1,098 million. The principal component of these arrangements are guarantees in the amount of SEK 728 million issued on behalf of third parties, and receivables sold with recourse, in an aggregate amount of SEK 370 million. Electrolux has, jointly with the state-owned company AB Swedecarrier, issued letters of support for loans and leasing agreements totaling SEK 1,492 million in the associated company Nordwaggon AB.

     These off-balance sheet arrangements do not, and are not reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on Electrolux financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to Electrolux shareholders.

39


F.AGGREGATE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

     Future obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts are as follows:

                 
Future payment obligations
 Total
 2004
 2005-2008
 2009
  (SEKm)
Long-Term Debt  10,587   2,414   7,314   859 
Capital Lease Obligations.  105   47   54   4 
Operating Leases  3,062   844   1589   629 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total  13,754   3,305   8,957   1,492 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     Other commercial commitments as at December 31, 2003 include guarantees and other commitments, as disclosed in Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements, in the amount of SEK 728 million. Guarantees for fulfillment of contractual undertakings are provided in the ordinary course of business. Commitments for the purchase of goods and services do not exceed the projected requirements of use in the normal course of business.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

     The discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with Swedish GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to apply certain accounting methods and policies that may be based on difficult, complex or subjective judgments by management or on estimates based on past experience and assumptions determined to be reasonable and realistic based on the related circumstances. The application of these estimates and assumptions affects the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We have summarized below our accounting policies that require more subjective judgment of our management in making assumptions or estimates regarding the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

     Asset Impairment

     All long-lived assets, including goodwill, are evaluated for impairment yearly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impaired asset is written down to its estimated fair market value based on the best information available. Different methods have been used for this evaluation, depending on the availability of information. When available, market value has been used and impairment charges have been recorded when this information indicated that the carrying amount of an asset was not recoverable. In the majority of cases, however, market value has not been available, and the fair value has been estimated by using the discounted cash flow method based on expected future results. Significant differences in the estimation of expected future results and the discount rates used could have resulted in different asset valuations.

     Long-lived assets, including goodwill, are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Useful lives for tangible fixed assets are estimated between 10-40 years for buildings, 3-15 years for machinery and technical installations and 3-10 year for other equipment. The net book value for tangible fixed assets in 2003 amounted to SEK 15,638 million. Useful life for goodwill is generally 10-20

37


years except for strategic acquisitions that can be 20-40 years. Electrolux applies an amortization period of 40 years for the strategic acquisitions of Zanussi, White Consolidated Industries, American Yard Products and Email as well asEmail. Amortization of goodwill for these four acquisitions in 2003 amounted to SEK 105 million. The Group also applies an amortization period of 40 years for the acquisition of the Electrolux brand in North America acquired in May 2000. Management2000.Management regularly reassesses the useful life of all significant assets. The net book value for goodwill at year-end amounted to SEK 3,500 million.

40


     Deferred Taxes

     In the preparation of the financial statements, Electrolux estimates the income taxes in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which the Group operates as well as any deferred taxes based on temporary differences. Deferred tax assets relating mainly to tax loss carry-forwards and temporary differences are recognized in those cases when future taxable income is expected to permit the recovery of those tax assets. Changes in assumptions in the projection of future taxable income could result in significant differences in the valuation of deferred taxes. As of December 31,2003, Electrolux had a net amount of SEK 658 million recognized as deferred taxes. The Group had tax loss carry-forwards and other deductible temporary differences of SEK 1,741 million, which have not been included in computation of deferred tax assets.

     Current Receivables

     Receivables are reported net of allowances for doubtful accounts. A reserve for doubtful accounts is calculated based on an aging of the receivables and historical losses. For receivables that are over 6 months past due the reserve is set to 50% of their value, and reserve for receivables that are over 12 months past due is set to 100%. Additionally, when circumstances indicate that there is risk that a customer will not be able to meet its financial obligations, receivables are written down to the amount that is expected to be collected. Changes in circumstances such as higher than expected defaults or changes in the financial situation of a significant customer could lead to significantly different valuations. At year-end, accounts receivable, net of provisions for doubtful accounts, amounted to SEK 21,172 million. The total provision for bad debts at year-end was SEK 1,012 million.

     Pensions and Other Provisions

     Pensions

     Electrolux sponsors defined benefit pension plans for some of its employees in certain countries. The consolidated accounts pension costs and liabilities are calculated according to local rules. The largest defined benefit pension plans correspond to the U.S. operations and are calculated and accounted according to U.S. GAAP. The pension calculations are based on assumptions about expected return on assets, discount rate and future salary increases. Changes in assumptions at the beginning of the year affect directly the service cost, whileinterest cost and expected return on assets components of expense. Gains and losses which result when actual returns on assets differ from expected returns, and when actuarial liabilities are adjusted due to changes during the yearin assumptions, are amortizedsubject to amortization over the expected average remaining working life of the employees.employees using the corridor approach. Expected return on assets used in 20022003 was 9.5%8.5% based on historical results. A reduction by 1% would have increased the net annualpension cost in 2003 by approximately SEK 100m.70 million. The discount rate used to estimate liabilities at the end of 2002 and the calculation of expenses during 2003 was 6.75%. A decrease of such rate by 1% would have increased net annualthe service cost component of expense by approximately SEK 20m.20 million.

     Restructuring Provisions

     Restructuring charges include required write-downs of assets and other non-cash items, as well as estimated costs for personnel reductions. The charges are calculated based on detailed plans for activities that are expected to improve the Group’s cost structure and productivity. The restructuring activities are planned based on certain expectations about future capacity needs and different expectations would have resulted in materially different charges. The restructuring program announced in December 2002 had a total charge against operating income of SEK 1,338 million. Of the total charge, approximately SEK 1,241 million had been utilized as of December 31, 2003. The restructuring measures announced in 2001 were almost completed during 2003. At year-end approximately SEK 3,050 million of the charge of SEK 3,261 million had been utilized.

     Warranties

     As it is customary in Electrolux’s industry, many of the products sold are covered by an original warranty which is included in the price and which extends for a predetermined period of time. Reserves for this original warranty are estimated based on historical data regarding service rates, cost of repairs etc. Additional reserves are created to cover goodwill warranty and extended warranty. While changes in these assumptions would result in different valuations, such changes are unlikely to have a material impact on the Group’s results

41


or financial situation. At year-end Electrolux had a provision for warranty commitments amounting to SEK 1,562 million.

     Accrued Expenses – Employee Options

     Electrolux records a provision for the expected employer contributions (social security charges) arising when the employees exercise their options. Employer contributions are paid based on the benefit obtained by the employee when

38


exercising the options. The establishment of the provision requires the estimation of the expected future benefit to the employees. Electrolux bases these calculations on a valuation of the options using the Black & Scholes model, which requires a number of estimates that are inherently uncertain. The total provision as per December 31, 2003, for all option programs was SEK 120 million.

     U.S. GAAP Reconciliation

     The above description of critical accounting policies applies also for the U.S. GAAP information included in Note 2629 to the consolidated financial statements, with the following exceptions:

Long-lived Assets

     For U.S. GAAP reconciliation purposes, acquisition goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment. The impairment test is based on expected future results. Expected future results are based on management’s best estimates but are inherently uncertain. Different expectations could lead to different goodwill valuations. The Electrolux brand name in North America, acquired in May 2000, has been assigned an indefinite life and is not amortized. At present, management does not foresee any event that could limit the economic useful life of this brand name. At year-end the net book value for goodwill amounted to SEK 3,870 million.

Pensions

     For U.S. GAAP reconciliation purposes, defined benefit pension plans in Sweden, the United Kingdom and Germany are also calculated according to SFAS 87. A 1% reduction in expected return on assets would have resulted in an increase in periodic cost of approximately SEK 150m100 million (including the SEK 100m70 million as mentioned above under “Pensions and Other Provisions”).

Employee Stock Options

     Provisions for employer contributions (social security charges) on employees’ future benefits from option programs are not established according to U.S. GAAP.

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Swedish GAAP

Accounting Policies Adopted In 2001

          In 2001, Electrolux implemented the following new accounting standards from Redovisningsrådet (the Swedish Financial Accounting Standards Council); RR9—Income taxes, RR10—Construction contracts, RR11—Revenue, RR12—Property, plants and equipment, RR13—Accounting for investments in associated companies, RR14—Financial reporting and interests in joint ventures, RR18—Earnings per share and RR20—Interim financial reporting. None of these accounting standards had a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of Electrolux.

Accounting Policies Adopted In 2002

          In 2002, Electrolux implemented the following new accounting standards:

RR1:00—Consolidated financial statements.RR1:00 is an update of the preceding standard on consolidated financial statements, RR1:96, mainly to incorporate new rules in RR15, RR16 and RR17.

RR15—Intangible assets.RR15 prescribes the accounting for and disclosure of intangible assets. The standard applies, among other things, to research and development activities. As from 2002 certain expenses for development are capitalized as intangible assets. Electrolux capitalizes expenses for new products and software provided that the level of certainty of their future economic benefits and useful life is high. Capitalization has been limited to development projects initiated after January 1, 2002 and amounts to SEK 195m, before amortization.

39


RR16—Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets.The objective of the standard is to ensure that appropriate recognition criteria and measurement bases are applied to provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets, and that sufficient information is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements to enable users to understand their nature, timing and amount.

RR17—Impairment of assets.RR17 prescribes the accounting and disclosure for impairment of assets. The standard requires that the recoverable amount of an asset shall be estimated whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. RR17 requires an impairment loss to be recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable value.

RR19—Discontinuing operations.The standard addresses presentation and disclosure relating to discontinuing operations. The objectives of RR19 are to establish a basis for segregating information about a major operation that an enterprise is discontinuing, from information about its continuing operations and to specify minimum disclosure about a discontinuing operation.

RR21—Borrowing costs.The standard describes the accounting treatment for borrowing costs. The standard generally requires borrowing costs be expensed immediately.

RR23—Related party disclosures.This standard shall be applied in dealing with related parties and transactions between a reporting enterprise and its related parties.

          The implementation of RR1:00, RR15, RR16, RR17 and RR19 was optional during 2001 and mandatory no later than 2002. RR21 and RR23 are mandatory from 2002. A retrospective restatement is required for each of these recommendations, except for RR15, which does not permit restatement.

          With the exception of RR15, the adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on Electrolux’s consolidated financial statements.

          Under RR15, beginning in 2002, certain development costs are capitalized and subsequently amortized after a project has reached a certain degree of technical feasibility. As a result, Electrolux expects that during the next few years reported results from operations will increase, as amounts being capitalized are expected to exceed the related annual amortization. Under U.S. GAAP, Electrolux already capitalizes certain software development costs, as reflected in Note 26 to Electrolux’s audited consolidated financial statements.

     Accounting Policies Adopted In 2003

     As of January 1,In 2003, Electrolux implemented the following new accounting standards:

     RR2:02—Inventories. RR2:02 is an update of the previous standard on inventories, RR2. The adoption of RR2:02 has not had an impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

     RR22—Presentation of financial statements.The objective of this standard is to prescribe the basis for presentation of general purpose financial statements, in order to ensure comparability both with the company’s own financial statements of previous periods and with the financial statements of other companies.

     RR24—Investment property.This standard prescribes the accounting treatment for investment property held to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both, and related disclosure requirements. The adoption of RR24 has not had an impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

42


     RR25—Segment reporting.The objective of this standard is to establish principles for reporting financial information by segment to help users of financial statements to better understand different types of products and services a company produces and in which geographical areas it operates. The effect of implementing RR25 has not had a material effect on the presentation of Electrolux’s segment information.

     RR26—Events after the balance sheet date.date. This statement prescribes when a company should adjust its financial statements for events after the balance sheet date and the disclosures that a company should provide about the date when the statements were authorized for issue and about events after the balance sheet date. The effect of implementing RR26 has not had a material effect on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

40


     RR27—Financial instruments.Disclosure and presentation.The objective of this standard is to enhance financial statement user’s understanding of the significance of on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments to a company’s business, results of operations, and financial position. The standard prescribes certain requirements for presentation of on-balance-sheet (recognized) and off-balance-sheet (unrecognized) financial instruments. The effect of implementing RR27 has not had a material impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

     RR28—Accounting for Government Grants.Grants. This standard applies for financial reporting and disclosure of government grants and other forms of government assistance. The effect of implementing RR28 has not had a material impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

     Accounting Policies To Be Adopted In 2004

     InAs of January 1, 2004 Electrolux will implementimplemented the following new accounting standard:

     RR29—Employee benefits.This standard describes the accounting treatment and disclosure of employee benefits. The standard requires a company to recognize (a) a liability when an employee has provided service in exchange for employee benefits to be paid in the future and (b) an expense when the company consumes the economic benefit arising from service provided by an employee in exchange for employee benefits. Electrolux isPensions and other post-retirement benefits have previously been reported in accordance with the processapplied local rules in each country. In accordance with RR5, “Accounting for changes in accounting principles”, this has incurred a one-time charge net of quantifying thetaxes of SEK 1,600 million, to Group’s opening equity in 2004, and has no effect of RR29 on the Company.income statement or cash flow. The Group’s obligations related to pension benefits in each country will not be affected by this change in accounting principles.

U.S. GAAP

     Accounting Policies To Be Adopted In 20012005

     As of January 1, 2005, Electrolux will apply International Financial Reporting Standards, IFRS. The Group has started the preparations for the transition and identified the areas where the most significant differences exist at present. Additional differences could arise when all IFRS applicable 2005 are finalized. In 2001 Electrolux adoptedorder to meet the following new Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) fromrequirements for comparative information prior to 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB orGroup has already implemented certain changes in the “Board”) SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS 138 “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Derivative Transactions, an Amendment to FASB Statement No. 133”.reporting systems. For a description of the impact of the adoption of SFAS 133 and SFAS 138 on the Company, pleasemore information, see Note 261 to the consolidated financial statements.

     Accounting Policies Adopted In 2002

          In 2002 Electrolux adopted the following new standards:

SFAS 141 and 142

          In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”, and SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, collectively referred to as the “Standards”. SFAS 141 supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 16, “Business Combinations”. The provisions of SFAS 141 (i) require that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, (ii) provide specific criteria for the initial recognition and measurement of intangible assets apart from goodwill, and (iii) require that unamortized negative goodwill be written off immediately as an extraordinary gain instead of being deferred and amortized. SFAS 141 also requires that upon adoption of SFAS 142 the Company reclassify the carrying amounts of certain intangible assets into or out of goodwill, based on certain criteria. SFAS 142 supersedes APB 17, “Intangible Assets”, and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. SFAS 142 primarily addresses the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to their initial recognition. The provisions of SFAS 142 (i) prohibit the amortization of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, (ii) require that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles assets be tested annually for impairment (and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of goodwill and/or indefinite-lived intangible assets may be impaired), (iii) require that reporting units be identified for the purpose of assessing potential future impairments of goodwill, and (iv) remove the forty-year limitation on the amortization period of intangible assets that have finite lives.

          According to SFAS 142, goodwill and certain intangible assets with indefinite life are not subject to amortization subsequent to the date of adoption. Goodwill and certain intangible assets with indefinite life shall be tested for impairment both at adoption and annually. Based upon the results of the test upon implementation of SFAS 142, no transition adjustment was necessary. The Company performed the annual impairment test at a later date in 2002 which resulted in write-downs of goodwill of SEK161m.

41


     The amortization of goodwill and certain intangible assets with indefinite life made according to Swedish GAAP is reversed under U.S. GAAP with SEK 233m.

SFAS 144

     In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. SFAS 144 provides guidance on accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The objectives of the statement are to address issues relating to the implementation of SFAS 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of”, and to develop a model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired. SFAS 144 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company was required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 144 effective from January 1, 2002 at which date the Company adopted this standard. The adoption had no material impact on the net income or financial position of the Company. However, the adoption did impact income from continuing operations and income from discontinued operations.

     Accounting Policies Adopted In 2003

     As of January 1,In 2003, Electrolux implemented the following new accounting standards:

     SFAS 143

     In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Obligations Associated with the Retirement of Long-Lived Assets. The provisions of SFAS No. 143 apply to all entities that incur obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002 and became effective for the Company on January 1, 2003. The effectsadoption of this standard, if any, areSFAS 143 has not yet evaluated by the Company.had a significant impact on Electrolux’s financial position and results of operations.

43


     SFAS 145

     In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections”. This statement rescinds SFAS 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt-Debt”, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30, which required all gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effects. As a result, the criteria set forth by APB Opinion 30”30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS 145 also amends SFAS 13 to require that certain lease modifications that have economic affects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. In addition, SFAS 145 amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings or describe their applicability under changed conditions. The standard is generally effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 145 has not had a significant impact on Electrolux’s financial position and results of operations.

     SFAS 146

     In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”. This standard addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)”. SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred rather than at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS 146 is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. In 2003, the Group did not have any material restructuring charges.

     SFAS 148

     In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure”. This standard amends SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to provide alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity’s accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation. Finally, SFAS 148 amends APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure about those effects in interim financial information. SFAS 148 is effective for fiscal years

42


beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has no current plan to change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation under SFAS 123 and does not expect SFAS 148 tohas had no impact itson the Group’s financial statements.

SFAS 149

     In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. SFAS 149 amends SFAS 133 for decisions made:

1.as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that effectively required amendments to SFAS 133.
2.in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments and
3.in connection with implementation issues raised in relation to the application of the definition of a derivative.

SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Adoption of SFAS 149 did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements

SFAS 150

     In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity”, to establish standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances).

44


     SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for certain provisions which have been deferred. There was no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting SFAS 150.

     EITF 00-21

     In January 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. EITF 00-21 addresses the issues of (1) how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting; and (2) how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. EITF 00-21 does not change otherwise applicable revenue recognition criteria. EITF 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Group isThere was no significant impact in the process of assessing the impactGroup’s consolidated financial statement as a result of adopting EITF 00-21.

SAB 104

     On December 17, 2003, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 (SAB 104), “Revenue Recognition”, which supersedes SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”. SAB 104’s primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superceded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21 but does not expect it to be significant.“Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. The revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. There was no impact in the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting SAB 104.

     FIN 45

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No.FIN 45, (FIN 45), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN 45 requires a liability to be recognized at the time a company issues a guarantee for the fair value of the obligations assumed under certain guarantee agreements.Others”. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement provisions of guarantee agreementsFIN 45 are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Group is inSwedish GAAP does not require recognition of the processfair value of assessinga guarantee. There was no material impact on the impact of FIN 45 on itsGroup’s consolidated financial statements.statements as a result of adopting FIN 45.

     FIN 46

     In January 17,2003, the FASB issued Interpretation 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. A variable interest entity is a legal entity that lacks either:

1.equity interest holders as a group that lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, including: decision making ability and an entity’s residual risks and rewards or
2.the equity holders have not provided sufficient equity investment to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial report.

     Interpretation 46 requires a variable interest entity created after February, 2003 to be consolidated if any of its interest holders are entitled to a majority of the entity’s residual return or are exposed to a majority of its expected losses as of December 31, 2003. This party is referred to as the primary beneficiary. There was no impact in the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting FIN 46.

FIN 46 (R)

     In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51”Entities”. The primary objective of FIN 46 is(R) replaces FIN 46 and clarifies the accounting for interests in variable interest entities. The Group will begin to provide guidance on the identification of, and financial reportingapply FIN 46 (R) to entities considered to be variable interest entities for entities over which control is achieved through means other than voting rights; such entities are known as variable-interest entities (VIEs).periods after December 31, 2003. Electrolux is in the process of assessing the impact of FIN 46 on its consolidated financial statements.(R).

4345


ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

     The Articles of Association of Electrolux stipulate that the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five and not more than fifteen Directors, with not more than ten Deputy Directors (serving as alternates to the Directors), elected each year by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company. Additionally, under Swedish law, employees have the right to appoint three additional Directors (and their Deputies).

     During 2002,2003, there were eleventwelve Directors and three Deputy Directors on the Board of Directors. One additional Director, Barbara Thoralfsson,Two board members, Rune Andersson and Jacob Wallenberg, resigned and Aina Nilsson was elected as director at the Annual General Meeting on April 22, 2003. See “Item 8—Significant Changes”.21, 2004. The Directors and the Deputy Directors as of December 31, 2002,2003, and their respective shareholdings as of May 25, 2003,March 31, 2004, were as follows:

   
NamesPosition and Background

 Position and Background
Rune Andersson Chairman. Born 1944. Elected 1998. Chairman of the Board of Mellby Gård AB amd Älvsbyhus AB. Board Member of Doro AB. Holding in AB Electrolux: 500,000 A Shares and 500,000 B Shares.
Shares through a company.
Peggy Bruzelius Director. Born 1949. Elected 1996. Chairman of the Board of Grand Hotel Holding AB and Lancelot Asset Management AB. Board Member of Axel Johnson AB, Axfood AB, AB Drott, Industry and Commerce Stock Exchange Committee, AB Ratos, Scania AB, Syngenta AG and the Association of the Stockholm School of Economics. Deputy Chairman of the Board of The Royal Swedish Academy of Engineering Sciences. Holding in AB Electrolux: 2,500 B Shares.
Thomas Halvorsen Director. Born 1949. Elected 1996. President of the Fourth Swedish National Pension Fund. Board Member of AP Fastigheter AB and Beijer Alma AB. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0 shares.
500 B Shares.
Louis R. Hughes Director. Born 1949. Elected 1996. Chief Executive Officer of Wavecrest Laboratories LLC. Former Executive Vice-President of General Motors Corporation (retired in March 2000). Non-executive Chairman of the Board of Maxager Technology. Board Member of British Telecom plc., Sulzer AG and Sulzer AG.ABB Ltd. Member of the Board of Advisers of Wave Crest Laboratories. Executive Vice President of General Motors Corporation 1992-2000. Holding in AB Electrolux: 1,000 ADRs.
ADRs, each ADS representing two B Shares.
Hans Stråberg Director, President and Chief Executive Officer since April 2, 2002. Born 1957. Elected 2002. Board Member of The Association of Swedish Engineering Industries Board and AB Ph. Nederman & Co. Holding in AB Electrolux:
2,870 B Shares and 212,300196,400 options to acquire B Shares.
Barbara R. ThoralfssonDirector. Born 1959. Elected 2003. Board Member of Riebert & Søn ASA, IKT-Norway. Member of the Board of Representatives in Storebrand ASA. President of NetCom ASA, Norway. Holding in Electrolux AB: Nil shares.
Michael Treschow Director. Born 1943. Elected 1997. President and Chief Executive Officer, 1997- April 2002.1997-2002. Chairman of the Board of

46


Names
Position and Background
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ). Deputy Chairman of the Confederation of Swedish Enterprise. Member of the Board of Atlas Copco AB.ABB Ltd. Holding in AB Electrolux: 33,250 B Shares and 60,000 options to acquire B Shares.
Karel Vuursteen Director. Born 1941. Elected 1998. President and Chief Executive Officer of Heineken N.V. (retired in April 2002). Board Member of Akzo Nobel N.V., Gucci Group N.V., Heineken Holding N.V., Henkel KGaA, Nyenrode University, and Royald Ahold N.V, ING Group N.V. and Ranstad Holding N.V. President and Chief Executive Officer of Heineken N.V. 1993-2002. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0 shares.

44


NamesPosition and Background


250 B Shares.
Jacob Wallenberg Deputy Chairman. Born 1956. Elected 1998. Board Chairman of SEB (Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken). Deputy Chairman of Investor AB, Atlas Copco AB, Knut & Alice Wallenberg Foundation and SAS AB. Board Member of ABB Ltd., The Nobel Foundation and the Confederation of Swedish Enterprise. Holding in AB Electrolux: 2,000 B Shares.
Ulf Carlsson Director (employee representative). Born 1958. ElectedAppointed 2001. Representative of Swedish Confederation of Trade Unions. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0Nil shares.
Bert Gustafsson Director (employee representative). Born 1951. Elected 1997. Representative of the Federation of Salaried Employees in Industry and Services. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0 shares.
Ingemar LarssonDirector (employee representative). Born 1939. Elected 1990. Representative of the Swedish Confederation of Trade Unions. Holding in AB Electrolux: 200 B Shares.
Malin BjörnbergDeputy Director (employee representative). Born 1959. ElectedAppointed 1999. Representative of the Federation of Salaried Employees in Industry and Services. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0Nil shares.
Annika ÖgrenDirector (employee representative). Born 1965. Appointed 2003. Representative of the Swedish Confederation of Trade Unions. Holding in AB Electrolux: Nil shares.
Malin BjörnbergDeputy Director (employee representative). Born 1959. Appointed 1999. Representative of the Federation of Salaried Employees in Industry and Services. Holding in AB Electrolux: Nil shares.
Mats Ekblad Deputy Director (employee representative). Born 1967. ElectedAppointed 2000. Representative of the Federation of Salaried Employees in Industry and Services. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0200 B shares.
Ola Bertilsson Deputy Director (employee representative). Born 1955. Representative of the Swedish Confederation of Trade Unions. ElectedAppointed 2002. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0Nil shares.

     The senior management of the Company, as of December 31, 2002,2003, the year they were appointed and their respective shareholdings as of May 25, 2003March 31, 2004 are as follows:

   
NamePosition and Background

 Position and Background
Hans Stråberg President and Chief Executive Officer since April 2, 2002. Born 1957. Holding in AB Electrolux: 2,870 B Shares and 212,300196,400 options to acquire B Shares.

47


 
Name
Position and Background
Bengt Andersson Senior Executive Vice President since 2002. Born 1944. Executive Vice President prior thereto and since 1997. Head of Outdoor products. Born 1944. Holding in AB Electrolux:
5,000 B Shares and 157,600136,400 options to acquire B Shares.
Johan Bygge Senior Executive Vice President since 2002. Born 1956. Executive Vice President prior thereto and since 2001. Head of White Goods outside Europe and North America. Born 1956. Holding in AB Electrolux: 2,024 B Shares and 157,600136,400 options to acquire B Shares.

45


NamePosition and Background


Robert E. CookExecutive Vice President of Electrolux since 1997. Head of White Goods North America and Outdoor Products North America. Left the position as Head of White Goods North America and as a member of Group management during March 2003, while continuing as Head of Outdoor Products North America. Born 1943. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0 shares and 142,600 options to acquire B Shares.
Wolfgang König Executive Vice President since 2000. Born 1950. Head of White Goods Europe. Born 1950. Holding in AB Electrolux: 1,500 B Shares and 221,400103,000 options to acquire B Shares.Shares and 118,400 synthetic options.
Keith R. McLoughlinExecutive Vice President since 2003. Born 1956. Head of White Goods North America. Holding in AB Electrolux: Nil shares, 15,000 options to acquire ADSs, each ADS representing two B Shares.
Detlef Münchow Executive Vice President since 1999. Born 1952. Head of Professional Indoor Products. Born 1952. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0Nil shares and 136,400 options to acquire B Shares.
Magnus Yngen Executive Vice President since 2002. Born 1958. Head of Floor Care Products and Small Appliances. Born 1958. Holding: 0Nil shares and 81,500 options to acquire B Shares.
Lilian Fossum Senior Vice President since 2000. Born 1962. Head of Group Staff Human Resources and Organizational Development and Management Resources. Born 1962.Development. Holding in AB Electrolux: 7,600 B Shares and 64,300 options to acquire B Shares.
Cecilia Vieweg Senior Vice President since 1999. Born 1955. General Counsel and Head of Group Staff Legal Affairs. Born 1955. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0Nil shares and 136,400 options to acquire B Shares.
Nina Linander Senior Vice President since 2001. Born 1959. Head of Group Staff Treasury. Born 1959. Holding in AB Electrolux: 1,000 B Shares and 60,000 options to acquire B Shares.
Fredrik Rystedt Senior Vice President since 2001. Head of Group Staff Controlling, Accounting, Taxes, Auditing, IT. Born 1963. Chief Administrative Officer. Holding in AB Electrolux: 0Nil shares and 90,000 options to acquire B Shares.
Lars Göran Johansson Senior Vice-President since 1995. Born 1954. Head of Group Staff Communication and Public Affairs. Born 1954.Branding. Holding in AB Electrolux: 500 B Shares and 157,600136,400 options to acquire B Shares.
Andrew BentleyPresident of Electrolux Home Products International (White Goods outside Europe and North America) and Associate Member of Group Management during 2002. Left the Group at the beginning of 2003.

     On March 14, 2003, Keith McLoughlin replaced Robert E. Cook as Head of White Goods North America and a member of Group management. AsRobert E Cook is currently the head of May 25, 2003 Keith McLoughlin held 30,000 optionsConsumer Outdoor Products North America reporting to acquire B Shares. See also “Item 8—Significant Changes”.Bengt Andersson.

48


B. COMPENSATION

     For a discussion of the compensation paid to Electrolux’s board of directors and members of its Group management for the year ended December 31, 2002,2003, please see Note 2427 to the consolidated financial statements. For

46


information on provisions for pensions and similar commitments, please see Note 1822 to the consolidated financial statements.

C. BOARD PRACTICES

     The Board Of Directors’ Activities In 20022003

     The Board of Directors of Electrolux during 20022003 consisted of (i) eightnine members (without deputies) elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, and (ii) three members (with deputies) appointed by the employee organizations. As of the Annual General Meeting on April 22, 2003, there are now nine members (without deputies) elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Other Company personnel participate in Board meetings from time to time and contribute with presentations on specific issues.

     Seven ordinary Board meetings were held during the year. In addition, there were three meetings addressing specific issues. During the year, the Board of Directors conducted ongoing reviews of the Group’s results and financial position, and also addressed issues concerning acquisitions and divestments, investments and the strategic direction of the Group.

     The Board of Directors has adopted work procedures which stipulate that 4-64-7 meetings shall be held annually, of which one meeting mayor two meetings shall be held in conjunction with a visit to an operating entity. The Company’s auditor shall be requested to submit a report to the Board of Directors at least once a year. The work procedures also include a detailed instruction to the President with respect to the issues requiring the Board of Directors’ approval and the type of financial and other reports that shall be submitted to the Board of Directors. These instructions specify, among other things, the maximum amounts which various decision-making functions within the Group have the right to approve with respect to capital expenditures. The Board’s work procedures also cover the financial policy of the Group.

     The work procedures further provide that remuneration to Group Management shall be proposed by a Remuneration Committee. The committee is comprised of Rune Andersson (Chairman of the Board), Jacob Wallenberg (Deputy Chairman of the Board) and Hans Stråberg (CEO and President of Electrolux). Mr. Stråberg is excluded from participation in discussions with respect to his compensation as the President and CEO. The Remuneration Committee is obliged to make proposals to the Board of Directors on compensation matters for the President and on the principles of compensation of the other members of Group Management, including targets for variable compensation, the relationship between fixed and variable salary, changes in fixed or variable salary, the criteria to be applied in the assessment of variable salary, the allotment of stock options, and pension terms. A minimum of two meetings shall be heldare convened each year by the remuneration committee with additional meetings scheduled as needed. FourSix meetings were held by the remuneration committee during 2002.2003.

     The Board of Directors decided at the end of 2002 to establishhas established an Audit Committee.Committee comprising three non-executive Board Members. The primary purpose of the committee will beis to assist the Board of Directors in overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes, internal controls, and audits of the financial statements, including related disclosures of Electrolux. The Audit Committee consists of three Board members: Peggy Bruzelius (Chairperson), Thomas Halvorsen and Louis R. Hughes. An Audit Committee Charter, with work procedures, was adopted by the Board of Directors in early 2003. The Charter provides that the Audit Committee shall meet at least three times per year. As part of its responsibilities, the Committee shall each year preparereview proposals for the appointment of and fee arrangements with the external auditor for presentation at the Annual General Meeting.auditor. The Committee shall also pre-approve audit and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor, related party transactions and review relationships between the external auditor and Electrolux. In addition, the Committee shall review the audited financial statements and related disclosures.

     The Board of Directors has also established the practice of referring specific matters to ad hoc committees formed with the sole purpose of addressing those issues. Such aAn ad hoc committee was established during the year for the purpose of reviewing Electrolux’s financial policy, including its pension policy. This ad hoc committee had two meetingspolicy held one meeting during the year.

49


     Election of Directors and Auditors

     The following describes the nominating process for the Board members who were proposed by a group of major shareholders for election at the 20032004 Annual General Meeting.

47


     During the late autumnfourth quarter of 2002 and winter2003, the Chairman of 2002/2003,the Board contacted representatives of three of Electrolux’sthe major shareholders of Electrolux, Investor AB (represented by Jacob Wallenberg)Claes Dahlbäck), Alecta Mutual Pension Insurance (represented by Ramsay J. Brufer), Robur InvestmentAMF Pension Funds (represented by Marianne Nilsson) and the Chairman of the Board met three timesTor Marthin). Five meetings were held to evaluate the Board’s activities, the manner in which the Board was composed during the prior year, the directors’ fees and any requirement of special expertise in the Board.

     The results of this preparatory work were provided in the written notice of the Annual General Meeting.

     In 2002, the shareholders elected PricewaterhouseCoopers AB as auditors of Electrolux. Pursuant to Swedish law, the election is for a four year term.

D. EMPLOYEES

     The Group worldwide generally enjoys good relations with its employees and with labor unions. The following tables set forth certain employee data for the past three fiscal years.

             
Employee Data 2002 2001 2000

 
 
 
Average number of employees worldwide  81,971   87,139   87,128 
Average number of employees in Sweden  6,586   7,272   8,159 
Number of employees worldwide at year end  83,347   85,749   86,270 
Salaries and remuneration (SEKm)  19,408   20,330   17,241 
Of which in Sweden (SEKm)  1,904   1,972   2,047 
 
Change in Average Number of Employees 2002        

 
        
Average number of employees in 2001  87,139         
Number of employees in operations acquired in 2002  745         
Number of employees in operations divested in 2002  -1,610         
Restructuring programs  -2,911         
Other changes  -1,392         
Average number of employees in 2002  81,971         
             
Employee Data
 2003
 2002
 2001
Average number of employees worldwide  77,140   81,971   87,139 
Average number of employees in Sweden  6,635   6,586   7,272 
Number of employees worldwide at year end  74,989   83,347   85,749 
Salaries and remuneration (SEKm)  17,154   19,408   20,330 
Of which in Sweden (SEKm)  2,014   1,904   1,972 
Change in Average Number of Employees
2003
Average number of employees in 200281,971
Number of employees in operations divested in 2003-3,014
Restructuring programs-2,487
Other changes670
Average number of employees in 200377,140

E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

     As of May 25, 2003March 31, 2004, the current members of the Board and Management as a group owned the equivalent of 500,000 A-shares, 560,444561,194 B Shares and 1,565,1001,367,200 options to acquire B Shares.

     Their individual shareholdings are disclosed under “Item 6.A—Directors and Senior Management” above.

     Option Programs

     Electrolux has implemented several employee stock options programs, which are offered to senior managers. The programs are intended to attract, retain and motivate managers by providing long-term incentives through benefits linked to the Company’s share price.

     A detailed description of all option programs and related costs can be found in Note 2427 to the consolidated financial statements.

     2002 Option Program

     Under the employee stock option program in 2002 (the “2002 Option Program”), options to purchase 2,865,000 B Shares were allotted to less than 200 senior managers in lots of 15,000 options. The President was

50


granted four lots, members of Group Management two lots and all other senior managers one lot. The options were allotted free of charge to participants, with a maturity period of seven years. The strike price is SEK 191, which was 10% above the average closing price of the Electrolux B Shares on the Stockholm Exchange during a limited period prior to allotment.

48


     2003 Option Program

     The Board presented a proposal atUnder the 2003 Annual General Meeting for the introduction of a new employee stock option program in 2003 (the “2003 Option Program”), which proposal was adopted by the meeting. Pursuant to this program, a maximum of options to purchase 3,000,0002,745,000 B Shares will bewere allotted to less than 200 senior managers. The 2003 Option Program is based on the same parameters as the 2001 and 2002 programs, including the number of options per lot. The Company’s obligations under the 2003 Option Program, including estimated employer contribution, are hedgedfulfilled by repurchased shares.

     Assuming that all stock options allotted under the 2003 Option Program are exercised, the sale of previously repurchased shares under this program would result in a dilution of 1.1%. The maximum dilution from the proposed 2003 Option Program and all existing option programs is 3.6%3.5%. This includes the sale of shares for hedging of employer contribution in connection with the exercise of the options. The financing cost for these shares for hedging purposes was SEK 22 million for 2003.

2004 Long-term Incentive Program

     The Annual General Meeting in 2004, decided on a new annual long-term incentive program for 2004. The program is based on goals approved by the Board for the value creation within the Group over a three-year period. It supports the Electrolux principles of “pay-for-performance” and is an integral part of the total compensation plan for Electrolux management.

     Depending on the outcome of value creation, the proposed program would distribute a variable number of Electrolux B Shares, up to 1,500,000, to fewer than 200 senior managers in more than 20 countries. The defined levels for value creation include a minimum level which must be exceeded in order to enable distribution of shares, as well as a maximum level. The shares will be distributed at the end of the three-year performance period, and managers will be required to hold the shares for a period of two years.

     Senior managers have been grouped on five levels, i.e. the President and CEO, Group Management and three levels for other managers. The Board will approve the value of the program for each of these five levels. The approved value determines the number of shares to be distributed, on the basis of the average trading price for the Electrolux B Share, adjusted for the estimated net present value of dividends for the three-year period.

     The Company’s obligations under the program, including employer contribution, shall be secured by repurchased shares.

     The total cost of the program over a three year period is estimated at SEK 20m150 million, including costs for 2003.employer contributions and the financing cost for the repurchased shares. It is estimated that the cost will not exceed SEK 240 million. The minimum cost, if no shares are distributed, will amount to SEK 17 million, i.e. the financing cost for the repurchased shares.

49     The distribution of repurchased shares under this program would result in a maximum dilution of 0.55%, measured as the maximum increase in number of shares.

51


ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2003,2004, information with respect to shareholders known by Electrolux to be the beneficial owners of more than five percent of Electrolux’s A Shares and B Shares. Electrolux is not aware of any significant changes in percentage ownership held by a major shareholder during the past three years.

                     
Identity of Number of Percentage of Total Number of B Shares Percentage of Total Percentage of
Person or Company A Shares Owned A Shares1 Owned B Shares1 Total Voting1

 
 
 
 
 
Investor AB  9,232,390   92.3%  10,480,800   3.4%  25.3%
Directors and executive officers as a group2
  500,000   5.0%  57,944   0.0%  1.2%
                     
Identity of Number of Percentage of Total Number of B Shares Percentage of Total Percentage of Total
Person or Company
 A Shares Owned
 A Shares1
 Owned
 B Shares1
 Voting1
Investor AB  9,232,390   92.3%  9,832,900   3.3%  25.8%
Directors and executive officers as a group2
  500,000   5.0%  561,194   0.2%  1.4%


1. Adjusted for 23,120,75217,489,400 repurchased shares held by Electrolux as of March 31, 2003.
 
2. During the period March 31, 2003 to May 25, 2003, directors and executive officers of Electrolux purchased an additional 502,500 B Shares, in the aggregate. See “Item 6.A—Directors and Senior Management” for information regarding their individual shareholdings.

     A Shares are entitled to one vote per share whereas B Shares are entitled to one-tenth of a vote per share. No shareholder in Electrolux has different voting rights than any other shareholder except as a consequence of holding A Shares rather than B Shares.

     As of March 31, 2003, 99.88%2004, 99.3% of the A Shares and 60.97%62.9% of the B Shares were held by shareholders in Sweden. The total number of shareholders in Sweden as of this date was 57,627.63,500.

     Investor AB

     Investor AB is a major Swedish industrial holding company that has wide ranging affiliations in the financial community in Sweden. As of December 31, 20022003, the major shareholder in Investor AB, the Knut & Alice Wallenberg Foundation, owned 18.2%18.6% of the nominal capital, representing 39.1%40.0% of the votes in Investor AB. Investor AB and the Knut & Alice Wallenberg Foundation may be deemed to be affiliates of Electrolux within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     There     Other than as set forth below, to the best of our knowledge, there were no material transactions during the last three fiscal years nor are there any presently proposed material transactions to which Electrolux was or is to be a party, in which any director, officer, controlling shareholder, or relative or spouse of any of the foregoing persons had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest. Nointerest and no director, officer or associate of Electrolux has been indebted to Electrolux during the last three fiscal years.

     Investor AB may be deemed to control Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (SEB). Electrolux, in the ordinary course of its business, has a number of banking, securities trading and trade finance relationships with SEB, all on an arms-length basis. The Electrolux floor-care products area purchases supplies on an arms-length basis from Suzhou Kingclean Floorcare Company Ltd and Suzhou Kingclean Motor Company Ltd, which are majority owned by Investor AB.

C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

     Not applicable.

5052


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     Audited financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2002,2003, are included in “Item 17—Financial17-Financial Statements”.

     Legal Proceedings

     Electrolux is subject to a variety of legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Among others, the claims include allegations of breach of contract, improper delivery of goods and services, product liability and infringement of intellectual property rights.

     In January of 2002, Electrolux made a final payment of approximately USD 94 million in a settlement between the United States Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation and Electrolux’s subsidiary White Consolidated Inc. (“WCI”) regarding pension commitments (the “PBGC Pension Settlement”)Asbestos Litigation. The payment was fully covered by a provision made following a court decision against WCI in 1999.

Litigation and claims related to asbestos are pending against the Group in the United States. Almost all of the cases referrelate to externally supplied components used in industrial products manufactured by discontinued operations of Electrolux prior to the early 1970s. Almost allMany of the cases involve multiple plaintiffs who have made identical allegations against many other defendants who are not part of the Electrolux Group.

     As of DecemberMarch 31, 2002, the Group had a total of 218 (95)2004, there were 732 lawsuits pending against Electrolux entities representing approximately 14,000 (approximately 3,500)22,500 plaintiffs. During 2002, 1672003, 497 new cases were filed and 44129 pending cases were resolved. During the first quarter of 2004, a total of 163 new cases, with approximately 1,700 plaintiffs, were filed and 15 pending cases were resolved. Approximately 13,40021,500 of the plaintiffs referrelate to cases pending in the State of Mississippi.

     The GroupElectrolux believes its predecessor companies may have had insurance coverage applicable to some of the cases during some of the relevant years. Electrolux is currently in discussions with those insurance carriers.

     Additional lawsuits may be filed against Electrolux in the processfuture. It is not possible to predict either the number of determiningfuture claims or the extentnumber of insurance coverage relating to currently pendingplaintiffs that any future claims and has made a provision formay present. In addition, the pending cases in the amount of less than USD 9m.

     The outcome of asbestos claims is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict.predict and Electrolux cannot provide any assurances that the resolution of these types of claims will not have a material adverse effect on its business or result of operations in the future.

     Dividend Policy

     The Annual General Meeting adopted a proposal by the Board for a dividend of SEK 6.00 (4.50)6.50 (6.00) per share corresponding to 36% (41%39% (36%) of net income per share, excluding items affecting comparability. The Group’s goal is that the dividend corresponds to 30-50% of net income for the year.

B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

     On March 14, 2003, Keith McLoughlin replaced Robert E. Cook as Head of White Goods North America and also became a member of Group management as Executive Vice President. Mr. McLoughlin was previously Vice President and General Manager of DuPont Nonwovens.None.

     On April 22, 2003 the Annual General Meeting appointed Barbara Thoralfsson as new director of Electrolux. Barbara Thoralfsson is president of TeliaSonera’s subsidiary in Norway, Netcom A/S. Prior to that she was managing director of Midelfart & CO A/S, Norway, and product manager at General Foods Corporation and Orkla. She is a board member of Rieber & Son ASA. The Annual General Meeting also approved a new share repurchase program and cancellation of previously acquired B Shares, as well as a new employee stock-option program for 2003. See “Item 10.B—Cancellation and Purchase of Own Shares” and “Item 6.E—Option Programs”.53

     On April 22, 2003, the Group also announced its results for the first quarter of 2003.

51


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

     Trading of Class A Shares occurs primarily on the Stockholm Stock Exchange, but due to the very low number of shares not held by Investor AB, trading is rare on the Stockholm Stock Exchange and virtually non-existent elsewhere.

     The principal trading markets for the Class B Shares are the Stockholm and London Stock Exchanges. The B Shares arewere also listed on the stock exchanges in Paris and Zurich. On December 13, 2002During 2003, the Electrolux announced its intention to de-listshare was de-listed from the stock exchanges in Paris and Zurich. The de-listing in Paris was finalized as of August 29, 2003, and the de-listing in Zurich in lightas of the low trading volume in these markets. The last day of trading of B Shares on the Zurich Exchange will be April 30, 2003. The de-listing of the B Shares off thePremier Marchein Paris is expected to be implemented in the first half of 2003. Trading of Electrolux shares also takes place in the over the counter market in Frankfurt A.M. and Munich in Germany. There is trading in the United States for sponsored American Depositary Shares representing B Shares. These American Depositary Shares are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) issued by JP Morgan ChaseThe Bank of New York and are traded on the NASDAQ National Market.

     The high and low sales price, rounded to the nearest krona, for Class A and B Shares on the Stockholm Stock Exchange and the high and low sales prices in United States dollars for the ADSs in the NASDAQ System for the periods indicated are set out in the following table:

                          
   A Shares B Shares ADSs
   
 
 
   High Low High Low High Low
   
 
 
 
 
 
   (SEK) (SEK) (USD)
2002-2003
                        
 May 2003  149.5   140   151.5   140   38.75   36.11 
 April 2003  152   133   155   131   38.00   31.15 
 March 2003  148   135   149.5   128   35.35   30.4 
 February 2003  141.5   128   149   126   35.31   29.88 
 January 2003  140   129   147   123   33.04   29.26 
 December 2002  157   130   167.5   130   36.60   29.42 
2003
                        
 First Quarter  148   128   149.5   128   35.35   29.26 
2002
                        
 Fourth Quarter  157   130   167.5   119.5   36.60   25.98 
 Three Quarter  176   135   188   128.5   40.69   28.30 
 Second Quarter  185   163.5   193   165   40.30   32.57 
 First Quarter  186   146   197   145   37.65   27.71 
2001
                        
 Fourth Quarter  153   108   167   105   31.31   19.96 
 Third Quarter  152   94   165   92   31.50   17.20 
 Second Quarter  155   120   171   125   33.00   24.75 
 First Quarter  153   120   169   121   34.25   25.75 
2002
  186   130   197   119.5   40.69   25.98 
2001
  155   94   171   92   34.25   17.20 
2000
  230   114   230   110   54 1/8   22 3/8 
1999
  220   119   222   118   41 1/4   21 3/4 
1998
  180   98   161   87   36 3/8   22 3/8 
                         
  A Shares
 B Shares
 ADSs
  High
 Low
 High
 Low
 High
 Low
  (SEK) (SEK) (USD)
2003-2004
                        
May 2004  170   160   154   142.5   41.06   36.75 
April 2004  174.5   167.5   162   150   42.7   39.01 
March 2004  165   156   163.5   150   43.30   39.30 
February 2004  172   160.5   174   157   47.80   43.90 
January 2004  177   159   174   157   47.80   43.90 
December 2003  163   151   164   151.5   44.26   41.60 
2004
                        
First Quarter  177   156   175.5   150   49.31   39.30 
2003
                        
Fourth Quarter  179.5   150.5   184.5   151.5   47.56   40.37 
Third Quarter  185   151   194.5   153.5   46.75   38.80 
Second Quarter  153   133   160.5   131   41.70   31.15 
First Quarter  148   128   149.5   128   35.35   29.26 
2002
                        
Fourth Quarter  157   130   167.5   119.5   36.60   25.98 
Third Quarter  176   135   188   128.5   40.69   28.30 
Second Quarter  185   163.5   193   165   40.30   32.57 
First Quarter  186   146   197   145   37.65   27.71 
2003
  185   128   194.5   123   47.50   29.26 
2002
  186   130   197   119.5   40.69   25.98 
2001
  155   94   171   92   34.25   17.20 
2000
  230   114   230   110   54  1/8   22  3/8 
1999
  220   119   222   118   41  1/4   21  3/4 

     Each ADS represents two B Shares (or the right to receive two such shares). As of April 30, 2003,May 14, 2004, there were 1,389,3461,960,817 American Depositary Shares outstanding, representing 2,778,6923,921,634 B Shares, and approximately 70 record holders.

5254


ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.SHARE CAPITAL
Not applicable
B.A. SHARE CAPITAL

     Not applicable

B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     Aktiebolaget Electrolux (publ) is entered under no. 556009-4178 in the Company Register kept by the Swedish Patent and Registration Office. The objects and purposes of the Company are described in Article 3 of the Articles of Association which are attached hereto as Exhibit 1. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions in the Articles of Association and certain requirements of the Swedish Companies Act of 1975 (the “Swedish Companies Act”). Such summary does not purport to be complete and for the full text of the Articles of Association please refer to Exhibit 1.

     Changes in Share Capital and Preferential Rights of Shareholders

     The Electrolux Articles of Association provide that the share capital of the Company may not be less than SEK 1,500m1,500 million nor more than SEK 6,000m,6,000 million, represented by shares of SEK 5 nominal value.

     The shares of Electrolux may be issued in three series, A and B and C. Shares of series A may be issued up to a maximum number so that the aggregate number of A Shares constitutes not more than nine-tenths of the total number of shares in the Company. Shares of series C may only be issued up to a total number of 27,457,000. Remaining shares are of series B. Should Electrolux decide to issue new series A and series B and series C shares by way of a cash issue, the holders of series A and series B and series C shares shall have the priority right to subscribe for new shares of the same series in proportion to their existing shareholding (primary right of priority). Shares not subscribed for by primary right of priority shall be offered to all shareholders (subsidiary right of priority). If the number of shares available for subscription is insufficient for the actual subscription made under subsidiary right of priority, the available shares shall be distributed among those wishing to subscribe in proportion to their existing shareholdings and, insofar this cannot be done, by drawing of lots. Should Electrolux decide to issue new shares of only series A or series B or series C by way of a cash issue, all shareholders shall have right of priority to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their existing shareholdings irrespective of whether they hold series A or series B or series C shares.

     The above shall not constitute any restriction in Electrolux’s right to decide on a cash issue without taking the priority rights of shareholders into account.

     If the share capital is increased by way of a bonus issue, new shares of each series shall be issued in proportion to the existing number of shares of each series. Existing shares of a given series shall thereby entitle the holder to receive new shares of the same series. This shall not constitute any restriction in Electrolux’s right to issue new shares of a new series by way of a bonus issue, following appropriate amendment to the Articles of Association.

     Certain Powers of Directors and the President

     Under the Swedish Companies Act, the board of directors is ultimately responsible for the organization of the company and the management of the company’s affairs. The president is charged with the day-to-day management of the company in accordance with guidelines and instructions provided by the board of directors. The president has borrowing powers only to the extent such borrowing is part of the day-to-day management of the company and in accordance with any guidelines and instructions provided by the board of directors.

     The general meeting of shareholders decides on compensation for the directors. Typically the general meeting decides on an aggregate amount which is to be distributed among the directors as determined by the board.

     According to the Swedish Companies Act, a member of the board of directors and the president may not take part in matters regarding agreements between the director and the company, or between the company and third parties where the director has a material interest in the matter which may conflict with the interests of the company, or in agreements between the company and a legal entity which the director may represent, either individually or together with any other person.

5355


     The Articles of Association do not provide any rules relating to the foregoing matters.

     Dividends

     A Shares and B Shares carry equal rights to dividends. Shares of series C do not carry rights to dividends.

     Under Swedish law, only the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders may authorize the payment of dividends, which may not exceed the amount recommended by the Board of Directors (except to a limited extent in the event of a demand by holders of at least ten percent of the total number of shares outstanding and then to be paid only from funds available for dividends). Under Swedish law, no interim dividends may be paid in respect of a financial period as to which audited financial statements have not been adopted by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. The normal practice in Sweden is for dividends to be paid only annually. It is the present practice of the Board of Directors of Electrolux to decide upon their recommendation in respect of dividends for the preceding fiscal year and issue a proposal in February of each year. The recommendation of the Board of Directors is considered at the Annual General Meeting which is usually held in April or May of the year following that to which the dividend relates. The record date (determined by the Annual General Meeting) by which shareholders in Electrolux must be registered in the share register in order to participate in any dividend is normally the third business day following the date of the shareholders meeting authorizing the payment of the dividend. The dividend is normally paid on the third business day after the record date. The shares are quoted on the Stockholm Stock Exchange ex-dividend on the business day after the date of the Annual General Meeting.

     Voting at the General Meeting of Shareholders

     For the purposes of voting at a General Meeting, each share of series A carries one vote and each share of series B and C carries one-tenth of a vote.

     Electrolux is required to publish notices to attend the Annual General Meeting and extraordinary general meetings regarding changes in the Articles of Association no earlier than six weeks and no later than four weeks prior to the general meeting. Notices to attend other types of extraordinary general meetings must be published no earlier than six weeks and no later than two weeks prior to the general meeting.

     In order to be entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the shareholders, a shareholder must be registered in the register of shareholders at least ten days prior to the date of the meeting and the Articles of Association provides that the shareholder must have given notice to the Company of his intention to attend not later than 4 p.m. on the date specified in the notice convening the meeting, being a date not earlier than the fifth business day preceding the meeting.

     A person registered in the register of shareholders as a nominee (including the depositary of the ADSs) is not entitled to vote at a general meeting nor is the beneficial owner whose shares are registered in the name of the nominee, unless the beneficial owner arranges to have his own name entered in the register. A shareholder may attend and vote at the meeting in person or by proxy. Proxies are not valid for longer than a year from the date of issuance.

     Under the Swedish Companies Act of 1975, resolutions are normally passed by a simple majority of votes cast. Exceptions which require special quorums or majorities include:

 1. resolutions which amend the Articles of Association (except as described below), which resolutions generally require an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast as well as two-thirds of the shares represented at the meeting;
 
 2. resolutions which amend the Articles of Association and which reduce any shareholder’s rights to profits or assets, or restrict the transferability of shares, or alter the legal relationship between shares, which resolutions require an affirmative vote of all shares present at the meeting and a quorum of nine-tenths of the shares outstanding;
 
 3. resolutions which amend the Articles of Association and which limit the number of shares which a single shareholder may vote, or require the retention of a larger amount of the net profit than required by the Swedish Companies Act or amend shareholders rights in liquidation or dissolution,

5456


   liquidation or dissolution, which resolutions require the approval of two-thirds of the votes cast as well as nine-tenths of the shares represented at the meeting;
 
 4. resolutions under 2. or 3. may be approved by a lower supermajority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast as well as two-thirds of the shares represented at the meeting, if

 a. the change would adversely affect only certain shares, and the resolution is approved by all holders of such shares represented at the meeting with a quorum of at least nine-tenths of the shares adversely affected, or
 
 b. the change would adversely affect only one class of shares, and the resolution is approved by holders of at least one-half of the shares of such class outstanding as well as at least 90% of the shares of such class represented at the meeting.

 5. resolutions which would allow the company to deviate from the shareholders’ preferential rights in connection with an issue (except for an issue in kind) of new shares, or to reduce the share capital, or to acquire or dispose of own shares, or to approve a merger, which resolutions require approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast as well as two-thirds of the shares represented at the meeting.

     Under Swedish law, a general meeting of shareholders may not adopt any resolution, which is likely to give an undue advantage to a shareholder to the detriment of other shareholders.

     Cancellation and Purchase of Own Shares

     Since 2000, a Swedish limited liability company whose shares are trading on a securities exchange, an authorized market or another regulated marketplace is entitled under Swedish law to repurchase its own shares under certain conditions. Such repurchase requires the approval by the general meeting of shareholders with a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at the meeting as well as two-thirds of the shares represented at the meeting. A company may not hold more than 10% of its own shares at any given time. Electrolux repurchased 11,331,828 B Shares in 2003 as compared to 11,246,052 B Shares in 2002, as compared to 11,570,000 B Shares in 2001 and 25,035,000 in 2000. In 20022003 Electrolux cancelled 14,612,580 B Shares compared to 27,457,000 B Shares.Shares in 2002. As of March 31, 200311, 2004 Electrolux owned 23,120,75217,489,400 B Shares, equal to 6.8%5.4% of the total number of shares. On April 22, 2003,21, 2004, the Annual General Meeting authorized a program for additional repurchases of shares and cancellation of previously repurchased shares, excluding shares required to meet the obligations under employee stock programs.shares. The repurchase mandate of the Annual General Meeting authorizes the Board of Directors under the period up to the next Annual General Meeting to acquire and transfer up to 10% of the total number of shares. The cancellation process, which involved an issuance of redeemable C Shares, cancelled 14,612,580 of the shares held on May 16, 2003. Repurchased shares may also be transferred to cover stock option obligations or in connection with corporate acquisitions. On June 16, 2004, an Extraordinary General Meeting approved the redemption of 497,725 A Shares and 14,681,967 B Shares, representing approximately 4.7% of the total number of shares, for a total consideration of approximately SEK 3 billion.

Transfer of Shares

     Under the Articles of Association of the Company, there are no restrictions on the transfer of shares and there are no provisions which restrict persons, associations and foundations of non-Swedish nationality from acquiring shares in the Company.

     Pursuant to recommendations concerning the disclosure of acquisition and transfer of shares issued byNäringslivets Börskommitté(the Swedish Industry and Commerce Stock Exchange Committee), any seller or purchaser of securities including shares of stock, convertible debt instruments, warrants, non-standardized options and futures of a Swedish company listed on Stockholm Stock Exchange, must report to the exchange and to the Company transactions in which the purchaser or seller acquires or disposes of 5 percent of any subsequent percentage that is a multiple of five, up to and including 90 percent of either the voting rights of all shares or the total number of shares in the Company. These changes in ownership should also be reported to an established news agency and to a nationally published newspaper in Sweden no later than 9 a.m. on the next day on which trading is conducted on Stockholm Stock Exchange. In addition, according to the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act, if a natural person or legal person who acquires or disposes of shareholdings in a Swedish company that has its shares listed on a stock exchange situated or operating within one or more countries in the European Economic Area and, as a result of such acquisition or disposition, holds voting rights equal to, in excess of or less than one of the

55


thresholds of 10 percent, 20 percent, 33 1/3 percent, 50 percent or

57


66 2/3 percent, the person is required to notify the company in writing at the same time it notifies the stock exchange or, if the shares are not listed in Sweden, toFinansinspektionen(the (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority) within seven calendar days of the acquisition or disposition. In addition, the Act on Reporting Obligations Regarding Certain Holdings of Financial Instruments requires, among other things, that certain individuals who own shares representing 10 percent or more of the share capital or the voting rights in a publicly traded company report such ownership toFinansinspektionen,which keeps a public register based on the information contained in such reports, and also to report any changes in such ownership.

     If shares of a Swedish limited liability company are held in the name of a nominee, the nominee must issue a public report to the VPC (the central securities depository and clearinghouse for Stockholm Stock Exchange) every six months, listing all beneficial holders of more than 500 of the shares.

C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

     The Company does not have any material contracts other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

     There are no Swedish governmental laws, decrees or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital or that affect the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-residents of Sweden who hold Electrolux shares. In addition, since January 1, 1993, there have been no limitations imposed by Swedish law or Electrolux’s Articles of Association on the right of non-residents of Sweden or non-citizens of Sweden to hold or vote Electrolux shares.

     There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners of the Electrolux B Shares to hold or vote such securities that are imposed by the Articles of Association of the Company. However, under Swedish law the holder of an American Depositary Receipt must, before being entitled to vote at a general meeting of shareholders, register the shares represented by such American Depositary Receipts in his or her own name.

E. TAXATION
 
  General

     The taxation discussion set forth below does not purport to be a complete analysis or listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the acquisition and ownership of sharesADSs or ADSs.shares. The statements of United States and Swedish tax laws set forth below are based on the laws in force as of the date of this report and may be subject to any changes in United States or Swedish law, and in any double taxation convention or treaty between the United States and Sweden, occurring after that date, which changes may then have retroactive effect. Specific tax provisions may apply for certain categories of taxpayers. Your tax treatment if you are a holder of sharesADSs or ADSsshares depends in part on your particular situation. If you are a holder of sharesADSs or ADSsshares you should consult a tax advisor as to the specific Swedish and United States federal, state and local tax consequences relating to your particular circumstances resulting from the ownership of sharesADSs or ADSs. The tax consequences to holders of ADSs, as discussed below, apply equally to holders of shares.

     Certain Swedish Tax Considerations

     This section describes the material Swedish income and net wealth tax consequences for a holder of ADSs or shares who is not considered to be a Swedish resident for Swedish tax purposes. This section applies to you only if you are a holder of portfolio investments representing less than 10 percent of capital and votes and is not applicable if the ADSs or shares pertain to a permanent establishment or fixed base of business in Sweden.

     Taxation on Capital Gains

     Generally, non-residents of Sweden are not liable for Swedish capital gains taxation with respect to the sale of ADSs or shares. However, under Swedish tax law, capital gains from the sale of Swedish shares and certain other securities by private individuals may be taxed in Sweden at a rate of 30 percent if they have been residents of Sweden or have lived permanently in Sweden at any time during the year of the sale or the 10 calendar years preceding the year of the sale (absent treaty provisions to the contrary).

5658


     The provision is applicable to ADSs and shares. This provision may, however, be limited by tax treaties that Sweden has concluded with other countries. Under the income and property tax treaty between Sweden and the United States currently in force (the “U.S.“U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty”), this provision applies for ten10 years from the date the individual became a non-resident of Sweden.

     Taxation on Dividends

     A Swedish withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent is imposed on dividends paid by a Swedish corporation, such as Electrolux, to non-residents of Sweden. The same withholding tax applies to certain other payments made by a Swedish corporation, including payments as a result of redemption of shares or a repurchase of shares through an offer directed to its shareholders. Exemption from the withholding tax or a lower tax rate may apply by virtue of a tax treaty. Under the U.S.U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty, the withholding tax on dividends paid on portfolio investments to eligible U.S. holders is reduced to 15 percent. With regard to dividends paid from shares in corporations registered with the VPC (such as Electrolux shares), a reduced rate of dividend withholding tax under a tax treaty is generally applied at the source by the VPC or, if the shares are registered with a nominee, by the nominee, as long as the person entitled to the dividend is registered as a non resident and sufficient information regarding the tax residency of the beneficial owner is available to the VPC or the nominee.

     In those cases where Swedish withholding tax is withheld at the rate of 30 percent and the person who received the dividends is entitled to a reduced rate of withholding tax under a tax treaty, a refund may be claimed from the Swedish tax authorities before the end of the fifth calendar year following the distribution.

Taxation on Interest

     No Swedish withholding tax is payable on interest paid to nonresidents of Sweden.

     Net Wealth Taxation

     The ADSs and shares are not subject to Swedish net wealth taxation if owned by a holder that is not resident in Sweden for tax purposes. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the Swedish and other tax consequences of your ownership of ADSs and shares.

     Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

     The following discussion is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares. This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States (including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings, administrative pronouncements and court decisions) all as in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion is not a full discussion of all tax considerations that may be relevant to the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares. The discussion applies only if you will hold the ADSs and/or the shares as capital assets and you use the U.S. dollar as your functional currency. It does not deal with the tax treatment of investors subject to special rules, such as grantor trusts, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, banks, brokers or dealers in securities, traders in securities or currencies that elect to use a mark-to-market method of recording for their securities holdings, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, holders (either actuallyU.S. expatriates, persons owning (directly, indirectly or constructively) ofby attribution) 10 percent or more of the share capital or voting stock of Electrolux, shares, persons holding ADSs and/or shares as part of a hedging, straddle, conversion or constructive sale transaction, persons who acquired ADSs and/or shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation and persons who are resident or ordinarily resident in Sweden. In addition, investors holding ADSs and/or shares indirectly through partnerships are subject to special rules not discussed below. You should consult your own tax advisersadvisors about the United States federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares. You also are urged to consult with your tax advisor concerning whether you are eligible for benefits under the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds ADSs and/or shares, the tax treatment of a partner will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds ADSs and/or shares, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs and/or shares.

     The discussion below applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder and you are beneficial owner of ADSs and/or shares not resident in Sweden for purposes of the U.S.U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty and (a) you are (1) a citizen or individual resident of the United States, United States federal income tax purposes, (2) a corporation (or any other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, (1) a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation or any other entity treated as a corporationpurposes) that is organized in

59


or under the laws of the United States or its political subdivisions,any State thereof (including the District of Columbia), (3) a trust if all ofa court within the trust’s substantial decisions are subjectUnited States is able to the control ofexercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons andhave the primary supervisionauthority to control all of the trust is subject to a United States court or if a valid election is in effect with respect tosubstantial decisions of the trust, to be taxed as a United States person, or (4) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source: (b) you are not (and have not been at any time during the prior 10 years) a resident of Sweden for purposes of the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty and you are entitled to Treaty benefits under the limitation on benefits article contained therein; (c) you do not maintain a permanent establishment or fixed base situated in Sweden to which the ADSs and/or shares are attributable and through which you carry on or have carried on a trade or business (or, if you are an individual, you perform or have performed independent personal services in Sweden); (d) you hold the ADSs and/or shares as a capital asset; and (e) you own (directly, indirectly or by attribution) less than 10 percent of the share capital or voting power of Electrolux.

57


its source.     The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations provided for in or otherwise contemplated by the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with the terms. If you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs for United States federal income tax purposes.

     Taxation of ADSs or Shares

     Dividends

     Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below,For United States federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of dividends paid (before(without reduction for any Swedish withholding taxes) paid with respect to the ADSs or shares generally will be included in your gross income from foreign sourcesas ordinary dividend income to the extent paid or deemed paid out of Electrolux’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes).

     Under recently enacted legislation, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009, if you are a non-corporate taxpayer such dividends may be taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rate provided (a) certain holding period requirements are satisfied, (b) Electrolux is either (i) eligible for the benefits of the U.S. Tax Treaty or (ii) the ADSs or shares with respect to which the dividends are paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and (c) Electrolux is not, within the meaning of the Code, a “passive foreign investment company”, “foreign personal holding company” or “foreign investment company” during its taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year. Non-corporate U.S. holders are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the applicability of the lower capital gains rate to dividends received with respect to ADSs or shares.

Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or shares and thereafter taxable as capital gain. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. The amount of any dividend paid in SEK will be the U.S. dollar value of the dividend payment based on the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt by you, in the case of shares or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs, whether or not the payment is converted into U.S. dollar at that time. YourIf you convert the SEK into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt you generally should not recognize any exchange gain or loss. If you do not convert the SEK into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt you generally will have a tax basis in the SEK received will equal suchto the U.S. dollar amount.amount on such date. Gain or loss, if any, recognized on a subsequent saleconversion or conversionother disposition of the SEK will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

     As discussed under “—Certain Swedish Tax Considerations—Taxation on Dividends,” above, dividends paid by Electrolux generally will be subject to Swedish withholding tax at a statutory rate of 30 percent. However, pursuant to the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty, if you are eligible for Treaty benefits you will be subject to Swedish withholding tax at a maximum rate of 15 percent on the dividend payment.

Subject to certain limitations, you generally will generally be entitled to receive a foreign tax credit against your United States federal income tax liability (or a deduction against your United States federal taxable income) with respect to any Swedish tax withheld in accordance with the U.S.U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty and paid over to Sweden. If a refund of the tax withheld is available to you under the laws of Sweden or under the U.S.U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for such credit against your United States federal income tax liability (and will not be eligible for the deduction against your United States federal taxable income). For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, the dividend will be income from sources withoutoutside the United States, and generally will be treated as “passive income” (or, in the case of certain holders, “financial services income”).

     The United States Treasury has expressed concern that parties to whom ADSs are released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. holders of ADSs. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Swedish withholding taxes could be affected by future actions that may be taken by the United States Treasury.

60


Recent U.S. Tax Law Changes Applicable to Individuals

     Under 2003 U.S. tax legislation, certain holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of United States federal income tax (currently a maximum of 15 percent) in respect of “qualified dividend income” received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002 and beginning before January 1, 2009. For this purpose, qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid by non-U.S. corporations if, amongst other things, certain minimum holding periods are met and either (i) the shares (or ADSs) with respect to which the dividend has been paid are readily tradable on an established securities markets in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive United States income tax treaty (such as the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. Electrolux currently believes that dividends paid with respect to its shares and ADSs will constitute qualified dividend income for United States federal income tax purposes, provided the individual U.S. holders of its shares and ADSs meet certain requirements. Some of the eligibility requirements for non-U.S. corporations are not entirely certain, however, and further guidance from the United States Internal Revenue Service is anticipated. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service is expected to issue certification procedures in 2004 whereby a non-U.S. corporation will be required to certify as to the eligibility of its dividends for the reduced United States federal income tax rates.

     Sale or Exchange of ADSs or Shares

     Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, youYou generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or shares for United States federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis (determined in U.S. dollar) in the ADSs or shares. Such gain or loss will be U.S. source capital gain or loss and generally will generally be treated as arising from U.S. sources for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The amount realized on a disposition of ADSslong-term capital gain or shares generally will beloss if the amount of cash you receive forholding period in the ADSs or shares (which, inexceeds one year at the casetime of payment in a non-U.S. currency, will equal the U.S. dollar value of the payment received determined on (a) the date of receipt of payment if you are a cash basis taxpayer and (b) the date of disposition ifdisposition. If you are an accrual basis taxpayer). If the ADSs or sharesindividual, any capital gain generally will be subject to United States federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are treated as traded on an “established securities market,” if you are a cash basis taxpayer (or, if you are an accrual basis taxpayer, if you so elect) you will determine the U.S. dollar valuemet. The deductibility of the amount realized by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale.capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

     You will have a tax basis in any foreign currency received equal to the U.S. dollar amount realized. Any exchange gain or loss you realize on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of such foreign currency will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

58     The deposit or withdrawal of shares in exchange for ADSs by you under the deposit agreement generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.


     Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

     A non-U.S. corporation iswill be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) infor any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of certain subsidiaries, either (a)if at least 75 percent of its gross income isconsists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents or (b)royalties (other than rents or royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and received from an unrelated person), or at least 50 percent of the quarterly average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held to produce passive income. Based on the market value of Electrolux’s shares, the composition of its assets and income and its operations, Electrolux believes it wasdid not qualify as a PFIC duringfor the taxable year 2002.ending December 31, 2003. If Electrolux were to become a PFIC for any taxable year (which conclusion is a factual determination that must be made as of the close of the taxable year) in which you held ADSs or shares, you would be subject to special rulesadverse tax consequences with respect to:

any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or shares; and
any “excess distribution” made to you (generally, any distributions to you in respect of ADSs or shares during a single taxable year that are greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of ADSs or shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for ADSs or shares).

to certain distributions on, and gain realized upon a disposition of the ADSs or shares. Furthermore, dividends paid by Electrolux would not be “qualified dividend income” and would be subject to tax at the higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income. Application of the PFIC rules is complex. You should consult your own financial adviserstax advisor regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to Electrolux.

United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     In general, dividend payments made to holders and proceeds paid from the sale or other disposition of ADSs and/or shares.shares may be subject to information reporting to the Internal Revenue Service and possible federal backup withholding at a current rate of 28 percent. Backup withholding will not apply to a holder who furnishes an accurate taxpayer identification number or certificate of foreign status and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. persons who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Non-U.S. holders generally are not subject to U.S. information reporting or backup withholding. However, such holders may be required to provide certification of non-U.S.

61


status (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN) in connection with payments received in the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your United States federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner and furnishing any required information.

F. DIVIDENDSDIVIDEND AND PAYING AGENTS

     Not applicable.

G. Not applicable.STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS

     Not applicable.

G.H. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.

H.DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

     Electrolux is subject to the informational requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, Electrolux files reports and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials, including this annual report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the Commission’s regional office at 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of the materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Commission’s Public Reference Room by calling the Commission in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies may also be obtained from the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Information about Electrolux is also available at http://www.electrolux.com. Information on Electrolux’s website does not form part of this document.

I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.

59     Not applicable.

62


ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     Financial Risk Management

     The Group’s operations involve exposureGroup is exposed to a varietynumber of risks relating to financial risks.instruments including, for example, liquid funds, accounts receivables, customer financing receivables, payables, borrowings, and derivative instruments. The principal market risks (i.e. the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices) of Electrolux are:associated with these instruments are, primarily:

  The effect of changes in interest ratesInterest-rate risk on the Group’s debtliquid funds and investments made to manage liquidity.borrowings
 
  Foreign exchange rate changes affectingFinancing risks in relation to the earnings of and investments in foreign subsidiaries.Group’s capital requirements
 
  ChangesForeign-exchange risk on earnings and net investments in commodity pricesforeign subsidiaries
Commodity price risk affecting the expenditure on raw material and components for goods produced.produced
Credit risk relating to financial and commercial activities

In addition, Electrolux is exposed to financial and operational credit risks, as well as financing risks in relation to the Group’s capital requirements.

     The Board of Directors of Electrolux has authorizedapproved a financial policy for the Group for managingto manage and controllingcontrol these risks and there arerisks. Each business sector has specific financial policies forapproved by each business sectorsub-board (hereinafter all policies are referred to collectively as the “Financial“the Financial Policy”). TheThese risks are to be limitedmanaged by the use of derivative financial instruments.instruments according to the limitations stated in the Financial Policy. The Financial Policy also describes the management of risks relating to pension fund assets.

     ManagementThe management of financial risks has largely been centralized to Group Treasury in StockholmStockholm. Local financial issues are managed by four regional treasury centers located in order to maximize the benefitsEurope, North America, Asia Pacific and Latin America. Measurement of economies of scale and synergies.risk in Group Treasury is performed by a separate risk controlling function on a daily basis. Furthermore, there are four Regional Treasury Centers that manage localguidelines in the Group’s policies and procedures for managing operating risk relating to financial mattersinstruments by, for example, segregation of duties and that are located in Sweden, USA, Singapore and Brazil.power of attorney.

     Proprietary trading in currency, commodities and interest-bearing instruments is permitted within the framework of the Financial Policy and is centralized in Stockholm.Policy. This trading is primarily aimed at maintaining an appropriatea high quality of information flow and a market knowledge thatto contribute to athe proactive management of the Group’s financial risks. The market value of financial instruments used for proprietary trading at the end of 2002 was also SEK 5m.

     Interest – Rate Risk on Liquid Funds and Borrowings

     The financial income and expense of Electrolux is dependent on both the volume of interest-bearing debt and interest-generating investments of surplus funds and the market rates on those liabilities and assets. As a consequence, Electrolux is subject to risks related to changing market interest levels. Interest rateInterest-rate risk refers to the Group’s exposure to the market risk for adverse effects of changes in interest rates on the Group’s net income.

     Electrolux has a centralized treasury organization that manages the debt and the investment of surplus liquidity. Long-term financing and the Group’s overall interest rate risk exposure are managed from Stockholm. Electrolux enters into interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of its debt portfolio. In accordance with these agreements, one party pays interest at a fixed rate and the other party pays interest at rates that vary according to a specified reference rate. The differential to be paid or received as interest rate changes is accrued and recognized as an adjustment of interest expense related to the debt (the accrual accounting method). The related amount payable to or receivable from counterparts is included in accrued expenses or accrued income.

     Factorsmain factors determining thethis risk exposure associated with interest-bearing liabilities include the interest-fixing period. The Financial Policy states that the goal for the long-term loan portfolio is an average interest-fixing period

Liquid Funds

     Liquid funds consist of one year. Electrolux can choose to deviate from this policy on the basis of a mandate established by the Board of Directors. However, the maximum fixed-rate period is three years. At year-end 2002, the average interest-fixing period for long-term borrowings was 0.9 years (1.0). Interest rate swaps were actively used to manage the interest fixing period based on Group Treasury’s view on the development of the market interest rates. The unrealized market value of instruments aimed at managing the debt portfolio at year-end 2002 was SEK 209 m. The fixed interest period for liquid funds at year-end 2002 was 48 days (32).

60


Interest Rate Risks – Sensitivity Analysis

     Assuming average 2002 volumesshort-term investments, cash and interest composition, a one-percent shift in variable interest rates paid and received would impact Electrolux earnings by approximately SEK 0m (zero). The explanation for having zero sensitivity is that on average the Group’s variable interest generating assets and variable interest bearing debt were equal in size in 2002. This calculation is based on the variable interest rate denominated debt net of investments generating a variable interest income. The calculation of the debt portfolio is made including interest swaps aimed at adjusting the interest-fixing period. Electrolux acknowledges that the calculation is an approximation based on historical figures and does not take into consideration that the interest rates on debt and investments denominated in different currencies might move in opposite directions resulting in gains on one item being offset by losses on another. While management believes that the one-percent shift is a realistic risk scenario, it should not be viewed as a prediction of volatility in future interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Risk

     Electrolux reports in Swedish kronor, but conducts its business in countries all over the world. This subjects the Group to foreign exchange risk. This risk refers to the adverse effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on the Group’s income and equity. In order to minimize such effects, the Group covers these risks within the framework of the Financial Policy. The major currencies that Electrolux is exposed to are the U.S. dollar (including currencies correlated with the dollar), the Euro and the British pound.

     The Group’s overall currency exposure is managed centrally. During 2002, changes in exchange rates had a net negative impact on operating income of approximately SEK –216m (641m), and on income after financial items of approximately SEK –100m (566m). Of the latter amount, approximately SEK –137m (479m) was related to the translation of subsidiary income statements into Swedish Krona.

Long-term Borrowings, by Currency

                  
       Interest     Average
       fixing     maturity,
Currency Amount years Interest years

 
 
 
 
  (SEKm)   %  
USD  4,199   1.3   3.8   3.0 
EUR  8,559   0.7   4.3   3.2 
SEK  370   2.2   5.0   8.6 
INR  176   1.8   10.3   1.8 
Other  455   0.4   4.9   3.4 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Total
  13,759   0.9   4.2   3.3 
   
   
   
   
 

     Derivatives in the form of interest and currency swaps are used to manage risk exposures in the debt portfolio and achieve a balance between the different currencies.

Exposure Arising from Commercial Transactions

     Transactions between Group companies, suppliers and customers are subject to exposure to changes in exchange rates. The Group’s geographically widespread production reduces the effects of changes in exchange rates.

61


     The table below shows the distribution of the Group’s sales and operating expenses in major currencies.

          
Net Sales and        
Expenses by Share of 2002 Net Share of 2002
Currency Sales % Expenses %

 
 
SEK  3   7 
USD  38   39 
EUR  29   35 
GBP  5   3 
Other  25   16 
   
   
 
 
Total
  100   100 
   
   
 

     The Group’s Financial Policy requires hedging of forecasted sales in foreign currencies, taking into consideration the price fixing periods and the competitive environment. This implies that the various business sectors within Electrolux have varying policies for hedging depending on their commercial circumstances. Group subsidiaries cover their risks in commercial currency flows through the Group’s four Regional Treasury Centers. The financial operation thus assumes the currency risks and covers such risks externally through forward contracts and options. Exchange differences arising from commercial receivables and liabilities in foreign currency are included in operating income. Gains and losses on forward contracts are reported in the same period in which the corresponding cash flows arise. At year-end 2002, unrealized exchange rate gains on forward contracts amounted to SEK 150m (–114m). The effect of hedging on operating income during 2002 amounted to approximately SEK 112m (–168m). The net of hedging and transaction flows in the Group was positive.

     The Financial Policy permits the operating units to hedge flows up to 18 months. The current situation, however, is that flows are covered for a shorter period of time. Hedging is arranged for longer periods for certain significant transactions that are related to specific projects or exposures. Any deferred losses in such arrangements are included in the numbers above as well as any trading positions.

Exposure Arising from Translation of Balance Sheets and Income Statements

     The net of assets and liabilities in foreign subsidiaries constitutes a net investment in foreign currency, which generates a translation difference upon consolidation. In order to limit negative effects on Group equity resulting from translation differences, hedging is executed on the basis of borrowings and derivative instruments, taking into account interest differentials.. This implies that the decline in value of a net investment, resulting from a rise in the exchange rate of the Swedish krona, is offset by the exchange gain on the parent company’s borrowings and forward contracts, and vice versa.

     Hedging of the Group’s equity takes place within the parent company. This hedging is achieved on the basis of borrowings and derivative instruments, which are distributed among different currencies in proportion to the Group’s net assets outside Sweden. The Financial Policy in 2002 required 50% coverage of foreign equity, excluding equity in Euros, but exceptions can be made within the framework of the Financial Policy. In February 2003 the benchmark for hedging of the equity was revised. The new policy stipulates that target foreign equity should be based upon the leverage in a particular currency. The leverage target of a net debt to equity relation of 0.8 times is used to calculate the new benchmark equity. Group Treasury hedges currency exposure over and above the the target equity by selling and buying currency forward and by borrowing in foreign currency.

     Net translation differences arising from consolidation of foreign subsidiaries amounted to SEK –1,786m (1,815m) in 2002. In computing these differences, due consideration is given to exchange rate differences in the parent company referring to borrowings and forward contracts which are intended as hedges for equity in foreign subsidiaries, less estimated taxes. This amount has been taken directly to equity in the consolidated balance sheet, in accordance with applicable accounting principles. However, translation losses referring to countries with highly inflationary economies have been charged against operating income.

     Changes in exchange rates also affect the Group’s income in connection with translation of income statements of foreign subsidiaries into SEK. In connection with the translation of income statements in foreign

62


subsidiaries, changes in exchange rates had a negative effect of approximately SEK – 137m on net income for the year 2002 relative to 2001.

Foreign Exchange Risks – Sensitivity Analysis

     Electrolux is particularly exposed to changes in exchange rates between Swedish kronor and the U.S. dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Euro and the British pound. For example a change up or down by 10% in the value of each of the USD, CAD, EUR and GBP against the SEK would affect the Group’s earnings in one year by approximately SEK -400 m, as a static calculation. The sensitivity analysis is subject to a number of limitations. The model assumes the distribution of earnings and costs effective at year-end 2002 and does not include any dynamic effects like changing competitive pattern or consumer behavior arising from such a change in exchange rates. Electrolux believes that those effects could be significant and possibly could change considerably the actual result of the aforementioned analysis. Neither does the model include estimations of future changes in sales or operating margins nor changes in the Group’s structure. The model does not include any existing forward contracts used for coverage of future cash flows. The market value of such contracts is, however, included in the section on commercial flows.

Commodity Price Risks

     Electrolux is subject to market risks with respect to commodities since its ability to recover increased cost through higher pricing may be limited by the competitive environment in which it operates. Electrolux uses commodity futures to hedge small volumes of copper and aluminum.

Credit Risk

     Credit risks within financial activities arise from the investment of liquid funds and as counterpart risks related to derivatives. In order to limit financial credit risk, a counterpart list built on public rating criteria has been established, which defines the maximum permissible exposure to approved counterparts.

Financing Risk

     Financing risk refers to the risk that the financing of the Group’s capital requirements and the refinancing of existing loans will become more difficult or costly. These risks may be decreased by ensuring that maturity dates are evenly distributed over time and that total short-term borrowings do not exceed liquidity levels. Electrolux’s objective is to attain an average time to maturity for long-term debt of at least two years, and an even distribution of maturities. As a result of The Group’s positive cash flow, no additional long-term funding was raised in 2002. The average maturity of the Group’s long-term borrowings was close to three years at the end of 2002.

Liquidity

equivalents. Electrolux goal is that the level of liquid funds should correspondcorresponds to at least 2.5% of annualized net sales. The Group also aims at maintaining theGroup’s net liquidity level at approximatelyliquid funds (defined as liquid funds less short-term borrowings) shall exceed zero, with due consideration for fluctuations arising in conjunction withreferring to acquisitions, divestments and seasonal variations. NetInvestment of liquid funds is mainly made in interest-bearing instruments with high liquidity isand with issuers with a long-term rating of at least A-defined by Standards & Poor’s or similar as stated in the Financial Policy.

Interest-Rate Risk in Liquid Funds

     Group Treasury manages the interest rate risk of the investments in relation to a benchmark position defined as liquid funds less short-term borrowings. For 2002, liquid funds were 11.8%a one-day holding period. Any deviation from the benchmark is limited by a risk mandate. Derivative financial instruments like Futures and Forward-Rate Agreements are used to manage the interest-rate risk. The holding periods of annualized net sales, thereby considerably exceedinginvestments are mainly short-term. The major portion of the investments is made with maturities between 0 and 3 months. A downward shift in the yield curves of one-percentage point would reduce the Group’s minimum criterion, primarily due to strong operating cash flow.

Borrowings

     At year-end 2002, the Group’s interest-bearing borrowings, including interest-bearing pension liabilities amounted tointerest income by approximately SEK 15,698m (23,183), of which SEK 13,759m (17,658) referred to long-term loans with average maturities of 3.3 years (3.6).100 million.

63


              
Net Borrowings Dec. 31, 2002 Dec. 31, 2001 Dec. 31, 2000

 
 
 
     (SEKm)  
Short-term loans  1,618   5,256   8,849 
Long-term loans  13,759   17,658   16,299 
Interest-bearing pensions  321   269   250 
Total Interest-bearing liabilities  15,698   23,183   25,398 
Liquid funds -14,300  -12,374  -8,422 
   
   
   
 
 
Net borrowings
  1,398   10,809   16,976 
     
Maturity Profile of Long-Term Borrowings Dec. 31, 2002

 
2003  908 
2004  3,497 
2005  4,724 
2006  592 
2007  75 
2008  3,147 
2009 and thereafter  816 

 
Total Long-Term Borrowings
  13,759 
             
Liquidity profile
 2003
 2002
 2001
  (SEKm)
Investments with maturities over three months  3,783   7,602   892 
Investments with maturities up to three months  8,207   6,698   11,482 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Fair value derivative assets included in short-term investments  612       
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Liquid funds  12,602   14,300   12,374 
% of annualized net sales  11.3   11.8   9.8 
Net liquidity  8,593   12,682   7,118 
Fixed-interest term, days  64   48   32 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Effective yield, % (average per annum)  4.4   4.4   4.7 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Borrowings

     During 2002,The debt financing of the Group is managed by Group Treasury in order to ensure efficiency and risk control. Debt is primarily taken up at the Parent Company level and transferred to subsidiaries as internal loans or capital injections. In this process various swap instruments are used to convert the funds to the required currency. Short-term financing, to meet seasonal working capital requirements are also undertaken in the local subsidiaries. The Group’s borrowings contain no additional long-term loans were raised. A total of SEK 3,980m in loans were amortized. Short-term loans also decreased as a result of a reduced needterms (financial triggers) for borrowing. The remaining short-term loans pertain primarily to countries with capital restrictions.premature cancellation based on rating.

Credit Ratings

     Electrolux has an Investment Grade ratingratings from the three leading international rating institutions, Moody’s Fitch and Standard & Poor’s. All threeThe long-term ratings from both rating institutions kept their long-term ratingwere unchanged during the year. However, Fitch improved the long-term outlook to stable and the other two institutions kept their outlook at stable and positive. Standard and Poor’s changed the long-term outlook from positive to stable on March 20, 2003.

stable.
                 
              Short-term debt,
Rating AgencyLong-term debtOutlookShort-term debtSweden (only)

 Long-term debt
 Outlook
 Short-term debt
 Sweden
FitchBBB+StableF-2
Moody’s Baa1 Stable  P-2     
Standard & Poor’s BBB+ Stable  A-2   K-1 

Interest-rate risk in long-term borrowings

     The Financial Policy states that the goal for the long-term loan portfolio is an average interest-fixing period of one year. Group Treasury can choose to deviate from this policy on the basis of a mandate established by the Board of Directors. However, the maximum fixed-rate period is three years. Derivatives such as interest-rate swap agreements, are used to manage the interest-rate risk by changing the interest from fixed to floating or vice versa.

     On the basis of 2003 volumes and interest fixing, a one-percentage point shift in interest rates paid would impact the Group’s interest expenses by approximately SEK –25 million in 2004. This calculation is based on a parallel shift of all yield curves simultaneously by one-percentage point. Electrolux acknowledges that the calculation is an approximation and does not take into consideration the fact that the interest-rates on maturities might change differently.

Interest-bearing liabilities

     At year-end 2003, the Group’s total interest-bearing liabilities, including interest-bearing pension liabilities, amounted to SEK 12,501 million (15,698m), of which SEK 8,173 million (13,759 million) referred to long-term loans. As of December 31, 2003, long-term loans with maturities within 12 months, SEK 2,414 million, are reported as short-term loans in the Group’s balance sheet. A significant portion of the total of outstanding long-term borrowings has been made under Electrolux global medium term note program. This program allows for borrowings of up to EUR 2,000 million. As of December 31, 2003, Electrolux utilized approximately EUR 630 million (680 million) of the capacity of the program.

64


     The majority of total long-term borrowings, SEK 7,331 million, are taken up in Sweden at the parent level. Given the strong liquidity, Electrolux does not currently maintain any committed credit facilities for short-term borrowings, other than as back-up facility for the European commercial paper program, which amounts to EUR 150 million. Electrolux expects to meet any future requirements for short-term borrowings through bilateral bank facilities and capital market programs such as commercial paper programs.

     At year-end 2003, the average interest-fixing period for long-term borrowings was 1.1 years (0.9). The calculation of the average interest-fixing period includes the effect of interest-rate derivatives used to manage the interest-rate risk of the debt portfolio. The interest-rate at year-end for the total borrowings was 4.9% (4.2%).

     The fair value of the interest-bearing loans including swap transactions used to manage the interest fixing was approximately SEK 12,650 million. The loans and the interest-rate swaps are valued marked-to-market in order to calculate the fair value.

     The following table sets out the carrying amount of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities that are exposed to fixed and floating interest-rate risk.

65


Interest-bearing liabilities

                   
            Total Book Value
        Nominal value 31 December
Issue/maturity dates
 Description of loan
 Interest rate
 Currency
 (in Currency)
 2003
 2002
Bond Loans                  
Fixed rate1
                  
2000-2005 Global MTN Program 6,1250 EUR  300   2,712   2,735 
2000-2008 Global MTN Program 6,0000 EUR  268   2,416   2,437 
1996-2004 Bond Loan FRF 1,000m2 6,5000 FRF  690      959 
2000-2008 Global MTN Program 6,0000 EUR  32   290   293 
1998-2008 Global MTN Program 6,5000 NOK  400      503 
2001-2005 SEK MTN Program 5,3000 SEK  200   200   200 
2001-2004 SEK MTN Program2 3,3820 SEK  170      170 
2001-2008 SEK MTN Program 4,2303 SEK  85   85   85 
1996-2003 SEK MTN Program 8,7000 SEK        100 
Floating Rate                  
1998-2005 Global MTN Program Floating USD  25   181   220 
1997-2027 Industrial Development Revenue Bonds Floating USD  10   73   88 
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total bond loans     5,957   7,790     
Other long-term loans                  
  Fixed Rate Loans       1,901   1,642 
  Floating Rate Loans2       315   4,327 
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total other long-term loans         2,216   5,969 
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total long-term loans         8,173   13,759 
Short-term loans                  
Short-term part of Long-term Loans                
2001-2004 SEK MTN Program2 3,3820 SEK  170   170    
1996-2004 Bond Loan FRF 1,000m2 6,5000 FRF  690   952    
  Other long-term loans2       1,292    
Other short-term loans                  
  Bank Borrowings & Commercial Papers       1,316   1,618 
  Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities       279    
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total short-term loans         4,009   1,618 
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Interest-bearing pensions            319   321 
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities         12,501   15,698 
    
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 


1.The interest- rate fixing profile of the loans above has been adjusted from fixed to floating with interest-rate swaps.
2.Long-term loans in the table above with maturities within 12 months are classified as short-term loans in the Group’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.

     The average maturity of the Group’s long-term borrowings (including long-term loans with maturities within 12 months) was 2.7 years (3.3) at the end of 2003. As a result of the Group’s positive cash flow, no additional long-term funding was undertaken in 2003, apart from SEK 100m to fund the operations in Brazil. A net total of SEK 1,490m in loans matured or were amortized. Short-term loans pertain primarily to countries with capital restrictions. The table below presents the repayment schedule of long-term borrowings.

Repayment Schedule of Long-term Borrowings, as at 31 December (SEKm)

                                 
  2004
 2005
 2006
 2007
 2008
 2009
 2010-
 Total
Debenture and bond loans     3,093         2,791       —   73   5,957 
Bank and other loans     964   416       29   21      786   2,216 
Short-term part of long-term loans  2,414                     2,414 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  2,414   4,057   416   29   2,812      859   10,587 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

66


Financing Risk

     Financing risk refers to the risk that financing of the Group’s capital requirements and refinancing of existing loans could become more difficult or more costly. This risk can be decreased by ensuring that maturity dates are evenly distributed over time, and that total short-term borrowings do not exceed liquidity levels. The net borrowings (i.e. total interest-bearing liabilities less liquid funds), excluding seasonal variances, shall be long-term according to the Financial Policy. The Group’s goals for long-term debts include an average time to maturity of at least two years, and an evenly spread of maturities. A maximum of 25% of the borrowings are normally allowed to mature in a 12-month period. Exceptions are made when the net borrowing position of the Group is small.

Foreign Exchange Risk

     Foreign exchange risk refers to the adverse effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on the Group’s income and equity. In order to manage such effects, the Group covers these risks within the framework of the Financial Policy. The Group’s overall currency exposure is managed centrally.

     The major currencies that Electrolux is exposed to are the U.S. dollar, the euro, the Canadian dollar, and the British pound. Other significant exposures are the Norwegian krona, the Australian dollar and various East European currencies.

Transaction Exposure from Commercial Flows

     The Group’s geographically widespread production reduces the effects of changes in exchange rates. The table below shows the distribution of the Group’s sales and operating expenses in major currencies. As the table indicates, there was a good currency balance during the year in the US dollar and the euro.

         
  Share of 2003 Net Share of 2003
Net Sales and Expenses by Currency
 Sales %
 Expenses %
SEK  3   8 
USD  37   39 
EUR  33   36 
GBP  5   3 
Other  22   14 
   
 
   
 
 
Total  100   100 
   
 
   
 
 

     The Group’s financial policy stipulates the hedging of forecasted sales in foreign currencies, taking into consideration the price fixing periods and the competitive environment. This implies that the various business sectors within Electrolux have varying policies for hedging depending on their commercial circumstances. The Financial Policy permits the operating units to hedge invoiced and forecasted flows from 75% to 100% up to 18 months. Group subsidiaries cover their risks in commercial currency flows mainly through the Group’s four regional treasury centers. The Group Treasury thus assumes the currency risks and covers such risks externally by the use of currency derivatives.

Commercial Flows (SEKm)

     The table below shows the forecasted transaction flows (imports and exports) for the 12-month period of 2004 and hedges at year-end 2003. The hedged amounts during 2004 are dependent on the hedging policy for each flow considering the existing risk exposure. Gross hedging of flows up to 18 months, not shown in the table, amounts to SEK 434m and this hedging refers mainly to USD/SEK and EUR/SEK.

67


                                                 
  GBP
 CAD
 NOK
 CZK
 AUD
 CHF
 HUF
 EUR
 USD
 SEK
 Other
 Total
Inflow of currency (long position)  3,450   2,560   1,150   730   920   790   450   5,620   2,190   1,520   3,810   23,190 
Outflow of currency (short position)  -340   -390   0   0   -190   -100   -1,590   -8,520   -5,430   -5,370   -1,260   -23,190 
Gross transaction Flow  3,110   2,170   1,150   730   730   690   -1,140   -2,900   -3,240   -3,850   2,550   0 
Hedge  -1,020   -760   -120   -130   -290   -170   640   -900   1,200   2,020   -470   0 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net transaction Flow  2,090   1,410   1,030   600   440   520   -500   -3,800   -2,040   -1,830   2,080   0 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     The effect of hedging on operating income during 2003 amounted to SEK 69m (112m). At year-end, unrealized exchange-rate gains on forward contracts amounted to SEK 47m (150m), where SEK 35m will mature in 2004 and SEK 12m will mature in 2005.

Translation Exposure from Consolidation of Entities outside Sweden

     Changes in exchange rates also affect the Group’s income in connection with translation of income statements of foreign subsidiaries into Swedish kronor. Electrolux does not hedge such exposure. The translation exposures arising from income statements of foreign subsidiaries are included in the sensitivity analysis mentioned below.

Foreign Exchange sensitivity from Transaction and Translation Exposure.

     Electrolux is particularly exposed to changes in exchange rates between Swedish kronor and the U.S. dollar, the euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound. For example, a change up or down, by 10% in the value of each of the USD, EUR, CAD, and GBP against the SEK would affect the Group’s income after financial term items for one year by approximately SEK +/-400m, as a static calculation. The model assumes the distribution of earnings and costs effective at year-end 2003 and does not include any dynamic effects, such as changes in competitiveness or consumer behavior arising from such changes in exchange rates.

Exposure from Net Investments (Balance Sheet Exposure)

     The net of assets and liabilities in foreign subsidiaries constitutes a net investment in foreign currency, which generates a translation difference in connection with consolidation. In order to limit negative effects on Group equity resulting from translation differences, hedging is implemented on the basis of borrowings and foreign exchange derivative contracts. This implies that the decline in value of a net investment, resulting from a rise in the exchange rate of the Swedish krona, is offset by the exchange gain on the Parent Company’s borrowings and foreign exchange derivative contracts, and vice versa. Hedging of the Group’s net investments is implemented within the Parent Company in Sweden. The Financial Policy stipulates the extent to which the net investments can be hedged and also sets the benchmark for risk measurement. Group Treasury are allowed to deviate from the benchmark under a given risk mandate.

Commodity Price Risks

     Commodity price risk is the risk that the cost of direct and indirect materials could increase as underlying commodity prices rise in global markets. The Group is exposed to fluctuations in commodity prices through agreements with suppliers, whereby the price is linked to the raw material price on the world market. This exposure can be divided into direct commodity exposure, which refers to pure commodity exposures, and indirect commodity exposures, which is defined as exposure arising from only part of a developed product. The Group hedges only a limited number of materials that are exchange-traded on the world market, through commodity forwards and futures. The hedged materials are copper, aluminum, nickel and zinc. The hedging horizon depends on business environment and is defined within each business sector.

Credit Risk

Credit Risk in Financial Activities

     Exposure to credit risks arises from the investment of liquid funds, and as counterpart risks related to derivatives. In order to limit exposure to credit risk, a counterpart list has been established which specifies the maximum permissible exposure in relation to each counterpart. The Group strives for arranging master netting

68


agreements (ISDA) with the counterparts for derivative transactions and has established such agreements with the majority of counterparts.

Credit Risk in Accounts Receivables

     Electrolux sells to a substantial number of customers in the form of large retailers, buying groups, independent stores and professional users. Sales are made on the basis of normal delivery and payment terms, if they are not included in one of the Customer Financing operations in the Group. Customer Financing solutions are also arranged outside the Group. The Credit Policy of the Group ensures that management process for customer credits includes customer rating, credit limits, decision levels and management of bad debts. The Board of Directors sets customer credit limits that exceed SEK 300m. There is a concentration of credit exposures on a number of customers in, primarily, USA and Europe.

Other interest-bearing investments

     Interest-bearing receivables from customer financing amounting to SEK 874m (971m) are included in the item Other receivables in the Group’s balance sheet. The Group’s customer financing activities are performed in order to provide sales support and are directed mainly to independent retailers in the US and in Scandinavia. The majority of the financing is shorter than 12 months. There is no major concentration of credit risk related to customer financing. Collaterals and the right to repossess the inventory also reduce the credit risk in the financing operations. The income from customer financing is subject to interest-rate risk. This risk is immaterial to the Group.

Derivative financial instruments

     The tables below present the fair value and nominal amounts of the Group’s derivative financial instruments for managing of financial risks and proprietary trading. The fair value of financial instruments used for proprietary trading at the end of 2003 was SEK 6m (5m).

                         
Fair value (SEKm)
 2003
 2002
  Positive Negative     Positive Negative  
  MV
 MV
 Net MV
 MV
 MV
 Net MV
Interest-rate swaps  364   -145   219   424   -220   204 
Cross currency interest-rate swaps  15   -16   -1   68   -58   10 
Forward-rate agreements & futures  10   -10   0   3   -4   -1 
Foreign exchange derivatives (Forwards & Options)  759   -319   440   889   -194   695 
Commodity derivatives  9   -4   5   8   -10   -2 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   1,157   494   663   1,392   -486   906 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     Valuation of derivative financial instruments at market value (MV), presented in the table above, is done at the most accurate market prices available. This means that instruments, which are quoted on the market, such as for instance the major bond and interest-rate future markets, are all marked-to-market with the current price. The foreign-exchange spot rate is then used to convert the market value into Swedish kronor, before it is discounted back to the valuation date. For instruments where no reliable price is available on the market, cash flows are discounted using the deposit/swap curve of the cash flow currency. In the event that no proper cash flow schedule is available, for instance as in the case with forward rate agreements, the underlying schedule is used for valuation purposes. To the extent option instruments are used, the valuation is based on the Black-Scholes formula.

69


         
Nominal Amounts (SEKm)
 2003
 2002
Interest-rate swaps        
Maturity shorter than 1 year  8,219   934 
Maturity 2-5 years  9,188   7,837 
Maturity 6-10 years     2,472 
Total interest-swaps  17,407   11,243 
Cross currency interest-rate swaps  245   1,150 
Forward rate agreements  35,625   23,974 
Foreign Exchange derivatives (Forwards & Options)  12,603   21,958 
Commodity derivatives  21   165 
   
 
   
 
 
Total  65,901   58,489 
   
 
   
 
 

70


ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     Not applicable.

6471


PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     Not applicable.

72


ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     Not applicable.

73


ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief FinancialAdministrative Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

     Within 90 days prior toAs of the dateend of the period covered by this report,Form 20-F, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.procedures (as defined in United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Rule 13a-15(e)). Based on the foregoing, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in timely identifying material information potentially required to be included in the Company’s SEC filings.

     There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controlscontrol over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Form 20-F that have materially affected, or in other factors that could significantlyare reasonably likely to materially affect, theour internal controls subsequent to the date the Company completed its evaluation.

control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16.74

     Not applicable.

65


ITEM 16.     ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     The Board of Directors has determined that there is no “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F serving on the Audit Committee. No single member of the Audit Committee meets all of the five attributes required to meet the definition of audit committee financial expert. Nonetheless, the Board considers that the Audit Committee members as a group possess adequate skills and expertise to fulfill the tasks entrusted to the Audit Committee.

PART IIIITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

     In February 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the Electrolux Group Code of Ethics. It outlines both prescriptive and proscriptive ethical standards which are to be strictly followed by all employees and Board Members of the Electrolux Group, in all markets and at all times. The Code formalizes the principles by which the Group conducts its relations with employees, shareholders, business partners and other interests. This code of ethics is posted on our website, www.electrolux.com, and may be found as follows:

1.From our main web page, first click on Inside Electrolux.
2.Next, click on Corporate Government.
3.Finally, click on Electrolux Group Code of Ethics.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     KPMG served as Electrolux’s independent auditor for the financial year ended December 31, 2001, for which audited financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F. PricewaterhouseCoopers AB has served as Electrolux’s independent auditor for each of the financial years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2003, for which audited financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F. The April 2002 Annual General Meeting of Electrolux shareholders appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers AB as Electrolux’s independent auditor for a four-year period.

     The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional services and other services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers AB to Electrolux in 2003 and 2002.

         
  2003
 2002
  SEKm SEKm
Audit Fees1
  45   38 
Audit-related Fees2
  4   1 
Tax Fees3
  9   9 
All Other Fees      
   
 
   
 
 
Total  58   48 


(1)Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit services engagement and other audit services, which are those services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide, and include the Company audit; statutory audits; comfort letters and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.
(2)Audit-related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements or that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards; review of security controls and operational effectiveness of systems; and employee benefit plan audits.
(3)Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authorities; tax planning services; and expatriate tax planning and services.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

     The purpose of the Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures is to ensure that AB Electrolux and its subsidiaries are in full compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOA”) and the SEC Rules regarding Auditor Independence.

75


     The Audit Committee (“AC”) will in the pre-approval process consider three basic principles before approving any non-audit services: (1) an auditor cannot function in the role of management, (2) an auditor cannot audit his own work and (3) an auditor cannot serve in an advocacy role for his client.

     AB Electrolux management shall each year submit to the AC an Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services Matrix (the “Matrix”) listing the types of audit and non-audit services that are permitted under SOA and the SEC Rules and categorizing the types of audit and non-audit services.

     Based on the categories in the Matrix, AB Electrolux management shall each year list each known and/or anticipated audit service for the upcoming calendar year as well as each known and/or anticipated non-audit service together with suggested maximum fee limits for each category of recurring non-audit services.

     At the annual January AC meeting, the AC will either approve or reject the categories of services in the Matrix, either approve or reject each of the listed known and/or anticipated audit services and the associated budgeted fee and either approve or reject each known and/or anticipated non-audit service as well as the suggested maximum fee limit for each category of recurring non-audit services.

     The AC will, at its Annual January AC meeting, delegate to the Chairman of the AC the authority to pre-approve interim requests for additional audit and non-audit services.

     Prior to engaging PwC for additional non-recurring audit and non-audit services, AB Electrolux management shall submit to the Audit Committee, or if a pre-approval is urgently required, to the Chairman of the AC, an Interim pre-approval request.

     At each subsequent AC meeting after January, the Chairman of the AC shall report to the AC any interim audit or non-audit service pre-approvals since the last AC meeting and AB Electrolux management will provide the AC with a summary description of ongoing and completed audit and non-audit services and a year to date of the actual spend against the pre-approved level for non-audit services and an updated estimate for the full year.

76


PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     Attached. See page F-1: Index to Financial Statements.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS77

     The Company has elected to furnish the financial statements and related information specified in Item 17 in lieu of responding to this item.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

1.Articles of Association of the Company, as amended on May 2, 2002.
2.Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated as of February 2003 between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s filing on Form F-6 filed February 13, 2003).
8.List of the Company’s subsidiaries. Please see Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements.
12.1Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers AB, independent auditors to the Company.
12.2Consent of KPMG Bohlins AB, independent auditors to the Company.
12.3Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

66


ITEM 1717. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX

     
  Page

ReportsReport of Independent Auditors  F-2 
Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 20022003  F-4 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 20012002 and 20022003  F-5 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the Years Ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 20022003  F-7 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 20022003  F-8 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  F-9 
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Endedended December 2000, 2001, 2002 and 20022003  F-38F-51 

F-1


(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LOGO)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTSAUDITOR

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of AB ElectroluxElectrolux:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets and the related consolidated statements of income, statement, statement of cash flowflows and statement of changes in stockholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AB Electrolux and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the yeartwo years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Sweden. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index for the year ended December 31, 2002 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit.audits. We conducted our auditaudits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in Sweden and in accordance with the United Statesstandards of America, whichthe Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in the Accounting and Valuation Principles note to the consolidated financial statements, with effect from January 1, 2003, the Company prospectively adopted RR 27, Financial Instruments: Classification and Disclosure. As discussed in the 2002 consolidated financial statements, with effect from January 1, 2002, the Company prospectively adopted RR 15, Intangible Assets.

Accounting principles generally accepted in Sweden vary in certain importantsignificant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of the latter would have affected the determination of consolidated net income, expressed in Swedish Kronor, for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the determination of consolidated stockholders’ equity, expressed in Swedish Kronor, at December 31, 2002Information relating to the extent summarizednature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 2629 to the consolidated financial statements.

     /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers AB

     PricewaterhouseCoopers AB

Stockholm, Sweden

February 11, 20032004

F-2


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORSPUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
and Shareholders of AB ElectroluxElectrolux:

     We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of AB Electrolux and subsidiaries as at December 31, 2001 and related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of AB Electrolux and subsidiaries for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2001 as listed in the accompanying index. In connection with our audit of these consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.2001. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden and in the United States.standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial positionresults of operations and the cash flows of AB Electrolux and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 andfor the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2001 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.2001.

     Generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Application of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States would have affected net income for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2001 and stockholders’ equity as at December 31, 2001 and 2000Information relating to the extent summarizednature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 2629 to the consolidated financial statements. As discussed in Note 26,29, the financial information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 has been restated.

/s/ KPMG Bohlins AB

KPMG Bohlins AB

Stockholm, Sweden

February 7, 2002, except for the restatement of prior periods described on pages F-45 and reclassification of certainF-46 in Note 29 — U.S. GAAP information described in Note 26 under “Restatement of prior periods” and “Discontinued operations” as toInformation which the date is dated June 10, 2003.

F-3


AB ELECTROLUX AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

             
(SEKm) 2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
      (SEKm)    
Net Sales (Note 2)  133,150   135,803   124,493 
Cost of goods sold  -101,705   -105,654   -93,549 
   
   
   
 
Gross Profit
  31,445   30,149   30,944 
Selling expense  -17,738   -17,806   -17,092 
Administrative expense  -5,405   -5,790   -5,585 
Other operating income (Note 3)  135   150   130 
Other operating expenses (Note 4)  -272   -281   -347 
Items affecting comparability (Note 5)  -434   -141   -448 
   
   
   
 
Operating Income(Note 2,6,23)
  7,731   6,281   7,602 
Financial income (Note 7)  947   973   1,029 
Financial expense (Note 7)  -1,133   -2,039   -2,101 
   
   
   
 
Income after financial items
  7,545   5,215   6,530 
Taxes (Note 8)  -2,459   -1,477   -2,121 
Minority interests in net income (Note 9)  9   132   48 
   
   
   
 
Net income  5,095   3,870   4,457 
   
   
   
 
Net income per share, basic and diluted SEK(Note 10)
  15.60   11.35   12.40 
   
   
   
 
             
(SEKm) 2003
 2002
 2001
 
Net Sales (Note 4)  124,077   133,150   135,803 
Cost of goods sold  -93,742   -101,705   -105,654 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Gross Profit
  30,335   31,445   30,149 
Selling expense  -16,877   -17,738   -17,806 
Administrative expense  -5,699   -5,405   -5,790 
Other operating income (Note 5)  130   135   150 
Other operating expenses (Note 6)  -251   -272   -281 
Items affecting comparability (Note 7)  -463   -434   -141 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Operating Income(Notes 4, 8, 28)
  7,175   7,731   6,281 
Financial income (Note 9)  794   947   973 
Financial expense (Note 9)  -963   -1,133   -2,039 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Income after financial items
  7,006   7,545   5,215 
Taxes (Note 10)  -2,226   -2,459   -1,477 
Minority interests in net income (Note 11)  -2   9   132 
Net income
  4,778   5,095   3,870 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income per share, basic and diluted SEK(Note 12)
  15.25   15.60   11.35 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income per share, basic and diluted, according to US GAAP, SEK (Note 29)
  15.60   16.25   11.00 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


AB ELECTROLUX AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

                  
ASSETS (SEKm)   2002   2001
  
 
       (SEKm)        
Fixed assets
                
Intangible assets (Note 11)      4,928       5,159 
Tangible assets (Note 12)      18,188       22,526 
Financial assets (Note 13)      1,591       1,888 
Deferred tax assets (Note 8)      2,991       2,778 
       
       
 
Total fixed assets
      27,698       32,351 
       
       
 
Current assets
                
Inventories (Note 14)      15,614       17,001 
Current receivables                
        Accounts receivable  22,484       24,189     
 Other receivables  4,293       7,015     
 Prepaid expense and accrued income  1,035   27,812   1,517   32,721 
   
   
   
   
 
Liquid funds:                
Short-term investments  8,316       4,061     
Cash and bank balances  5,984   14,300   8,313   12,374 
   
   
   
   
 
Total current assets
      57,726       62,096 
       
       
 
TOTAL ASSETS
      85,424       94,447 
       
       
 
Assets pledged(Note 15)
      1,908       2,410 

ASSETS (SEKm)

                 
      2003
     2002
Fixed assets
                
Intangible assets (Note 13)      4,782       4,928 
Tangible assets (Note 14)      15,638       18,188 
Financial assets (Note 15)      1,276       1,591 
Deferred tax assets (Note 10)      1,914       2,991 
       
 
       
 
 
Total fixed assets
      23,610       27,698 
       
 
       
 
 
Current assets
                
Inventories (Note 16)      14,945       15,614 
Current receivables                
Accounts receivable (Note 17)  21,172       22,484     
Other receivables (Note 18)  3,462��      4,293     
Prepaid expense and accrued income  1,237   25,871   1,035   27,812 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Liquid funds: (Note 18)                
Short-term investments  8,577       8,316     
Cash and bank balances  4,025   12,602   5,984   14,300 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total current assets
      53,418       57,726 
       
 
       
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
      77,028       85,424 
       
 
       
 
 
Assets pledged(Note 19)
      423       1,908 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statementsstatements.

F-5


AB ELECTROLUX AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

                  
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES (SEKm) 2002 2001
  
 
Equity(Note 16)
                
 Share capital (Note 17)  1,694       1,831     
 Restricted reserves  14,287       13,438     
 Retained earnings  6,553       9,725     
 Net income  5,095   27,629   3,870   28,864 
   
   
   
   
 
Minority interests
  592       699     
 
Provisions
                
 Provisions for pensions and similar commitments (Note 18)  6,018       4,095     
 Deferred tax liabilities (Note 8)  1,998       1,848     
 Other provisions (Note 19)  5,582   13,598   6,493   12,436 
   
   
   
   
 
Financial liabilities
                
 Long-term bond loans (Note 20)  7,790       9,637     
 Mortgages, promissory notes (Note 20)  5,969       8,021     
 Short-term loans  1,618   15,377   5,256   22,914 
 
Operating liabilities
                
 Accounts payable  16,223       17,304     
 Tax liabilities  1,211       1,198     
 Other liabilities  2,535       2,612     
 Accrued expense and prepaid income (Note 21)  8,259   28,228   8,420   29,534 
   
   
   
   
 
   
           
 
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
  85,424           94,447 
   
           
 
Contingent liabilities(Note 22)
  949           1,220 
                 
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES (SEKm) 2003
 2002
Equity(Note 20)
                
Share capital (Note 21)  1,621       1,694     
Restricted reserves  11,711       14,287     
Retained earnings  9,352       6,553     
Net income  4,778   27,462   5,095   27,629 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Minority interests
  27       592     
Provisions
                
Provisions for pensions and similar commitments (Note 22)  5,678       6,018     
Deferred tax liabilities (Note 10) (Note 10)  1,256       1,998     
Other provisions (Note 23)  4,427   11,361   5,582   13,598 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Financial liabilities
                
Long-term loans (Note 18)  8,173       13,759     
Short-term loans  4,009   12,182   1,618   15,377 
Operating liabilities
                
Accounts payable  14,857       16,223     
Tax liabilities  1,180       1,211     
Other liabilities  1,935       2,535     
Accrued expense and prepaid income (Note 24)  8,024   25,996   8,259   28,228 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
      77,028       85,424 
       
 
       
 
 
Contingent liabilities(Note 25)
      1,179       949 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


AB ELECTROLUX AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

              
CASH-FLOW STATEMENTS (SEKm) 2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Operations
            
Income after financial items  7,545   5,215   6,530 
Depreciation and amortization  3,854   4,277   3,810 
Capital gains/loss included in operating income  -1,910   -2,931   -249 
Provision for restructuring  1,551   1,975   877 
Provision for pension litigation  -913   -1,192    
   
   
   
 
   10,127   7,344   10,968 
 
Taxes paid  -1,027   -1,496   -2,329 
 
Cash flow from operations excluding change in operating assets and liabilities
  9,100   5,848   8,639 
Change in operating assets and liabilities         
 Change in inventories  -706   1,164   -17 
 Change in accounts receivable  28   -50   -884 
 Change in other current assets  832   146   -3,002 
 Change in current liabilities and provisions  1,651   2,374   1,363 
   
   
   
 
Cash flow from operations
  10,905   9,482   6,099 
 
Investments
            
Trademark        -450 
Acquisition of operations (Note 23)  -1,542   -2,524   -496 
Divestment of operations (Note 23)  3,771   7,385   1,126 
Machinery, buildings, land, construction in progress, etc.  -3,335   -4,195   -4,423 
Capitalization of product development and software  -195       
Other  290   547   876 
   
   
   
 
Cash flow from (used in) investments
  -1,011   1,213   -3,367 
 
Total cash flow from operations and investments
  9,894   10,695   2,732 
 
Financing
            
Change in short-term loans (Note 23)  -2,096   -4,232   1,784 
Change in long-term loans  -2,061   173   -2,206 
Dividend  -1,483   -1,365   -1,282 
Repurchase of shares  -1,703   -1,752   -3,193 
   
   
   
 
Cash flow financing
  -7,343   -7,176   -4,897 
 
Total cash flow
  2,551   3,519   -2,165 
Liquid funds at beginning of year
  12,374   8,422   10,312 
Exchange-rate differences relating to liquid funds
  -625   433   275 
Liquid funds at year-end
  14,300   12,374   8,422 
   
   
   
 
Change in net borrowings
            
Total cash flow excluding change in loans
  6,708   7,578   -1,743 
Net borrowings at beginning of year
 -10,809  -16,976  -13,423 
Exchange-rate differences relating to net liquidity
  2,703   -1,411   -1,810 
Net borrowings at year-end
  -1,398  -10,809  -16,976 
   
   
   
 
             
CASH-FLOW STATEMENTS (SEKm) 2003
 2002
 2001
Operations
            
Income after financial items  7,006   7,545   5,215 
Depreciation and amortization  3,353   3,854   4,277 
Capital gain/loss included in operating income  -8   -1,910   -2,931 
Provision for restructuring  -1,410   1,551   1,975 
Provision for pension litigation     -913   -1,192 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   8,941   10,127   7,344 
 
Taxes paid  -1,817   -1,027   -1,496 
 
Cash flow from operations excluding change in operating assets and liabilities
  7,124   9,100   5,848 
Change in operating assets and liabilities            
Change in inventories  -746   -706   1,164 
Change in accounts receivable  -1,624   28   -50 
Change in other current assets  -141   832   146 
Change in current liabilities and provisions  1,680   1,651   2,374 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cash flow from operations
  6,293   10,905   9,482 
 
Investments
            
Acquisition of operations (Note 26)     -1,542   -2,524 
Divestment of operations (Notes 26)  857   3,771   7,385 
Machinery, buildings, land, construction in progress, etc  -3,463   -3,335   -4,195 
Capitalization of product development and software  -470   -195    
Other  506   290   547 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cash flow from investments
  -2,570   -1,011   1,213 
 
Total cash flow from operations and investments
  3,723   9,894   10,695 
 
Financing
            
Change in short-term loans (Note 26)  1,099   -2,096   -4,232 
Change in long-term loans  -2,579   -2,061   173 
Dividend  -1,894   -1,483   -1,365 
Repurchase of shares  -1,669   -1,703   -1,752 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cash flow financing
  -5,043   -7,343   -7,176 
 
Total cash flow
  -1,320   2,551   3,519 
Liquid funds at beginning of year
  14,300   12,374   8,422 
Exchange-rate differences relating to liquid funds
  -378   -625   433 
Liquid funds at year-end
  12,602   14,300   12,374 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Change in net borrowings
            
Total cash flow excluding change in loans
  160   6,708   7,578 
Net borrowings at beginning of year
  -1,398   -10,809   -16,976 
Exchange-rate differences relating to net liquidity
  1,339   2,703   -1,411 
Net borrowings at year-end
  101   -1,398   -10,809 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


AB ELECTROLUX AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

                 
  Capital Stock            
  par value Restricted Retained    
  A and B shares Reserves Earnings Total
  
 
 
 
  (SEKm, except per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 1999
  1,831   11,036   12,914   25,781 
Cash dividend (SEK 3.50 per share)          -1,282   -1,282 
Repurchase of shares          -3,193   -3,193 
Adjustments for translation differences          561   561 
Transfer of retained earnings      814   -814   0 
Net income          4,457   4,457 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
  1,831   11,850   12,643   26,324 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
  1,831   11,850   12,643   26,324 
Cash dividend (SEK 4.00 per share)          -1,365   -1,365 
Repurchase of shares          -1,752   -1,752 
Adjustments for translation differences          1,787   1,787 
Transfer of retained earnings      1,588   -1,588   0 
Net income          3,870   3,870 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  1,831   13,438   13,595   28,864 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  1,831   13,438   13,595   28,864 
Cancellation of shares  -137   137       
Cash dividend (SEK 4.50 per share)          -1,483   -1,483 
Repurchase of shares          -1,703   -1,703 
Minimum liability, U.S. pensions          -1,335   -1,335 
Adjustments for translation differences          -1,809   -1,809 
Transfer of retained earnings      712   -712    
Net income         5,095   5,095 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  1,694   14,287   11,648   27,629 
   
   
   
   
 

     The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                 
  Capital      
  Stock par      
  value A and Restricted Retained  
  B shares
 reserves
 earnings
 Total
  (SEKm, except per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 2000
  1,831   11,850   12,643   26,324 
Cash dividend (SEK 4.00 per share)        -1,365   -1,365 
Repurchase of shares        -1,752   -1,752 
Adjustments for translation differences        1,787   1,787 
Transfer of retained earnings     1,588   -1,588   0 
Net income        3,870   3,870 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  1,831   13,438   13,595   28,864 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  1,831   13,438   13,595   28,864 
Cancellation of shares  -137   137       
Cash dividend (SEK 4.50 per share)        -1,483   -1,483 
Repurchase of shares        -1,703   -1,703 
Minimum liability, US pensions        -1,335   -1,335 
Adjustments for translation differences        -1,809   -1,809 
Transfer of retained earnings      712   -712    
Net income        5,095   5,095 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  1,694   14,287   11,648   27,629 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  1,694   14,287   11,648   27,629 
Cancellation of shares  -73   73       
Cash dividend (SEK 6.00 per share)        -1,894   -1,894 
Repurchase of shares        -1,669   -1,669 
Minimum liability, US pensions        -123   -123 
Adjustments for translation differences        -1,259   -1,259 
Transfer of retained earnings     -2,649   2,649    
Net income        4,778   4,778 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
  1,621   11,711   14,130   27,462 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-8


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Accounting and Valuation Principles
Amounts in SEKm, unless otherwise stated

General accounting principlesBASIS OF PREPARATION

     The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Sweden, thereby applying the standards of the Swedish Financial Accounting Standards Council (Redovisningsrådet).Council. These accounting principles differ in certain significant respects from those in the United States.US. Certain non-US GAAP measures are used in this annual report, e.g., value creation. For a description of significant differences, see Note 26.29. In the interest of achieving comparable financial information within the Group, Electrolux companies apply uniform accounting rules as definedefined in the Electrolux Accounting Manual, irrespective of national legislation. In some countries it is permissible to make additional allocations, which are reported under “Restricted equity” after deduction of deferred taxes.

     The following should be noted:

  A number of new standards from the Swedish Financial Accounting Standards Council, RR1:00 Consolidated financial statements, RR15 Intangible assets, RR16 Provisions, contingent liabilitiesRR 2:02, 22, 24, 25, 26 and contingent assets, RR17 Impairment of assets, RR21 Borrowing costs and RR23 Related party disclosures,28 came into effect as of January 1, 2002.2003. The implementation of the new standards has had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements, except for RR15 (see below). Electrolux has applied the new standards RR2:02 Inventories, RR22 Presentation of financial statements, RR24 Investment property, RR25 Segment reporting, RR26 Events after the balance sheet date, RR27 Financial instruments: Disclosure and presentation, and RR28 Accounting for government grants as of January 1, 2003.statements.
 
  RR15, Intangible Assets, statesAs of January 1, 2003, Electrolux implemented also RR 27, “Financial instruments: Disclosure and classification”. RR 27 stipulates how financial instruments shall be classified in the balance sheet and prescribes the disclosures to be presented in order to make it easier for the reader of financial statements to understand how financial instruments affect the results, financial situation and cash flows of an entity. RR 27 applies to all financial instruments, whether they are reported on the balance sheet or not, with the exception of shares in subsidiaries and associated companies, post-employment benefits and share based compensation to employees. The implementation of RR 27 increased total assets and liabilities by approximately SEK 300m.
As of January 1, 2004, Electrolux applies the new standard RR 29, “Employee Benefits”. RR 29 stipulates how the company shall account for and report employee benefits. The main differences between RR 29 and the present accounting standards refer to defined benefit post-employment plans. RR 29 requires that developmentliabilities for these plans are calculated according to the Projected Unit Credit Method and reduced by the market value of products and software should be capitalized under certain conditions. Electrolux capitalizes expenses for new products and software providedthe plan assets. RR 29 also requires that the levelcost of certaintythe benefits be expensed in the period in which the benefits are earned. The implementation of their future economic benefits and useful life is high. CapitalizationRR 29 has had a one-time effect of SEK 1,600m net of taxes, that has been limitedcharged to development projects initiated afteropening balance of retained earnings as a change in accounting principle.
As of January 1, 20022005, Electrolux will apply International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS, previously IAS). Swedish accounting principles have in recent years been successively adapted to IFRS. However, there are still certain areas where differences exist. Further, certain IFRS standards, mandatory from 2005, are not in final form yet. The Group believes that the finalization of these standards might create certain additional differences, besides the areas identified below. Based on the present knowledge, the Group has identified the following standards as being those that most significantly differ from the accounting standards presently applied under Swedish GAAP:

   IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” (the difference disappeared when RR 29 was implemented in 2004)
   IAS 38 “Intangible assets”
   IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and amounts to SEK 195m (before amortization)Measurement”.

     The effects have not yet been quantified, except for IAS 19 as described above. At transition, the effect of the changes will be reported as an adjustment to opening balance of retained earnings.

     The Group has already implemented certain changes in its reporting systems in order to be able to collect the comparative information that will be necessary when the new standards are implemented in 2005.

F-9


Principles applied for consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Standard RR1:RR 1:00 of the Swedish Financial Accounting Standards Council and applying the purchase method, whereby the assets and liabilities in a subsidiary on the date of acquisition are evaluated to determine the acquisition value to the Group. Any differences between the acquisition price and the fairmarket value of the acquired net assets are reported as goodwill or negative goodwill. All intercompany balancesThe consolidated income for the Group includes the income statements for the Parent Company and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.its direct and indirect owned subsidiaries after:

elimination of intra-group transactions and unrealized profits in stock, and
depreciation and amortization of group goodwill and other acquired surplus values.

Definition of Group companies

     The consolidated financial statements include AktiebolagetAB Electrolux and all companies in which the parent companyParent Company at year-end directly or indirectly owns more than 50% of the voting rights referring to all shares and participations, or in which the Companyotherwise exercises decisive control in other manner.control.

     The following applies to acquisitions and divestments during the year:

  Companies acquired during the year have been included in the consolidated income statement as of the date of acquisition.
 
  Companies divested during the year have been included in the consolidated income statement up to and including the date of divestment.
At year-end 2002 the Group comprised 409 (370) operating units, and 299 (290) companies.

     At year-end 2003, the Group comprised 353 (409) operating units, and 284 (299) companies.

Associated companies

     Major investmentsInvestments in associated companies, i.e., those in which the parent companyParent Company directly or indirectly owned 20-50%20—50% of the voting rights at year-end, or otherwise exercised significant influence, have been reported according to the equity method. This means that the Group’s share of income before taxes in an associated company is reported as part of the Group’s operating income and the Group’s share of taxes is reported as part of the Group’s taxes. Investments in such a company are reported at a value corresponding to the Group’s share of the company’s equity, adjusted for possible over- and undervalue. Joint ventures are reported according to the equity method.

F-9


TranslationsTranslation of financial statements in foreign subsidiaries

     According to RR 8, “Effects of changes in exchange rates”, foreign subsidiaries can be classified as either foreign operations that are integral to the operations of the reporting entity, or as independent foreign entities. The method used to translate the financial statements of a foreign subsidiary depends on how it is classified. An independent entity accumulates cash and other monetary items, incurs expenses and generates income, all substantially in its local currency. Electrolux subsidiaries are classified as independent foreign entities. Based on this classification, the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries have been translated into Swedish kronor at year-end rates. Income statements have been translated at the average rates for the year. Translation differences thus arising have been taken directly to equity.

     The above principles have not been applied forPrior to consolidation, the financial statements of subsidiaries in countries with highly inflationary economies. Translationeconomies have been remeasured into their functional currency and the exchange-rate differences referring to these companiesarising from that remeasurement have been charged againstto income. ThisThe remeasured financial statements have then been translated into Swedish kronor following the same method enables increases and/or decreasesas for other independent foreign entities. Consequently, changes in equity in countries with highly inflationary economiesdue to behigh inflation are reported in their entirety in the consolidated income statement.

Hedging of net investment

     The parentParent Company uses forwardforeign exchange derivative contracts and loans in foreign currencies in hedging certain net foreign investments. Exchange-rate differences related to these contracts and loans have been charged to the Group’sGroup equity after deduction of taxes, to the extent to which there are corresponding translation differences.

F-10


General accounting and valuation principles

Revenue recognition

     Sales are recorded net of VAT (Value-Added Tax), specific sales taxes, returns and trade discounts. Revenues arise almost exclusively from sales of finished products. Sales are recognized when the significant risks and rewards connected with ownership of the goods have been transferred to the buyer and the Group retains neither a continuing right to dispose of the goods nor effective control of those goods and when the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. This means that sales are recorded upon deliverywhen goods have been put at the disposal of goods tothe customers in accordance with agreed terms of sales.delivery. Revenues from services are recorded when the services haveservice has been performed.

Government grants

     Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them, and that the grants will be received. Grants related to assets are included in the balance sheet as “deferred income” and recognized as income over the useful life of the asset. In the income statement, grants are deducted in reporting the related expense. In 2003, grants recognized in the income statement amounted to SEK 55m.

Other operating income and expenseexpenses

     These items include profits and losses arising from the sale of fixed assets and the divestment of operations, as well as the share of income in associated companies. Other operating expenseexpenses also includes depreciationinclude amortization of goodwill. See Notes 35 and 4.6.

Items affecting comparability

     This item includes events and transactions with significant effecteffects in comparing income for the current period with previous periods.periods including:

Capital gains and losses from divestments of product groups or major units
Close-down or significant down-sizing of major units or activities
Restructuring initiatives with a set of activities aimed at reshaping a major structure or process
Significant impairment
Other major non-recurring costs or income

Borrowing costs

     Borrowing costs are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

Taxes

     Taxes include current and deferred taxes applying the liability method. Deferred taxes are calculated using enacted tax rates. Taxes incurred by the Electrolux Group are affected by appropriationappropriations and other taxable (for(or tax-related) transactions in the individual Group companies. They are also affected by utilization of tax losses carried forward referring to previous years or to acquired companies. This applies to both Swedish and foreign Group companies. Deferred tax assets on tax losses and temporary differences are recognized only if it is probable that they will be utilized in the near future.

     A comparison of the Group’s theoretical and actual tax rates and other disclosures are provided in Note 8.10.

Financial assets and liabilities in foreign currency

     In the individual subsidiaries’ accounts, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are valued at year-end exchange rates. Exchange-rate differences arising from commercial receivables and liabilities in foreign currency are included in operating income. Exchange-rate differences arising from financial assets and liabilities are included in financial items in the profit and loss statement. Foreign currency derivatives used for hedging financial assets and liabilities are valued at year-end exchange rates and the interest in the contracts is accrued and included in the income statement.

F-11


Intangible fixed assets

Acquisition goodwill

     GoodwillAcquisition goodwill is reported as an intangible asset and is amortized over the estimated useful life, which is usually 10-20 years. Goodwill arising from strategic acquisitions is amortized over 20-4010—20 years.

     Acquisitions are an important componentOver the last few decades, Electrolux has made a large number of the Group’s expansion, and are often made in competition with other companies whose accounting practices differ from the Swedish e.g., with respect to goodwill.acquisitions. For four of them Electrolux applies an amortization period of 40 years, i.e., for the goodwill arising from the strategically importantmajor strategic acquisitions of Zanussi, White Consolidated Industries, American Yard Products and Email.

F-10


These acquisitions have given Electrolux major market shares in Europe, North America and Australia as well as a leading global position.

     The carrying valuesindustry in which the Group operates is relatively stable, and large market shares are a key success factor as they enable economies of all intangible assetsscale and create barriers to entry by new competitors. Zanussi, White Consolidated and American Yard Products were acquired in the late 1980s, when useful lives of 40 years were in accordance with current international practice. Experience of these acquisitions clearly indicates useful lives of well over 40 years, which supported the decision to assign a useful life of 40 years for the acquisition of Email in 2001. The value of goodwill is continuously monitored, and impairment tests indicate that the assigned useful lives are examined each yearclearly sustainable for these acquisitions. Amortization of goodwill for these four acquisitions in 2003 amounted to determine whether impairment exceedingSEK 105m.

     A useful life of 20 years has been assigned for the annual amortization exists.goodwill arising from the strategic acquisition of Diamant Boart in 2002.

Trademarks

     The right to use the Electrolux brand in North America, acquired in May 2000 is depreciatedamortized over 40 years in the consolidated accounts. The estimatedTo build fewer but stronger brands is one of the Group’s key strategies and this acquisition provides Electrolux with the possibility to use the Electrolux brand worldwide. Although the useful life is regarded as indefinite, it was established at 40 years in 2000 to be consistent with consistent with that used goodwill forthe useful lives of the strategic acquisitions made in North America.

Capitalized development expenses

     Electrolux capitalizes certain development expenses for new products and expenses for developed and/or acquired software provided that the level of certainty of their future economic benefits and useful life is high. Capitalization has been limited to development projects initiated after January 1, 2002.

Tangible fixed assets

     Tangible fixed assets are stated at historical cost less straight-line accumulated depreciation, which is based on the estimated useful life of the asset.

These are:

    
Buildings 10-40 years
Machinery and technical Installationsinstallations 3-15 years
Other equipment 3-10 years

Financial fixed assets

     Financial assets are initially recognized at proceeds paid, net of transaction costs incurred. After initial recognition, short-term investments and derivatives used for hedging these investments are valued at the lowest of cost or market value on a portfolio basis. Long-term investments held to maturity are valued at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

     Shares and participations in major associated companies are accounted for according to the equity method. Other financial

Impairment

     At each balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that any of the company’s fixed assets are reportedimpaired. If any such indication exists, the company estimates the recoverable amount of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized by the amount of which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of an asset’s net selling price and value in use. The value in use of an asset is mostly estimated using the discounted cash-flows method. The discount rates used in 2003

F-12


were in the range of 11 to 36%. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at acquisition value.the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash flows.

Leasing

     The book valuesGroup generally owns its production facilities. The Group rents some warehouse and office premises under leasing agreements and has also leasing contracts for certain office equipment.

     Leases, where a significant portion of all financial fixed assetsthe risks and rewards of ownership are examined each year to determine whether impairment is necessary.

Receivablesretained by the lessor, are classified as operational leases. Most leasing agreements in the Group are operational leases and liabilitiesthe costs recognized directly in foreign currencythe income statement in the corresponding period.

     ReceivablesLeases of land and liabilitiesbuildings, where the Group has substantially all the risk and rewards of ownership are valued at year-end rates.classified as financial leases. Financial receivables and liabilities for which forward contracts have been arrangedleases are reportedcapitalized at the spot rates prevailing on the dateinception of the contracts. The premium is amortized on a current basis and reported as interest.lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased property or the present value of the minimum lease payments.

     Loans and forward contracts intended as hedges for foreign net investmentsAssets under financial leases are reportedrecognized in the Parent Company at the rate prevailing on the date when the loan or contact was established. In the consolidated accounts, these loans and forward contracts are valued at year-end ratesbalance sheet and the exchange rate differencesfuture leasing payments are recognized as a loan. Expenses for the period correspond to depreciation of the Parent Company are charged directly to equity after deduction of taxes.

     With regard to forward contracts intended as hedgesleased asset and interest cost for the cross-border flow of goods and services, accounts receivable and accounts payable are valued at contract rates.loan.

Inventories

     Inventories are valued at the lower of acquisition cost and market value. Acquisition cost is computed according to the first-in, first-out method (FIFO). or weighted average method. Appropriate provisions have been made for obsolescence.

Accounts receivable

     The Group records provisions for bad debts based upon a formula with 50% for receivables past due by 6 months and with 100% for receivables overdue by 12 months. In conjunction with the formula based provision, the Group reviews the bad debt provision each period end to ensure that the provision is appropriate given the perceived risks. In addition, all expected losses are independently reserved.

     When foreign currency contracts intended as hedges for the cross-border flow of goods and services have been arranged, accounts receivable are valued at contract rates.

Cash and cash equivalents

     Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, bank deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments, of which the majority have original maturity of three months or less.

Provisions

     Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

     Provisions for warranty are recognized at the date of sale of the products covered by the warranty and are calculated based on historical data for similar products.

     Restructuring provisions are recognized when the company has adopted a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and the plan has been communicated to those affected by the restructuring.

Pensions

     The methods for calculating and accounting pension costs and pension liabilities differ from country to country. The companies report according to local rules, and the reported figures are included in the consolidated accounts of the Group.

Borrowings

     Borrowings are initially recognized at proceeds received, net of transaction costs incurred. After initial recognition, borrowings are valued at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recorded in the income statement when borrowings are derecognized, as well as through the amortization process.

F-13


     When interest-rate swaps are used for hedging of loans, the interest is accrued and recorded in the income statement as interest expense.

Derivatives

     Derivatives are initially recognized in the balance sheet at cost when a premium is received or paid, otherwise they are kept off-balance.

     Foreign currency and interest-rate derivatives held for trading are valued at the lowest of cost or market value on a portfolio basis.

     In the Parent Company and the regional treasury centers, foreign currency derivatives (internal and external) used for hedging of transaction exposure are valued at the lowest of cost or market value on a portfolio basis. In other group companies, foreign currency derivatives used for hedging of transaction exposure are kept off-balance in accordance with deferral hedge accounting.

     In the Parent Company and the regional treasury centers, foreign commodity derivatives (internal and external) used for hedging of forecasted purchases are valued at the lowest of cost or market value on a portfolio basis. In other group companies commodity derivatives used for hedging of forecasted purchases are kept off-balance in accordance with deferral hedge accounting.

Accounts payable

     When foreign currency contracts intended as hedges for the cross-border flow of goods and services have been arranged, accounts payable are valued at contract rates.

Employee stock options

     For the employee stock options programs, the Group provides for employer contributions expected to be paid when the options are exercised. The provision is periodically revalued.

Cash flow

     The cash flowcash-flow statement has been prepared according to the indirect method.

Use of estimates

     Management of the CompanyGroup has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from thosethese estimates.

F-11F-14


Note 2. Financial Risk Management

Financial risk management

     The Group is exposed to a number of risks relating to financial instruments including, for example, liquid funds, accounts receivables, customer financing receivables, payables, borrowings, and derivative instruments. The risks associated with these instruments are, primarily:

Interest-rate risk on liquid funds and borrowings
Financing risks in relation to the Group’s capital requirements
Foreign-exchange risk on earnings and net investments in foreign subsidiaries
Commodity price risk affecting the expenditure on raw material and components for goods produced.
Credit risk relating to financial and commercial activities

     The Board of Directors of Electrolux has approved a financial policy for the Group to manage and control these risks. Each business sector has specific financial policies approved by each sub-board (hereinafter all policies are referred to as “the Financial Policy”). These risks are to be managed by the use of derivative financial instruments according to the limitations stated in the Financial Policy. The Financial Policy also describes the management of risks relating to pension fund assets.

     The management of financial risks has largely been centralized to Group Treasury in Stockholm. Local financial issues are managed by four regional treasury centers located in Europe, North America, Asia Pacific and Latin America. Measurement of risk in Group Treasury is performed by a separate risk controlling function on a daily basis. Furthermore, there are guidelines in the Group’s policies and procedures for managing operating risk relating to financial instruments by, e.g., segregation of duties and power of attorney.

     Proprietary trading in currency, commodities and interest-bearing instruments is permitted within the framework of the Financial Policy. This trading is primarily aimed at maintaining a high quality of information flow and market knowledge to contribute to the proactive management of the Group’s financial risks.

Interest-Rate Risk on Liquid Funds and Borrowings

     Interest-rate risk refers to the Group’s exposure to the market risk for adverse effects of changes in interest rates on the Group’s income. The main factors determining this risk include the interest-fixing period.

Liquid funds

     Liquid funds consist of short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents. Electrolux goal is that the level of liquid funds corresponds to at least 2.5% of net sales. The Group’s net liquid funds (defined as liquid funds less short-term borrowings) shall exceed zero, with due consideration for fluctuations referring to acquisitions, divestments and seasonal variations. Investment of liquid funds is mainly made in interest-bearing instruments with high liquidity and with issuers with a long-term rating of at least A-defined by Standards & Poor’s or similar as stated in the Financial Policy.

Interest-rate risk in liquid funds

     Group Treasury manages the interest rate risk of the investments in relation to a benchmark position defined as a one-day holding period. Any deviation from the benchmark is limited by a risk mandate. Derivative financial instruments like Futures and Forward-Rate Agreements are used to manage the interest-rate risk. The holding periods of investments are mainly short-term. The major portion of the investments is made with maturities between 0 and 3 months. A downward shift in the yield curves of one-percentage point would reduce the Group’s interest income by approximately SEK 100m. For more information, see Note 18.

Borrowings

     The debt financing of the Group is managed by Group Treasury in order to ensure efficiency and risk control. Debt is primarily taken up at the Parent Company level and transferred to subsidiaries as internal loans or capital injections. In this process various swap instruments are used to convert the funds to the required currency. Short-term financing, to meet seasonal working capital requirements are also undertaken in the local subsidiaries. The Group’s borrowings contain no terms (financial triggers) for premature cancellation based on rating. For more information, see Note 18.

F-15


Interest-rate risk in long-term borrowings

     The Financial Policy states that the goal for the long-term loan portfolio is an average interest-fixing period of one year. Group Treasury can choose to deviate from this policy on the basis of a mandate established by the Board of Directors. However, the maximum fixed-rate period is three years. Derivatives, such as interest-rate swap agreements, are used to manage the interest-rate risk by changing the interest from fixed to floating or vice versa.

     On the basis of 2003 volumes and interest fixing, a one-percentage point shift in interest rates paid would impact the Group’s interest expenses by approximately SEK -25m in 2004. This calculation is based on a parallel shift of all yield curves simultaneously by one-percentage point. Electrolux acknowledges that the calculation is an approximation and does not take into consideration the fact that the interest rates on different maturities might change differently.

Credit ratings

     Electrolux has Investment Grade ratings from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. The long-term ratings from both rating institutions were unchanged during the year. Standard and Poor’s changed the long-term outlook from positive to stable.

RatingsLong-termOutlookShort-termShort-term
debtdebtdebt, Sweden
Moody’sBaa1StableP-2
Standard & Poor’sBBB+StableA-2K-1

Financing Risk

     Financing risk refers to the risk that financing of the Group’s capital requirements and refinancing of existing loans could become more difficult or more costly. This risk can be decreased by ensuring that maturity dates are evenly distributed over time, and that total short-term borrowings do not exceed liquidity levels. The net borrowings (i.e., total interest-bearing liabilities less liquid funds), excluding seasonal variances, shall be long-term according to the Financial Policy. The Group’s goals for long-term debts include an average time to maturity of at least two years, and an evenly spread of maturities. A maximum of 25% of the borrowings are normally allowed to mature in a 12-month period. Exceptions are made when the net borrowing position of the Group is small. For more information, see Note 18.

Foreign Exchange Risk

     Foreign exchange risk refers to the adverse effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on the Group’s income and equity. In order to manage such effects, the Group covers these risks within the framework of the Financial Policy. The Group’s overall currency exposure is managed centrally.

     The major currencies that Electrolux is exposed to are the US dollar, the euro, the Canadian dollar, and the British pound. Other significant exposures are the Norwegian krona, the Australian dollar and various Eastern European currencies.

Transaction exposure from commercial flows

     The Group’s financial policy stipulates the hedging of forecasted sales in foreign currencies, taking into consideration the price fixing periods and the competitive environment. This implies that the various business sectors within Electrolux have varying policies for hedging depending on their commercial circumstances. The Financial Policy permits the operating units to hedge invoiced and forecasted flows from 75% to 100% up to 18 months. Group subsidiaries cover their risks in commercial currency flows mainly through the Group’s four regional treasury centers. Group Treasury thus assumes the currency risks and covers such risks externally by the use of currency derivatives.

     The Group’s geographically widespread production reduces the effects of changes in exchange rates.

     For more information on exposures and hedging, see Note 18.

Translation exposure from consolidation of entities outside Sweden

     Changes in exchange rates also affect the Group’s income in connection with translation of income statements of foreign subsidiaries into Swedish kronor. Electrolux does not hedge such exposure. The

F-16


translation exposures arising from income statements of foreign subsidiaries are included in the sensitivity analysis mentioned below.

Foreign exchange sensitivity from transaction and translation exposure.

     Electrolux is particularly exposed to changes in exchange rates between Swedish kronor and the US dollar, the euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound. For example, a change up or down, by 10% in the value of each of the USD, EUR, CAD, and GBP against the SEK would affect the Group’s income after financial items for one year by approximately SEK +/-400m, as a static calculation. The model assumes the distribution of earnings and costs effective at year-end 2003 and does not include any dynamic effects, such as changes in competitiveness or consumer behavior arising from such changes in exchange rates.

Exposure from Net Investments (Balance Sheet Exposure)

     The net of assets and liabilities in foreign subsidiaries constitutes a net investment in foreign currency, which generates a translation difference in connection with consolidation. In order to limit negative effects on Group equity resulting from translation differences, hedging is implemented on the basis of borrowings and foreign exchange derivative contracts. This implies that the decline in value of a net investment, resulting from a rise in the exchange rate of the Swedish krona, is offset by the exchange gain on the Parent Company’s borrowings and foreign exchange derivative contracts, and vice versa. Hedging of the Group’s net investments is implemented within the Parent Company in Sweden. The Financial Policy stipulates the extent to which the net investments can be hedged and also sets the benchmark for risk measurement. Group Treasury is allowed to deviate from the benchmark under a given risk mandate.

Commodity Price Risks

     Commodity-price risk is the risk that the cost of direct and indirect materials could increase as underlying commodity prices rise in global markets. The Group is exposed to fluctuations in commodity prices through agreements with suppliers, whereby the price is linked to the raw material price on the world market. This exposure can be divided into direct commodity exposure, which refers to pure commodity exposures, and indirect commodity exposures, which is defined as exposure arising from only part of a developed product. The Group hedges only a limited number of materials that are exchange-traded on the world market, through commodity forwards and futures. The hedged materials are copper, aluminum, nickel and zinc. The hedging horizon depends on the business environment and is defined within each business sector.

Credit Risk

Credit risk in financial activities

     Exposure to credit risks arises from the investment of liquid funds, and as counterpart risks related to derivatives. In order to limit exposure to credit risk, a counterpart list has been established which specifies the maximum permissible exposure in relation to each counterpart. The Group strives for arranging master netting agreements (ISDA) with the counterparts for derivative transactions and has established such agreements with the majority of counterparts.

Credit risk in accounts receivable

     Electrolux sells to a substantial number of customers in the form of large retailers, buying groups, independent stores and professional users. Sales are made on the basis of normal delivery and payment terms, if they are not included in one of the Customer Financing operations in the Group. Customer Financing solutions are also arranged outside the Group. The Credit Policy of the Group ensures that management process for customer credits includes customer rating, credit limits, decision levels and management of bad debts. The Board of Directors sets customer credit limits that exceed SEK 300m. There is a concentration of credit exposures on a number of customers in, primarily, USA and Europe. For more information, see Note 17.

Note 3. Segment Information

Business areas

     Electrolux products are classified in three areas, i.e., Consumer Durables, Professional Indoor Products and Professional Outdoor Products. These areas form the basis for the Group’s primary segment information.

     The Consumer Durables business area comprises mainly white goods. It also includes floor-care products as well as garden equipment and light-duty chainsaws. Professional Indoor Products comprise food-service equipment and laundry equipment for professional users. The operation in compressors was divested

F-17


during the year. Professional Outdoor Products comprise mainly high-performance chainsaws and professional lawn and garden equipment, as well as power cutters and diamond tools.

     Within Consumer Durables, the white goods operation is managed regionally while floor-care products and consumer outdoor products are managed globally. In the Group’s external financial reporting, floor-care products and consumer outdoor products are reported together with white goods within the respective geographical regions, since these products are sold in the same markets and to a large extent to the same retailers, and are therefore exposed to similar risks.

     Financial information related to the above business areas is reported below.

Business areas (SEKm)

                         
  Net sales
 Operating income
  2003
 2002
 2001
 2003
 2002
 2001
Europe  47,312   48,250   47,200   3,382   3,265   2,528 
North America  45,063   48,450   46,814   2,866   3,271   1,814 
Rest of the World  12,646   14,820   14,976   2   51   287 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Consumer Durables
  105,021   111,520   108,990   6,250   6,587   4,629 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Professional Indoor Products  8,113   10,887   17,073   556   753   1,070 
Professional Outdoor Products  10,856   10,597   9,452   1,576   1,508   1,313 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Professional Products
  18,969   21,484   26,525   2,132   2,261   2,383 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Other  87   146   288             
Common Groups costs           -744   -683   -590 
Items affecting comparability           -463   -434   -141 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  124,077   133,150   135,803   7,175   7,731   6,281 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Business areas (SEKm)

                                 
  Assets
 Liabilities
 Capital expenditure
 Cash flow (2)
  2003
 2002
 2003
 2002
 2003
 2002
 2003
 2002
Europe  29,678   30,517   22,702   22,958   1,269   1,328   3,170   4,746 
North America  10,999   12,851   274   198   1,089   984   2,803   3,628 
Rest of the World  6,589   6,470   2,128   2,338   470   406   -262   1,023 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Consumer Durables
  47,266   49,838   25,104   25,494   2,828   2,718   5,711   9,397 
Professional Indoor Products  3,818   6,085   2,844   4,455   278   295   23   142 
Professional Outdoor Products  7,126   7,293   2,696   3,417   305   229   771   1,569 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Professional Products
  10,944   13,378   5,540   7,872   583   524   794   1,711 
Other (1)
  4,368   5,323   3,902   4,176   52   93   -796   -1 
Items affecting comparability  882   1,187   2,492   3,963             
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Operating
  63,460   69,726   37,038   41,505   3,463   3,335   5,709   11,107 
Liquid Assets  12,602   14,302                   
Interest-bearing receivables  966   1,396                   
Interest-bearing liabilities        12,502   15,698             
Equity        27,488   28,221             
Financial items                    -169   -186 
Taxes paid                    -1,817   -1,027 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  77,028   85,424   77,028   85,424   3,463   3,335   3,723   9,894 


1)    Includes common Group services such as Holding and Treasury as well as customer financing activities.

2)    Cash flow from operations and investments.

F-18


     The business areas are responsible for the management of the operational assets and their performance is measured at the same level, while the financing is managed by Group Treasury at Group or country level. Consequently, liquid assets, interest-bearing receivables, interest-bearing liabilities and equity are not allocated to the business segments.

     In the internal management reporting, items affecting comparability are not included in the business areas. The table below specifies the business areas to which they correspond.

Items affecting comparability (SEKm)

                 
  Impairment/restructuring
 Capital gain/losses
  2003
 2002
 2003
 2002
Europe     -303       
North America     -396       
Rest of the world     -723       
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Consumer Durables
     -1,422       
Professional Indoor  -293   -922   -85   1,910 
Professional Outdoor            
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total Professional Products
  -293   -922   -85   1,910 
Other        -85    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  -293   -2,344   -170   1,910 

Inter-segment sales exist only within Consumer Durables with the following split (SEKm):

         
  2003
 2002
Europe  1,061   1,049 
North America  551   747 
Rest of the world  40   27 
   
 
   
 
 
Eliminations
  -1,652   -1,823 
   
 
   
 
 

Geographical segments

     The Group’s business segments operate mainly in three geographical areas of the world; Europe, North America, Rest of the world. Sales by market are presented below and show the Group’s consolidated sales by geographical market, regardless of where the goods were produced.

Sales by market (SEKm)

         
  2003
 2002
Europe  59,460   61,632 
North America  49,205   53,391 
Rest of the world  15,412   18,127 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  124,077   133,150 

Assets and capital expenditure by geographical areas (SEKm):

                 
  Assets
 Capital expenditure
  2003
 2002
 2003
 2002
Europe  53,954   58,293   1,820   1,869 
North America  18,597   22,671   1,157   1,042 
Rest of the world  4,477   4,460   486   424 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  77,028   85,424   3,463   3,335 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-19


Note 4. Net Sales and OperatingOperation Income

                         
  Net Sales Operating Income
  
 
  2002 2001 2000 2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
 
 
 
          (SEKm)            
Net sales and Operating income, by business area
                        
Consumer Durables  111,520   108,990   98,488   6,587   4,629   5,779 
Professional Indoor Products  10,887   17,073   17,561   753   1,070   1,577 
Professional Outdoor Products  10,597   9,452   8,039   1,508   1,313   1,153 
Other  146   288   405   -233   -158   -59 
Common Group Cost           -450   -432   -400 
Items affecting comparability           -434   -141   -448 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total
  133,150   135,803   124,493   7,731   6,281   7,602 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net sales and operating income, by geographical area
                        
Europe  61,633   63,455   58,169   4,743   4,401   4,353 
North America  53,026   52,907   52,906   3,511   2,162   3,884 
Rest of the world  18,491   19,441   13,418   -89   -141   -187 
Items affecting comparability           -434   -141   -448 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total
  133,150   135,803   124,493   7,731   6,281   7,602 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
(SEKm)

     Operating income includes net exchangeexchange-rate differences in the amount of SEK –7m (-248m)225m (-7). Net sales in Sweden amounted to SEK 4,473m (4,518m)4,307m (4,473m). Exports from Sweden during the year amounted to SEK 10,547m (9,409m)9,463m (10,547m), of which SEK 8,587m (7,286m) were7,688m (8,587m) was to Group subsidiaries. The Group’s Swedish factories accounted for 6.8% (6.4%7,6% (6.8%) of the total value of production. Costs offor research and development amounted to SEK 1,627m (1,793m)1,322 m (1,627m) and are included in CostsCost of goods sold.

Note 3.5. Other Operating Income (SEKm)

              
   2002 2001 2000
   
 
 
Gain on sale of:            
 Tangible fixed assets  62   119   78 
 Operations and shares  73   31   52 
    
   
   
 
Total
  135   150   130 
    
   
   
 
             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Gain on sale of            
Tangible fixed assets  99   62   119 
Operations and shares  31   73   31 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  130   135   150 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Note 4.6. Other Operating ExpenseExpenses (SEKm)

              
   2002 2001 2000
   
 
 
Loss on sale of:            
 Tangible fixed assets  -43   -8   -60 
 Operations and shares  -23   -28   -62 
 Shares of income in associated companies  24   12   -19 
 Amortization on goodwill  -230   -257   -206 
    
   
   
 
Total
  -272   -281   -347 
    
   
   
 
             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Loss on sale of            
Tangible fixed assets  -24   -43   -8 
Operations and shares  -13   -23   -28 
Shares of income in associated companies  -32   24   12 
Amortization of goodwill  -182   -230   -257 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  -251   -272   -281 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-12


Note 5.7. Items Affecting Comparability (SEKm)

             
  2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Capital gain, Leisure appliances  1,800   3,120    
Other capital gains  110       
Restructuring and impairment  -2,344   -3,261    
Allocation of SPP pension refunds        435 
Capital gain, professional refrigeration        241 
Restructuring, Consumer Durables        -883 
Restructuring, Professional Products        -241 
   
   
   
 
Total
  -434   -141   -448 
   
   
   
 
             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Capital gains, Leisure appliances     1,800   3,120 
Other capital gains     110    
Capital loss, Compressors  -85       
Provision loan guarantees  -293       
Restructuring and impairment  -85   -2,344   -3,261 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  -463   -434   -141 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     In 2002 SEK 1,800m related to theItems affecting comparability in 2003 include a capital gainloss from the divestment of the leisure-appliances product line. Provisionscompressor operation, a provision for restructuring amounted to SEK –2,344 and included SEK –1,338m that referred mainly to major appliances, mainly outside Europe, and compressors and SEK –1,006m that related to write-downspreviously issued loan guarantees for launderette operators in Germany as well as write-down of assets within compressors and other under-performing operations.in the partly owned railcar operator Nordwaggon.

     In 2001 SEK 3,120m related to the capital gain from the divestment of the leisure-appliances product line. Provisions for restructuring amounted to SEK –3,261m and included SEK –1,763m that referred mainly to the components product line and SEK –1,498m to major appliances in Europe.F-20

     The capital gain in 2000 refers to the divestment of the operations in professional refrigeration.


Note 6.8. Leasing

     In 2002 the Group rented 1.3 million square meters in accordance with operational leasing contracts. The Group also has leasing contracts for office equipment, etc. The Group’s leasing costs for 2000, 2001 and 2002 and future payment obligations for 2003 and onward amount to:

                     
Leasing Costs 2000-2002  Future Lease Obligations

  
  Operating Financial     Operating Financial
  Leases Leases     Leases Leases
  
 
     
 
2000  828   53   2003   951   46 
2001  1,032   44   2004-07   2,003   85 
2002  993   47   2008-   763    
               
   
 
          Total  3,717   131 
(SEKm)
         
  Operating leases
 Financial leases
2001  1,032   44 
2002  996   47 
2003  967   49 
2004  844   47 
2005-08  1,589   54 
2009-  629   4 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  3,062   105 
   
 
   
 
 

     The book value of assets under financial leases consists of building and land in the amount of SEK 169m.170m.

Note 7.9. Financial Income and ExpenseExpenses (SEKm)

             
Financial Income 2002 2001 2000
 
 
 
Interest income and similar items  942   972   1,011 
Dividends  5   1   18 
   
   
   
 
Total financial income
  947   973   1,029 
   
   
   
 
Financial expense
            
Interest expense and similar items  -1,182   -2,059   -2,110 
Exchange rate differences on other loans and borrowings, net  49   20   9 
   
   
   
 
Total financial expense
  -1,133   -2,039   -2,101 
   
   
   
 
             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Financial income
            
Interest income and similar items  794   942   972 
Dividends     5   1 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total financial income
  794   947   973 
Financial expenses
            
Interest expense and similar items  -949   -1,182   -2,059 
Exchange-rate differences on other loans and borrowings, net  -14   49   20 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total financial expenses
  -963   -1,133   -2,039 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     Interest income includes income from the Group’s Customer Financing operations in the amount of SEK 123m (212m). Premiums on forward contracts intended as hedges for foreign net investments have been amortized as interest in the amount of SEK -114m (-54m)-43m (114m). In the consolidated accounts, exchange rate differences

Note 10. Taxes (SEKm)

             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Current taxes  -1,945   -1,772   -1,160 
Deferred taxes  -270   -676   -305 
Group share of taxes in associated companies  -11   -11   -12 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  -2,226   -2,459   -1,477 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     Current taxes include additional costs of SEK 174m related to previous years. Deferred taxes include a positive effect of SEK 156m due to changes in the Parent Company on loans and forward contracts, intended as hedges for foreign net investments, have been charged to equity after deduction of taxes. The net change in equity was SEK 889m (-592m).tax rates.

             
Theoretical and actual tax rates, % 2003
 2002
 2001
Theoretical tax rate  35.6   37.2   38.0 
Losses for which deductions have not been made  3.0   4.6   5.8 
Non-taxable income statement items, net  4.1   -8.7   -10.0 
Timing differences  -5.8   -3.2   5.8 
Utilized tax-loss carry forwards  -2.8   -0.8   -12.2 
Dividend tax  0.2   0.4   0.6 
Other  -2.5   3.1   0.3 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Actual tax rate
  31.8   32.6   28.3 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-13F-21


Note 8. Taxes (SEKm)

             
  2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Current taxes  -1,772   -1,160   -1,860 
Deferred taxes  -676   -305   -249 
Group share of taxes in associated companies  -11   -12   -12 
   
   
   
 
Total
  -2,459   -1,477   -2,121 
   
   
   
 

     Total current tax on the net gain when the remaining part of the Leisure appliances product line was sold amounted to SEK 151m. Acquired and sold units have added a net SEK 227m of deferred tax assets, reduced deferred tax assets, reduced deferred tax with a net SEK 97m and reduced tax receivables with a net SEK 4m and tax payables with a net SEK 40m.

     As of December 31, 2002 the Group had a tax loss carried forward and other deductible, temporary differences of SEK 3,535m (3,765m), which have not been included in computation of deferred tax assets.

                             
          Group            
  Assets Liabilities Net
  
 
 
  2002 2001 2002 2001 2002     2001
  
 
 
 
 
     
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
                            
Tangible fixed assets  358   62   1,559   1,813   -1,201       -1,751 
Inventories  197   143   495   646   -298       -503 
Receivables  126   80   19   26   107       54 
Operating liabilities  739   781         739       781 
Provisions for pensions and similar commitments  470   130         470       130 
Other provisions  1,312   1,420   282   379   1,030       1,041 
Other items  9   182   352   17   -343       165 
Tax value of loss carry-forwards  489   1,013         489       1,013 
   
   
   
   
   
       
 
Tax assets/liabilities  3,700   3,811   2,707   2,881   993       930 
 
Set off tax  -709   -1,033   -709   -1,033           
   
   
   
   
   
       
 
Net tax assets/liabilities
  2,991   2,778   1,998   1,848   993       930 
             
  2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Theoretical and actual tax rates (%)
            
Theoretical tax rate  37.2   38.0   38.2 
Losses for which deductions have not been made  4.6   5.8   3.5 
Increase in valuation allowance for prior year foreign net operating loss     9.3    
Non-taxable income statement items, net  -8.7   -10.0   -2.1 
Timing differences  -3.2   5.8   -3.0 
Utilized tax-loss carry-forwards  -0.8   -12.2   -3.3 
Deferred tax assets not previously recognized     -9.3    
Dividend tax  0.4   0.6    
Other  3.1   0.3   -0.8 
   
   
   
 
Actual tax rate
  32.6   28.3   32.5 

     The theoretical tax rate for the Group is calculated on the basis of the weighted total Group nearnet sales per country, multiplied by the local statutory tax rates. In addition, the theoretical tax rate is adjusted for the effect of non-deductible amortization of goodwill.

F-14Changes in deferred taxes (SEKm)

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities December 31, 2002993
Deferred taxes in acquired/divested operations43
Deferred taxes recognized in equity6
Deferred taxes recognized in the income statement-270
Exchange-rate differences-130
Other16

Net deferred tax asset and liabilities December 31, 2003
658

     As of December 31, 2003, the Group had tax loss carry-forwards and other deductible temporary differences of SEK 1,741m (3,535m), which have not been included in computation of deferred tax assets.

     Of those tax loss carry-forwards SEK 115m expire in 2004, SEK 165m between 2005 and 2007 and SEK 1,461m 2008 or later.

                                     
  Assets
 Liabilities
 Net
Deferred tax assets and liabilities 2003
 2002
 2001
 2003
 2002
 2001
 2003
 2002
 2001
Fixed assets1)
  412   358   62   1,631   1,559   1,813   -1,219   -1,201   -1,751 
Inventories  288   197   143   537   495   646   -249   -298   -503 
Current receivables  168   126   80   130   19   26   38   107   54 
Liquid funds           51         -51       
Provisions for pensions and similar commitments      1,439   1,063   130   414      1,025   1,063   130 
Other provisions  562   719   1,420   367   282   379   195   437   1,041 
Financial and operating liabilities  708   739   781   68         640   739   781 
Other items     9   182   107   352   17   -107   -343   165 
Recognized unused tax losses  386   489   1,013            386   489   1,013 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Tax assets and liabilities  3,963   3,700   3,811   3,305   2,707   2,881   658   993   930 
Set-off of tax  -2,049   -709   -1,033   -2,049   -709   -1,033          
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities
  1,914   2,991   2,778   1,256   1,998   1,848   658   993   930 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1)Of which a net of SEK 39m refers to shares and participations.

Note 11. Minority Interests (SEKm)

             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Minority interests in
            
Income after financial items  -9   2   133 
Taxes  7   7   -1 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income
  -2   9   132 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-22


Note 9. Minority Interest (SEKm)

             
  2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Minority Interest in:            
Income after financial items  2   133   43 
Taxes  7   -1   5 
   
   
   
 
Net income
  9   132   48 
   
   
   
 

Note 10.12. Net Income Per Share

             
  2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Net income, SEKm  5,095   3,870   4,457 
Number of shares 1)
  327,093,373   340,064,997   359,083,955 
Net income per share, basic and diluted SEK  15.60   11.35   12.40 
             
  2003
 2002
 2001
Net income, SEKm  4,778   5,095   3,870 
Number of shares1), basic and diluted  313,270,489   327,093,373   340,064,997 
Net income per share, basic and diluted, SEK  15.25   15.60   11.35 


1) Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year, after repurchase of own sharesshares.

Note 11.13. Intangible Assets

                     
      Product            
  Goodwill development Software Other Total
  
 
 
 
 
  (SEKm)
Acquisition costs
                    
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2000
  6,145         783   6,928 
Acquired during the year  1,461         6   1,467 
Sold during the year              -141   -141 
Fully amortized  -344            -344 
Exchange-rate differences  524         21   545 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  7,645         810   8,455 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Acquired during the year  638         80   718 
Development     176   19      195 
Fully amortized  -727            -727 
Sold during the year  -159            -159 
Exchange-rate differences  -918         -132   -1,050 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  6,479   176   19   758   7,432 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Accumulated depreciation
according to plan
                    
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2000
  2,710         225   2,935 
Depreciation for the year  257         20   277 
Sold during the year  -129            -129 
Fully amortized  -344            -344 
Impairment  311            311 
Exchange-rate differences  232         14   246 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  3,037         259   3,296 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Depreciation for the year  230         31   268 
Sold and acquired during the year  -35   5   2   4   -31 
Fully amortized  -727            -727 
Impairment  195         1   196 
Exchange-rate differences  -389         -109   -498 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  2,311   5   2   186   2,504 
   
   
   
   
   
 
                   
Net book value Dec. 31, 2001
  4,608         551   5,159 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2002
  4,168   171   17   572   4,928 
   
   
   
   
   
 
                     
  Goodwill
 Product
development

 Software
 Other
 Total
  (SEKm)
Acquisition costs
                    
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  7,645         810   8,455 
Acquired during the year  638         80   718 
Development     176   19      195 
Fully amortized  -727            -727 
Sold during the year  -159            -159 
Exchange-rate differences  -918         -132   -1,050 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  6,479   176   19   758   7,432 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Acquired during the year  -25         14   -11 
Development     344   126      470 
Reclassification1)  -108         186   78 
Sold during the year  -32         -22   -54 
Fully amortized  -647         -13   -660 
Exchange-rate differences  -637   -5   -1   -22   -665 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2003
  5,030   515   144   901   6,590 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Accumulated amortization according to plan
                    
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  3,037         259   3,296 
Amortization for the year  230   5   2   31   268 
Sold and acquired during the year  -35         4   -31 
Fully amortized  -727            -727 
Impairment  195         1   196 
Exchange-rate differences  -389         -109   -498 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  2,311   5   2   186   2,504 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Amortization for the year  182   38   5   57   282 
Sold and acquired during the year  -32         -1   -33 
Fully amortized  -647         -13   -660 
Impairment               
Exchange-rate differences  -284         -1   -285 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2003
  1,530   43   7   228   1,808 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2002
  4,168   171   17   572   4,928 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2003
  3,500   472   137   673   4,782 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-15


1)Final purchase price allocation of Diamant Boart International

F-23


     As described in Note 1, goodwill from four major acquisitions is amortized over 40 years. The goodwill amortization for these amounted to SEK 105m in 2003.

     In 2002, goodwill in low-performing operations within Consumer Durables, Rest of the world, and within the compressor operations was impaired. Discount rates of 13-35% were used when calculating value in use.

Note 12.14. Tangible Fixed Assets

                     
      Machinery and     Construction in    
  Buildings technical Other progress and    
  and land installations equipment advances Total
  
 
 
 
 
          (SEKm)        
Acquisition costs
                    
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2000
  11,931   36,401   4,018   2,928   55,278 
Acquired during the year  186   1,413   405   2,191   4,195 
Corporate acquisitions  313   1,086   106   40   1,545 
Corporate divestments  -249   -935   -91   -10   -1,285 
Transfer of work in progress and advances  204   1897   -58   -2,043   0 
Sales, scrapping, etc.  -402   -2,604   -1,107   -59   -4,172 
Exchange rate differences  885   2,779   259   323   4,246 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance, Dec. 31, 2001
  12,868   40,037   3,532   3,370   59,807 
Acquired during the year  118   1,227   263   1,727   3,335 
Corporate acquisitions  531   232   161   5   929 
Corporate divestments  -334   -3,017   -482   -60   -3,893 
Transfer of work in progress and advances  228   3,147   -49   -3,326   0 
Sales, scrapping, etc.  -634   -1,834   -389   -21   -2,878 
Exchange rate differences  -1,197   -3,844   -184   -617   -5,842 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  11,580   35,948   2,852   1,078   51,458 
 
Accumulated depreciation according to plan
                    
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2000
  4,675   25,806   2,409      32,890 
Depreciation for the year  389   3,116   495      4,000 
Corporate acquisitions  11   617   48      676 
Corporate divestments  -106   -718   -73      -897 
Sales, scrapping, etc.  -138   -2,197   -725      -3,060 
Impairment  227   864         1,091 
Exchange differences  375   2,042   164      2,581 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  5,433   29,530   2,318      37,281 
Depreciation for the year  391   2,894   301      3,586 
Corporate acquisitions  220   143   119      482 
Corporate divestments  -137   -2,429   -359      -2,925 
Sales, scrapping, etc.  -329   -1,725   -389      -2,444 
Impairment  323   672   36      1,032 
Exchange rate differences  -525   -3,108   -109      -3,742 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  5,376   25,977   1,917      33,270 
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2001
  7,435   10,507   1,214   3,370   22,526 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2002
  6,204   9,971   935   1,078   18,188 
                         
  Land and     Machinery and     Construction  
  land     technical Other in progress and  
  improvements
 Buildings
 installations
 equipment
 advances
 Total
Acquisition costs (SEKm)
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  1,738   11,130   40,037   3,532   3,370   59,807 
Acquired during the year  5   113   1,227   263   1,727   3,335 
Corporate acquisitions  53   478   232   161   5   929 
Corporate divestments  2   -336   -3,017   -482   -60   -3,893 
Transfer of work in progress and advances  5   223   3,147   -49   -3,326    
Sales, scrapping, etc  -142   -492   -1,834   -389   -21   -2,878 
Exchange-rate differences  -129   -1,068   -3,844   -184   -617   -5,842 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  1,532   10,048   35,948   2,852   1,078   51,458 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Acquired during the year  8   225   832   258   2,140   3,463 
Corporate acquisitions                  
Corporate divestments  -68   -749   -4,058   -290   -38   -5,203 
Transfer of work in progress and advances  15   218   1,555   -1   -1,787    
Sales, scrapping, etc  -62   -355   -2,301   -297      -3,015 
Exchange-rate differences  -56   -750   -2,780   -129   -188   -3,903 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2003
  1,369   8,637   29,196   2,393   1,205   42,800 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Accumulated depreciation according to plan
                        
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  167   5,266   29,530   2,318      37,281 
Depreciation for the year  17   374   2,894   301      3,586 
Corporate acquisitions  0   220   143   119      482 
Corporate divestments  10   -147   -2,429   -359      -2,925 
Sales, scrapping, etc  -21   -308   -1,725   -389      -2,444 
Impairment  47   276   672   36      1,032 
Exchange-rate differences  -15   -510   -3,108   -109      -3,742 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  205   5,171   25,977   1,917      33,270 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Depreciation for the year  11   387   2,423   249      3,070 
Corporate divestments  -36   -454   -3,252   -124      -3,866 
Sales, scrapping, etc  -12   -226   -2,240   -252      -2,730 
Impairment          12   1      13 
Exchange-rate differences  -15   -413   -2,086   -81      -2,595 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2003
  153   4,465   20,834   1,710       27,162 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
��
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2002
  1,327   4,877   9,971   935   1,078   18,188 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net book value Dec. 31, 2003
  1,216   4,172   8,362   683   1,205   15,638 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     TaxF-24


     In 2002, tangible fixed assets in low-performing operations within Consumer Durables, Europe and Rest of the world and within the compressor operations were impaired. Discount rates of 11-22% were used when calculating value in use. The book values for land were SEK 1,160m (1,238m). The tax assessment value for Swedish Group companies was for buildings SEK 332m (330m)328m (332m), and land SEK 66m (72m)74 m (66m).

     The corresponding book values for buildings were SEK 181m (166)m,186m (181m), and land SEK 22m (20m)21m (22m). Accumulated write-ups on buildings and land were at year-end SEK 147m (159m)134m (147m).

F-16


Note 13.15. Financial Fixed Assets

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Participations in associated companies  167   190 
Participations in other companies  80   85 
Long-term holdings in securities  262   291 
Other receivables  1,082   1,322 
   
   
 
Total
  1,591   1,888 
   
   
 
         
  2003 2002
  (SEKm)
Participations in associated companies  185   167 
Participations in other companies  55   80 
Shares in subsidiaries      
Long-term receivables in subsidiaries.      
Long-term holdings in securities  149   262 
Other receivables  887   1,082 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  1,276   1,591 
   
 
   
 
 

     A specification of shares and participations is givenprovided in Note 25.28.

Note 14.16. Inventories

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Raw materials  4,017   4,585 
Products in progress  778   898 
Finished products  11,153   11,876 
Advances to suppliers  71   93 
Advances from customers  -405   -451 
   
   
 
Total
  15,614   17,001 
   
   
 
         
  2003 2002
  (SEKm)
Raw materials  3,111   4,017 
Products in progress  598   778 
Finished products  11,313   11,153 
Advances to suppliers  37   71 
Advances from customers  -114   -405 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  14,945   15,614 
   
 
   
 
 

Note 15. Assets Pledged For Liabilities To Credit institutions

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Real-estate mortgages  1,090   1,384 
Corporate mortgages  9   28 
Receivables  124   285 
Inventories  238   450 
Other  447   263 
   
   
 
Total
  1,908   2,410 
   
   
 
17. Accounts Receivable

F-17     At year-end 2003, accounts receivable, net of provisions for doubtful accounts, amounted to SEK 21,172m (22,484m), representing the maximum possible exposure to customer defaults. The book value of accounts receivable is considered to represent fair value. The total provision for bad debts at year-end was SEK 1,012m (1,459m). Electrolux has a significant concentration on a number of major customers primarily in the US and Europe. Accounts receivable attributable to customers amounting to SEK 300m or more represent 31% of the total accounts receivable.

F-25


Note 18. Financial Instruments

     Financial instrument is defined in accordance with the Swedish Financial Accounting Standard Council’s standard RR27, which is based on IAS 32. Additional and complementary information is presented in the following Notes to the annual report: Note 16.1 “Accounting and valuation principles” discloses the accounting and valuation policies adopted and Note 2 “Financial risk management” describes the Group’s risk policies in general and regarding the principal financial instruments of Electrolux in more detail. Note 17 describes the accounts receivables and related credit risks. The information in this note highlights and describes the principal interest-bearing financial instruments of the Group regarding specific major terms and conditions when applicable, and the exposure to interest rate risk and the fair values at year-end.

Liquid funds

     Liquid funds consist of short-term investments (less than one year) and cash equivalents. The table below presents the key data of liquid funds. The book value of liquid funds is approximately equal to fair value.

         
Liquidity profile 2003 2002
  (SEKm)
Investments with maturities over three months  3,783   7,602 
Investments with maturities up to three months  8,207   6,698 
Fair value derivative assets included in short-term investments  612    
   
 
   
 
 
Liquid funds
  12,602   14,300 
% of annualized net sales  11.3   11.8 
Net liquidity 1)
  8,593   12,682 
Fixed-interest term, days  64   48 
Effective yield, % (average per annum)  4.4   4.4 
   
 
   
 
 


1)The net liquidity calculation in 2003 includes long-term borrowings with maturities within 12 months.

     For 2003, liquid funds amounted to 11.3% (11.8%) of annualized net sales, thereby exceeding the Group’s minimum criterion, primarily due to positive operating cash flow and divestments of operations in recent years.

Interest-bearing liabilities

     At year-end 2003, the Group’s total interest-bearing liabilities, including interest-bearing pension liabilities, amounted to SEK 12,501m (15,698m), of which SEK 8,173m (13,759m) referred to long-term loans. As of December 31, 2003, long-term loans with maturities within 12 months, SEK 2,414m, are reported as short-term loans in the Group’s balance sheet. A significant portion of the total of outstanding long-term borrowings has been made under Electrolux global medium term note program. This program allows for borrowings of up to EUR 2,000m. As of December 31, 2003, Electrolux utilized approximately EUR 630m (680m) of the capacity of the program.

     The majority of total long-term borrowings, SEK 7,331m, are taken up in Sweden at the parent company level. Given the strong liquidity, Electrolux does not currently maintain any committed credit facilities for short-term borrowings, other than as back-up facility for the European commercial paper program, which amounts to EUR 150m. Electrolux expects to meet any future requirements for short-term borrowings through bilateral bank facilities and capital market programs such as commercial paper programs.

     At year-end 2003, the average interest-fixing period for long-term borrowings was 1.1 years (0.9). The calculation of the average interest-fixing period includes the effect of interest-rate derivatives used to manage the interest-rate risk of the debt portfolio. The interest-rate at year-end for the total borrowings was 4.9% (4.2%).

     The fair value of the interest-bearing loans including swap transactions used to manage the interest fixing was approximately SEK 12,650m. The loans and the interest-rate swaps are valued marked-to-market in order to calculate the fair value.

F-26


     The following table sets out the carrying amount of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities that are exposed to fixed and floating interest-rate risk.

Interest-bearing liabilities

             
        Nominal Total book value 31
        value (in Dec.
Issue/maturity dates Description of loan Interest rate Currency Currency) 2003 2002
Bond Loans
            
Fixed rate1)
            
2000-2005 Global MTN Program 6,1250 EUR 300 2712 2735
2000-2008 Global MTN Program 6,0000 EUR 268 2416 2437
1996-2004 Bond Loan FRF 1,000m2) 6,5000 FRF 690  959
2000-2008 Global MTN Program 6,0000 EUR 32 290 293
1998-2008 Global MTN Program 6,5000 NOK 400  503
2001-2005 SEK MTN Program 5,3000 SEK 200 200 200
2001-2004 SEK MTN Program2) 3,3820 SEK 170  170
2001-2008 SEK MTN Program 4,2303 SEK 85 85 85
1996-2003 SEK MTN Program 8,7000 SEK   100
Floating Rate
            
1998-2005 Global MTN Program Floating USD 25 181 220
  Industrial Development Revenue          
1997-2027 Bonds Floating USD 10 73 88
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total bond loans
      5,957 7,790
Other long-term loans
            
  Fixed Rate Loans    1,901 1,642
  Floating Rate Loans2)    315 4,327
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other long-term loans
      2,216 5,969
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total long-term loans
      8,173 13,759
Short-term loans
            
Short-term part of Long-term Loans
            
2001-2004 SEK MTN Program2) 3,3820 SEK 170 170 
1996-2004 Bond Loan FRF 1,000m2) 6,5000 FRF 690 952 
  Other long-term loans2)    1,292 
Other short-term loans
            
  Bank borrowings & commercial          
  papers.    1,316 1,618
  Fair value of derivative          
  liabilities    279 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total short-term loans
      4,009 1,618
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing pensions
         319 321
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
      12,501 15,698
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1)The interest-rate fixing profile of the loans above has been adjusted from fixed to floating with interest-rate swaps.
2)Long-term loans in the table above with maturities within 12 months are classified as short-term loans in the Group’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.

F-27


     The average maturity of the Group’s long-term borrowings (including long-term loans with maturities within 12 months) was 2.7 years (3.3) at the end 2003. As a result of the Group’s positive cash flow, no additional long-term funding was undertaken in 2003, apart from SEK 100m to fund the operations in Brazil. A net total of SEK 1,490m in loans matured or were amortized. Short-term loans pertain primarily to countries with capital restrictions. The table below presents the repayment schedule of long-term borrowings.

Repayment schedule of long-term borrowings, as at 31 December, (SEKm)

                                 
  2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010- Total
Debenture and bond loans     3,093         2,791      73   5,957 
Bank and other loans     964   416   29   21      786   2,216 
Short-term part of long-term loans  2,414                     2,414 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  2,414   4,057   416   29   2,812      859   10,587 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Other interest-bearing investments

     Interest-bearing receivables from customer financing amounting to SEK 874m (971m) are included in the item Other receivables in the Group’s balance sheet. The Group’s customer financing activities are performed in order to provide sales support and are directed mainly to independent retailers in the US and in Scandinavia. The majority of the financing is shorter than 12 months. There is no major concentration of credit risk related to customer financing. Collaterals and the right to repossess the inventory also reduce the credit risk in the financing operations. The income from customer financing is subject to interest-rate risk. This risk is immaterial to the Group.

Commercial Flows

     The table below shows the forecasted transaction flows (imports and exports) for the 12-month period of 2004 and hedges at year-end 2003. The hedged amounts during 2004 are dependent on the hedging policy for each flow considering the existing risk exposure. Gross hedging of flows up to 18 months, not shown in the table, amounts to SEK 434m and this hedging refers mainly to USD/SEK and EUR/SEK.

                                                 
  GBP CAD NOK CZK AUD CHF HUF EUR USD SEK Other Total
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Inflow of currency (long position)  3,450   2,560   1,150   730   920   790   450   5,620   2,190   1,520   3,810   23,190 
Outflow of currency (short position)  -340   -390         -190   -100   -1,590   -8,520   -5,430   -5,370   -1,260   -23,190 
Gross transaction Flow  3,110   2,170   1,150   730   730   690   -1,140   -2,900   -3,240   -3,850   2,550    
Hedge  -1,020   -760   -120   -130   -290   -170   640   -900   1,200   2,020   -470    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net transaction flow
  2,090   1,410   1,030   600   440   520   -500   -3,800   -2,040   -1,830   2,080    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     The effect of hedging on operating income during 2003 amounted to SEK 69m (112m). At year-end, unrealized exchange-rate gains on forward contracts amounted to SEK 47m (150m), where SEK 35m will mature in 2004 and SEK 12m will mature in 2005

Derivative financial instruments

     The tables below present the fair value and nominal amounts of the Group’s derivative financial instruments for managing of financial risks and proprietary trading. The fair value of financial instruments used for proprietary trading at the end of 2003 was SEK 6m (5m).

F-28


                         
Fair value     2003         2002  
  Positive Negative     Positive Negative  
  MV MV Net MV MV MV Net MV
Interest-rate swaps  364   -145   219   424   -220   204 
Cross currency interest-rate swaps  15   -16   -1   68   -58   10 
Forward-rate agreements & futures.  10   -10   0   3   -4   -1 
Foreign exchange derivatives (Forwards & Options)  759   -319   440   889   -194   695 
Commodity derivatives  9   -4   5   8   -10   -2 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  1,157   -494   663   1,392   -486   906 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     Valuation of derivative financial instruments at market value (MV), presented in the table above, is done at the most accurate market prices available. This means that instruments, which are quoted on the market, such as for instance the major bond and interest-rate future markets, are all marked-to-market with the current price. The foreign-exchange spot rate is then used to convert the market value into Swedish kronor, before it is discounted back to the valuation date. For instruments where no reliable price is available on the market, cash flows are discounted using the deposit/swap curve of the cash flow currency. In the event that no proper cash flow schedule is available, for instance as in the case with forward rate agreements, the underlying schedule is used for valuation purposes. To the extent option instruments are used, the valuation is based on the Black-Scholes formula.

Nominal Amounts

         
  2003 2002
Interest-rate swaps        
Maturity shorter than 1 year  8,219   934 
Maturity 2-5 years  9,188   7,837 
Maturity 6-10 years     2,472 
   
 
   
 
 
Total interest-swaps
  17,407   11,243 
   
 
   
 
 
Cross currency interest-rate swaps  245   1,150 
Forward rate agreements  35,625   23,974 
Foreign Exchange derivatives (Forwards & Options)  12,603   21,958 
Commodity derivatives  21   165 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  65,901   58,489 
   
 
   
 
 

Note 19. Assets Pledged for Liabilities to Credit Institutions

         
  2003 2002
  (SEKm)
Real-estate mortgages  418   1,090 
Corporate mortgages     9 
Receivables     124 
Inventories     238 
Other  5   447 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  423   1,908 
   
 
   
 
 

     The sharp reduction of pledged assets in 2003 is mainly due to that the company in India has ceased pledging assets, the divestment of the compressor unit in China and renegotiations of bank loans in Germany.

F-29


Note 20. Equity

                     
  Share Restricted Retained Net    
  capital reserves earnings income Total
  
 
 
 
 
          (SEKm)        
Closing balance, Dec. 31, 1999
  1,831   11,036   8,739   4,175   25,781 
Transfer of retained earnings        4,175   -4,175    
Dividend payment        -1,282      -1,282 
Repurchase of shares        -3,193      -3,193 
Translation differences        561      561 
Transfer between restricted and unrestricted equity     814   -814       
Net income           4,457   4,457 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2000
  1,831   11,850   8,186   4,457   26,324 
Transfer of retained earnings        4,457   -4,457    
Dividend payment        -1,365      -1,365 
Repurchase of shares        -1,752      -1,752 
Dividends to minority shareholders        -28      -28 
Translation differences        1,815      1,815 
Transfers between restricted and unrestricted equity     1,588   -1,588       
Net income           3,870   3,870 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
  1,831   13,438   9,725   3,870   28,864 
Transfer of retained earnings        3,870   -3,870    
Cancellation of shares  -137   137          
Dividend payment        -1,483      -1,483 
Repurchase of shares        -1,703      -1,703 
Dividends to minority shareholders        -23      -23 
Minimum liability, U.S. pensions        -1,335      -1,335 
Translation differences        -1,786      -1,786 
Transfers between restricted and unrestricted equity     712   -712       
Net income           5,095   5,095 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  1,694   14,287   6,553   5,095   27,629 

     Unrestricted consolidated earnings amountedamount to SEK 11,648m.14,130m. No allocation to restricted reserves is required. The accumulated translation differences charged to equity since January 1, 1998, amount to SEK –324m (1,462m)-1,583m (-324m). Translation differences in 2002 amounted2003 amount to SEK -1,786m-1,259m and have been reduced by SEK 889m376m, net of taxes, through equity hedging. The equity method reserve amounted to SEK 62m(-124m).

     Retained earnings is the sum of the free reserves of the Parent Company and that portion of each subsidiary’s equity that could be paid as dividend without requiring the Parent Company to write down the book value of the subsidiary. The remaining portion of equity is recognized as restricted reserves.

Note 17.21. Share Capital and Number of Shares

     On December 31, 2002 the share capital comprised the following:

     
  Value at par (SEKm)

On December 31, 2003, the share capital comprised
    
10,000,000 A-shares, par value SEK 5  50 
328,712,580314,100,000 B-shares, par value SEK 5  1,6441,571 
   
 
Total
  1,6941,621 
   
 

     A-shares carry one vote and B-shares one-tenth of a vote.

             
  Owned by Owned by  
Number of shares the company shareholders Total
Shares at Dec 31, 2002
            
A-shares     10,000,000   10,000,000 
B-shares  20,394,052   308,318,528   328,712,580 
Repurchased shares
            
A-shares         
B-shares  11,331,828   -11,331,828    
Cancelled shares
            
A-shares         
B-shares  -14,612,580       -14,612,580 
Sold shares
         
A-shares         
B-shares  -113.300   113,300    
Shares at Dec 31, 2003
            
A-shares     10,000,000   10,000,000 
B-shares  17,000,000   297,100,000   314,100,000 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     As of December 31, 20022003, Electrolux had repurchased 20,394,05217,000,000 B-shares, with a total par value of SEK 102m.85m.

     The average number of shares outstanding during the year has been 327,093,373 (340,064,997)313,270,489 (327,093,373).

F-18F-30


Note 18.22. Provisions for Pensions and Similar Commitments (SEKm)

         
  2002 2001
  
 
Interest-bearing pensions  321   269 
Other pensions  2,801   744 
Other commitments  2,896   3,082 
   
   
 
Total
  6,018   4,095 
   
   
 
             
  2003 2002 2001
Interest-bearing pensions  319   321   269 
Other pensions  2,757   2,801   744 
Other commitments  2,602   2,896   3,082 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  5,678   6,018   4,095 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Pension liabilities

     The Group sponsors pension plans in many of the countries wherein which it has significant activities. Pension plans can be defined contribution or defined benefit plans or a combination of both, and follow, in general, the local practices.

     The Group’s major defined benefit plans cover employees in the United States,US, UK, Switzerland, Germany and Sweden. The German plan is unfunded and the plans in the United States,US, UK, Switzerland and Sweden are funded.

     The methods for calculating and accounting for pension costs and pension liabilities differ from country to country. The companies report according to local rules, and the reported figures are included in the consolidated accounts of the Group.

     In case of underfunding, U.S.US rules require the companies to record an additional minimum liability. Following these rules, the Group has bookedrecorded in 2002 an additional pre-tax pension liability of USD 245m, equivalent to SEK 2,154m, at year-end exchange rate and which, after deduction of deferred taxes, resulted in a charge to equity of SEK 1,335m. In 2003, the additional minimum liability has increased to a pre-tax pension liability of USD 272m, equivalent to SEK 1,976m at year-end exchange rate. After deduction of deferred taxes and adjustment for changes in exchange rates, the increase has resulted in a charge to equity of SEK 1,335m.123m. The adjustment will be reversed when the underfunding situation ends.

     All pension assets are managed by external investment companies and the portfolios comprise both shares and interest-bearing securities.

Other commitments

     In addition to providing pension benefits, the Group provides other post retirement benefits, primarily health care benefits, for some of its employees in certain countries (e.g. United States)(US).

     In some countries and following local regulations, requirethe companies to make provisions for obligatory severance payments. These provisions cover the Group’s commitment to pay employees a lump sum upon reaching retirement age, or upon the employees’ dismissal or resignation.

Swedish pension foundations

     The pension liabilities of the Group’s Swedish defined benefit pension plans arewere funded through two pension foundations established in 1998. The two foundations were merged on October 1, 2003. The market value of the assets of the foundationsfoundation amounted to SEK 766m and SEK 264m,1,253m, while the pension commitments amounted to SEK 817m and SEK 349m respectively1.271m as per December 31, 2002. The net deficit2003. In the Swedish companies a total of SEK 136m105m is recorded as liabilities to the pension foundations.foundation.

F-19F-31


Note 19.23. Other Provisions

                         
  Provisions                
  For Restructuring                
  
 Warranty Pension        
  Acquisition Other Commitments Litigation Other Total
  
 
 
 
 
 
  (SEKm)
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2000
     1,020   1,072   2,135   2,380   6,607 
Provisions made     1,276   766      1,092   3,134 
Provisions assed     -545   -636   -1,158   -890   -3,229 
Unused amounts reversed        -26   -104   -105   -235 
Exchange rate differences     20   47   211   -62   216 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
     1,771   1,223   1,084   2,415   6,493 
Provision made  166   886   723      810   2,585 
Provisions used  -13   -751   -390   -880   -656   -2690 
Unused reversed        -45   -75   -70   -190 
Exchange rate differences  1   -113   -93   -129   -282   -616 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  154   1,793   1,418      2,217   5,582 

Note 20. Interest-Bearing Liabilities

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Short-term loans  1,618   5,256 
Long-term loans  13,759   17,658 
Interest-bearing pensions  321   269 
   
   
 
Total
  15,698   23,183 
   
   
 
         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Long-term borrowings including swap-transactions, by currency:
        
USD  4,199   6,449 
EUR  8,559   10,080 
Other currencies  1,001   1,129 
   
   
 
Total
  13,759   17,658 
   
   
 
     
  SEKm
  
Long-term borrowings mature as follows:
    
2003  908 
2004  3,497 
2005  4,724 
2006  592 
2007  75 
2008  3,147 
2009 and thereafter  816 
   
 
Total
  13,759 
   
 
(SEKm)
                         
  Provisions for        
  restructuring Warranty Pension    
  Acquisitions Other commitments litigation Other Total
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2001
     1,771   1,223   1,084   2,415   6,493 
Provisions made  166   886   723      810   2,585 
Provisions used  -13   -751   -390   -880   -656   -2,690 
Unused amounts reversed        -45   -75   -70   -190 
Exchange-rate differences  1   -113   -93   -129   -282   -616 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2002
  154   1,793   1,418      2,217   5,582 
Provisions made        1,271      1,094   5,152 
Provisions used  -136   -1,280   -957      -684   -5,844 
Unused amounts reversed        -83      -45   -128 
Exchange-rate differences  -1   -62   -87      -185   -335 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Closing balance Dec. 31, 2003
  17   451   1,562      2,397   4,427 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     At year-end 2002Provisions for restructuring represent the Group had unutilized, uncommitted credit facilitiesexpected costs to be incurred in the amountcoming years as a consequence of SEK 31,750m (23,756m).the Group’s decision to close some factories, rationalize production and reduce personnel, both for newly acquired and previously owned companies. The amounts are based on management’s best estimates and are adjusted when changes to these estimates are known. The majority of restructuring plans are expected to be completed during 2004 and the amounts have not been discounted. Provisions for warranty commitments are recognized as a consequence of the Group’s policy to cover the cost of repair of defective products. Warranty is normally granted for 1 to 2 years after the sale. Other provisions include mainly provisions for tax, environmental or other claims none of which is material to the Group.

F-20Note 24. Accrued Expenses and Prepaid Income

         
  2003 2002
  (SEKm)
Accrued holiday pay  1,139   1,214 
Other accrued payroll costs  1,267   1,217 
Accrued interest expenses  202   199 
Prepaid income  637   1,040 
Other accrued expenses  4,779   4,589 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  8,024   8,259 
   
 
   
 
 

     Other accrued expenses include accruals for fees, advertising and sales promotion, bonuses, extended warranty, rebates and other items.

Note 25. Contingent Liabilities

         
  2003 2002
  (SEKm)
Discounted bills     10 
Accounts receivable, with recourse  370   182 
Guarantees and other commitments On behalf of subsidiaries      
Other  728   666 
Capital value of pension commitments in excess of reported liabilities  81   91 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  1,179   949 
   
 
   
 
 

F-32


Note 21. Accrued Expense and Prepaid Income (SEKm)

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Accrued holiday pay  1,214   1,299 
Other accrued payroll costs  1,217   1,081 
Accrued interest expense  199   265 
Prepaid income  1,040   1,256 
Other accrued expense  4,589   4,519 
   
   
 
Total
  8,259   8,420 
   
   
 

Note 22. Contingent Liabilities

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)  
Discounted bills  10   22 
Accounts receivable, with recourse  182   580 
Guarantees and other commitments  666   539 
Capital value of pension commitments in excess of reported liability  91   79 
   
   
 
Total
  949   1,220 
   
   
 

     In addition to the above contingent liabilities, guarantees for fulfillment of contractual undertakings are given as part of the Group’s normal course of business. There was no indication at year-end that payment will be required in connection with any contractual guarantees.

Lawsuits Electrolux has, jointly with the state-owned company AB Swedecarrier, issued letters of support for loans and leasing agreements totaling SEK 1,492m in the United States claiming asbestos-related personal injuries are pending against the Electrolux Group. Almost all of the cases relate to externally supplied components used in industrial products manufactured by discontinued operations prior to the early 1970s. As of December 31, 2002, there were 218 (95) lawsuits pending against Electrolux representing approximately 14,000 (approximately 3,500) plaintiffs. Approximately 13,400 of the plaintiffs relate to cases pending in the State of Mississippi. Electrolux is in the process of determining the extent of its insurance coverage and has made a provision of less than $9 million in respect of currently pending claims. The amount of this provision, however, does not reflect lawsuits that may be filed against Electrolux in the future as it is difficult to predict both the number of future claims and the number of plaintiffs that these future claims may represent.associated company Nordwaggon AB.

Note 23.26. Acquired and Divested Operations

         
  2002 2001
  
 
  (SEKm)
Fixed assets  -753   735 
Inventories  -46   -43 
Receivables  -670   -576 
Other current assets  -245   -2,450 
Liquid funds  127   -68 
Loans  -43   2,943 
Other liabilities and provisions  837   417 
   
   
 
Purchase price  2,101   2,288 
Liquid funds in acquired/divested operations  128   -68 
   
   
 
Effect on Group liquid funds
  2,229   2,220 
             
   2002 2003 2001
   (SEKm)  
Fixed assets  -1,600   -753   735 
Inventories  -482   -46   -43 
Receivables  -1,146   -670   -576 
Other current assets  -98   -245   -2,450 
Liquid funds  -389   127   -68 
Loans  870   -43   2,943 
Other liabilities and provisions  1,531   837   417 
Purchase price  1,246   2,101   2,288 
Liquid funds in acquired/divested operations  -389   128   -68 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Effect on Group liquid funds
  857   2,229   2,220 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

F-21


     The assets and liabilities in 2003 refer to the divestments of Compressors and Vestfrost.

     The acquired and divested assets and liabilities in 2002 refer mainly to the acquisition of Diamant Boart International and the divestments of the remaining part of the Leisure appliance product line, the European motor operation and Zanussi Metallurgica.

     In the consolidated cash flow statement of 2001, an amount of SEK 2,641m, referring to short-term loans in the sold Veneta Factoring, Sp.A, was included in cash flow from investments under the heading Divestment of operations.

Note 24.27. Employees, Salaries, Remunerations and Employer Contributions

             
  Group
  
Average number of employees by geographical area 2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Europe  42,601   46,899   49,671 
North America  20,117   21,294   22,879 
Rest of world  19,253   18,946   14,578 
   
   
   
 
Total
  81,971   87,139   87,128 
             
Average number of employees, by geographical area2003 2002 2001
 
 
 
Europe  39,514   42,601   46,899 
North America  21,169   20,117   21,294 
Rest of the world  16,457   19,253   18,946 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total
  77,140   81,971   87,139 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

The     In 2003, the average number of employees in 2002 was 81,971 (87,139)77,140 (81,971), of whom 54,755 (59,123)51,240 (54,755) were men and 27,216 (28,016)25,900 (27,216) were women.

                          
   2002 2001 2000
  
 
 
Salaries, other remuneration Salaries and Employer Salaries and Employer Salaries and Employer
and employer contributions remuneration contributions remuneration contributions remuneration contributions
  
 
 
 
 
 
Group Total  19,408   6,323   20,330   6,483   17,241   4,858 
 (of which pension costs)      (619)1)      (503)      (452)
A detailed specification of average number of employees by country has been submitted to the Swedish Patent and Registration Office and is available on request from AB Electrolux, Investor Relations and Financial Information. See also Electrolux website www.electrolux.com/ir
                         
Salaries, other     2003     2002     2001
remuneration and employer Salaries and Employer Salaries and Employer Salaries and Employer
contributions remuneration contributions remunera-tion contributions remunera-tion contributions
Group total  17,154   5,605   19,408   6,323   20,330   6,483 
(of which pension costs)      (683)1)      (619)1)      (503)1)
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1) Of which SEK 19m1m (19m) and (22m) respectively refers to pension costs for the current company President and his predecessors.
                         
  2002 2001 2000
Salaries and remuneration for 
 
 
Board members, Presidents and other Boards and     Boards and     Boards and Other
employees by geographical area Presidents Other employees Presidents Other employees Presidents employees
  
 
 
 
 
 
Sweden  39   1,865   30   1,942   36   2,011 
EU excluding Sweden  142   8,458   135   8,786   134   8,355 
Rest of Europe  51   973   44   999   40   870 
North America  39   6,047   55   6,451   63   4,802 
Latin America  18   328   24   449   24   478 
Asia  31   371   32   426   26   304 
Africa  0   23   2   33   2   29 
Oceania  8   1,017   5   917   3   64 
Total outside Sweden  289   17,215   297   18,061   292   14,902 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Group total
  328   19,080   327   20,003   328   16,913 

F-33


                         
Salaries and remuneration 2003 2002 2001
for board members senior Boards     Boards     Boards  
managers and other employees, and senior Other and senior Other and senior Other
by geographical area managers employees managers employees managers employees
Sweden  75   1,939   56   1,848   30   1,924 
EU, excluding Sweden  119   7,445   142   8,456   135   8,786 
Rest of Europe  45   931   51   973   44   999 
North America  48   5,196   39   6,047   55   6,451 
Latin America  19   271   18   328   24   449 
Asia  24   232   31   371   32   426 
Africa     30      23   2   33 
Oceania  11   769   8   1,017   5   917 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Group total
  341   16,813   345   19,063   327   19,985 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

     Board members and senior managers in the Group were 395 men and 58 women, of whom 15 men and 6 women in the Parent Company.

         
  Second half of 2003
Employee absence due to illnessEmployees in theAll employees in
 Parent CompanySweden
Total absence due to illness,
  8.0%  6.6%
as a percentage of the total number of normal working hours of which 60 days or more  57.9%  54.5%
Absence due to illness, by category1)
        
women  10.9%  9.8%
men  6.5%  5.4%
29 years or younger  5.5%  4.6%
30 — 49 years  8.7%  7.2%
50 years or older  9.1%  7.7%


1)% of total normal working hours within each category respectively.

     According to the new regulations in the Swedish Annual Accounts Act, effective as of July 1, 2003, absence due to illness for employees in the Parent Company and the Group’s employees in Sweden is reported in the table. The Parent Company comprises the Group’s head office, as well as a number of units and plants, and employs approximately half of the Group’s employees in Sweden.

Remuneration to the Board of Directors, the President, other members of Group Management and auditors.auditors

Remuneration Committee

     Remuneration for Group Management is proposed by the Remuneration Committee to the Board of Directors. The committee is comprised tocomprises of Rune Andersson, Chairman of the Board, Jacob Wallenberg, Deputy Chairman of the Board, and Hans Stråberg, President and CEO of Electrolux. The President is excluded from participation in the meetings and decision-making, with respect to total compensation for the President.

     The Remuneration Committee is obliged to make proposals to the Board of Directors on compensation matters for the President and other members of Group Management including targets for variable compensation, the relationship

F-22


between fixed and variable salary, changes in fixed or variable salary, the criteria to be applied in the assessment of variable salary, the allotment of stock options,long-term incentives, and pension terms.

F-34


A minimum of two meetings is convened each year, with additional meetings schedulescheduled as needed. FourSix meetings were held during the year.

Compensation to the Board of Directors

     Fees to the Chairman and the Board of Directors are paid inIn accordance with the resolution adopteddecision by the Annual General Meeting.

     FeesMeeting, fees were paid to the Board of Directors amountedamounting to SEK 2,800,000. Of the total amount,3,750,000. SEK 1,000,000 referred to compensationwas paid to the Chairman, and SEK 350,000 was paid to the Deputy Chairman. No Board fees are paid to the President. After Michael Treschow resigned his position as President, he began a term as a member of the Board of Directors, for which he received SEK 137,500 in respect to the remainder of the year 2002. Employee RepresentativesChairman and their deputies, when applicable, are paid SEK 800 kr per meeting for a total of SEK 20,800 in 2002. An annualized fee of SEK 275,000 is paid to each of the other members ofwho are not employed by the Board.Group.

     The Board decided that SEK 75,000 was300,000 would be allocated for committee work. In 2002 thisThis amount has been distributed between the members of the Audit Committee with regard to their additional commitment and responsibility. SEK 37.500150,000 was paid to Peggy Bruzelius, Chairperson, and SEK 18,75075,000 each to Louis R. Hughes and Thomas Halvorsen.

     Board member Louis R. Hughes was paid a fee of USD 20,000 (approximately SEK 182,000), for consultancy services relating to Electrolux strategic business plan for North America.

Fees to auditors

     At the Annual General Meeting on April 18, 2002,     PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) wasare appointed auditorauditors for the period until the 2006 Annual General Meeting. Fees in 2002,2003, to PwC, which as of 2002 performs virtually all-externalall external auditing within the Group, amounted to SEK 38m45m (38m) for audits, and SEK 10m13m (10m) referring primarily to tax services for the Group. Fees to other audit firms amounted to SEK 4m.3m (4m).

General Principlesprinciples of Compensationcompensation at Electrolux

     Electrolux strives to offer fair and competitive total compensation with an emphasis on “pay for performance” and consequently, variable salary represents a significant proportion of total compensation for higher-level management positions. When objectives are achieved, total compensation is favourable and when objectives are not, the total compensation is lower. The financial driver for variable salary is value creation.

     Through 2002, Electrolux employed diverse programs for variable salary. In 2003, the Group introduced a new and more uniform system for management and other positions. The system is based on grading of positions through the Mercer International Position Evaluation System (IPE). A target and a stretch level of variable compensation are linked to the IPE grade. According to the IPE grading, higher-level positions have a higher percentage of variable salary than lower positions. Total cash compensation, i.e., annual base salary plus variable salary, is evaluated when setting rates of pay.

     To apply the variable salary system within the entire Group it has been divided into three different structures; Group Staffs, North America and all other.

     In the beginning of 2004, nearly all of the previously existing variable salary programs had been replaced by the new system. Individual transition plans are being completed and the new system implementation will be finished in the beginning of 2006.

Compensation to the President and Group Management

     The total compensation to the President and the other members of Group Management is comprised of fixed salary, variable salary, benefits, and long-term incentives. The general principles of compensation at Electrolux are closely observed with strong regard for the position held, competitive compensation in the country where located as well as individual performance. Variable salary for the President and members of Group Management is based on the principles applied within the Group, which reward improvement in value created. Variable salary for the President is based on value created for the Group and Sector Headssector heads on the value created for their sectors. Group Staff Headsstaff heads receive variable salary based on value created for the Group and performance objectives within their functions. The maximum allowable variable salary as a percent of annual fixed salary is 110% for the President and no more than 100% of base salary for members of Group Management except one, which is limited to 150%.

The Group’s long-term incentive program in 2003 is a stock options program, which is designedoption program.

F-35


The following table shows the compensation to maximizethe President and other members of Group results andManagement.

Summary of compensation to align management incentives with shareholder interests.Group Management

                                     
      Variable     Total Value     Number
      salary     remuneration of     of options
      paid     not options     Granted      
  Fixed in 2003 Pension including granted Beginning during     End of
  salary1) for 2002 costs2) options in 20033) of 20034) the year Exercised 2003
President and CEO  7,151,806   6,058,630   3,894,200   17,104,636   1,620,000   152,300   60,000      212,300 
Other members of Group Management  37,248,309   27,540,616   21,782,700   86,571,625   8,100,000   874,400   300,000   -10,000   1,164,400 
Total
  44,400,115   33,599,246   25,676,900   103,676,261   9,720,000   1,026,700   360,000   -10,000   1,376,700 


1)The amount includes vacation salary, paid vacation days and travel allowance.
2)In addition to this amount, approximately SEK 604,500 has been recorded as a contingent liability related to death and disability coverage for the President and CEO, and approximately SEK 772,900 in total for the other members of Group Management.
3)The value is calculated with the Black-Scholes Options Valuation model at the date of grant with a volatility factor of 30% and dividend growth rate in line with the historical development; resulting in SEK 27 per option. No reduction in value has been made for the absence of transferability and other restrictions inherent in employee stock option programs. The President and CEO received 60,000 options and members of Group Management 30,000 options each.
4)Refers to holdings in the beginning of the year by the members of Group Management as of December 31, 2003.

Pensions for the President and members of Group Management

     The resigning President, Michael Treschow, was covered by two defined plans, the ITP plan and a plan for executives. For both plans, full benefits assume retirement at age 60, and benefits are payable for life.

     The President and other Swedish members of Group Management are covered by the ITP plan. With one exception, all members of Group Management are members of the alternative ITP defined contribution pension plan. The contribution to the alternative ITP is an amount between 20 and 40%35% of pensionable salary between 7.5 and 30 base amounts, which increases to higher levels,level, as participants grow older. A new supplemental defined contribution plan was introduced for the new

F-23


     The President Hans Stråberg, and other Swedish Group Management from January 2002. The premiums amount toare also covered by two supplemental defined contribution retirement plans. One plan has a contribution of 15% of the pensionable salary offor the President, and 10% of the pensionable salaries of other Swedish Group Management members. The second plan is an extension of the alternative ITP, a flat contribution of 20% on pensionable salary above 30 base amounts. With one exception, the retirement age is 60 for the President and other Swedish members of Group Management.

     The pensionable salary is calculated as the current fixed salary plus the average variable salary for the last three years. The retirement benefit is payable for life or a shorter period of not less thenthan 5 years. The participant determines the payment period at the time of retirement.

     In addition to the retirement contribution, Electrolux provides disability benefits at a provisionlevel of 70% of pensionable salary including credit for other disability andbenefits, plus survivor benefits has been made in the company accounts. With one exception, the retirement age has been lowered from age 65equal to 60 for President Hans Stråberg and othera sum of 150 Swedish members of Group Management.base amounts payable over a minimum five-year period.

     One member of Group Management has chosen to retain a defined benefit pension plan on top of the ITP plan. The retirement age is 65 and the benefits are payable for life. These benefits amount to the equivalent of 32.5% of the portion of salary corresponding to 20-3020—30 base amounts as defined by the Swedish National Insurance Act.Act, 50% of the portion corresponding to 30-10030—100 base amounts, and 32.5% of the portion exceeding 100 base amounts.

     The capital value of pension commitments for the current President, prior Presidents and survivors is SEK 132m (123) of which SEK 2.4m is for the current President.130 m (137m).

     There is no agreement for special severance pay for members of Group Management.

     For members of Group Management employed outside of Sweden, varying pension terms and conditions apply, depending upon the country of employment. The earliest retirement age for a full pension is 60.

F-36


Option Programs

1998-20001998—2000 option programprograms

     In 1998, an annual program for employee stock options was introduced for approximately 100 senior managers. Options were allotted on the basis of value created according to the Group’s model for value creation. If no value was created, no options were issued. The options can be used to purchase Electrolux B-shares at a fixedstrike price, which is 15% higher than the average closing price of the Electrolux B-shares on the Stockholm Exchange during a limited period prior to allotment. The options were granted free of consideration to participants.

2001, 2002 and 20022003 option programprograms

     In 2001, a new program for employee stock options was introduced for less than 200 senior managers. The options can be used to purchase Electrolux B-shares at a strictstrike price, which is 10% above the average closing price of the Electrolux B-shares on the Stockholm Exchange during a limited period prior to allotment. The options were granted free of consideration to participants. The 2002 and 2003 option program isare based on the same parameters as the 2001 program.

SyntheticSummary of option programs 1998—2003

                             
      Total number of outstanding options      
              Number of      
      Beginning of     options in Strike price, Expiration Vesting
Program Grant date 2003 End of 2003 each lot1) SEK date years
1998 Feb. 25, 1999  556,500   455,000   10,600   170  Feb. 25, 2004  1 
1999 Feb. 25, 2000  1,068,800   1,002,000   16,700   216  Feb. 25, 2005  1 
2000 Feb. 26, 2001  524,300   472,300   6,500   170  Feb. 26, 2006  1 
2001 May 10, 2001  2,475,000   2,365,000   15,000   177  May 10, 2008  32) 
2002 May 6, 2002  2,865,000   2,805,000   15,000   191  May 6, 2009  32) 
2003 May 8, 2003     2,745,000   15,000   164  May 8, 2010  32) 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 


1)The President and CEO was granted 4 lots, Group Management members 2 lots and all other senior managers 1 lot.
2)For the 2001, 2002 and 2003 options, one third vests after 12 months, one third after 24 months and the final one third after 36 months.

Change in number of options 1993per program

                                     
          Number of         Number of  
  Jan. 1,     options 20021) Dec. 31,     options 2003 Dec. 31,
Program 2002 Granted Exercised Cancelled2) 2002 Granted Exercised Cancelled2) 2003
1998  694,300         137,800   556,500      80,300   21,200   455,000 
1999  1,285,900          217,100   1,068,800         66,800   1,002,000 
2000  595,800         71,500   524,300      13,000   39,000   472,300 
2001  2,490,000         15,000   2,475,000      20,000   90,000   2,365,000 
2002     2,865,000         2,865,000         60,000   2,805,000 
2003                 2,745,000         2,745,000 

     Of the approximately 150 senior managers who were offered synthetic options in 1993, a total of 112 exercised the right to subscribe to these options in January 1994. The options were priced according to prevailing market conditions at SEK 35. The strike price was SEK 81, and the options matured on January 10, 2002. Before the expiry of the options on January 10, 2002 the remaining owners, with a total of 72,610 options, exercised their option privileges.


1)No options were exercised during 2002.
2)Options are cancelled if not exercised, which may be due to expiration at the end of the term of the options or before their term of expiration normally because of termination of employment. Cancellation is governed by the provisions of the option program.

Synthetic options 2000

     The Board granted Wolfgang König, the Head of white goods outside North America,White Goods Europe, 118,400 synthetic employee stock options with the right to receive a cash amount for each option when exercised, calculated as the difference between the current share price and the strike price of SEK 147. The options may be exercised until July 1, 2006. The options have been allotted without consideration and as compensation for lost options with his former

F-37


employer immediately before joining the Electrolux Group. This program is hedged with an equity swap. The annual cost is SEK 0.8m.0.7m.

F-24


Summary of option programs 1998 — 2002

                             
      Total number of                
      outstanding options                
      
 Number of options            
Program Grant date Beginning of 2002 End of 2002 in each lot1) Strike price, SEK Terms of the options Vesting (years)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1998  February 25, 1999  694,300   556,500   10,600   170  February 25, 2004  1 
 1999  February 25, 2000  1,285,900   1,068,800   16,700   216  February 25, 2005  1 
 2000  February 26, 2001  595,800   524,300   6,500   170  February 26, 2006  1 
 2001  May 10, 2001  2,490,000   2,475,000   15,000   177  May 10, 2008  32)
 2002  May 6, 2002     2,865,000   15,000   191  May 6, 2009  32)


1)The President and CEO was granted 4 lots, Group Management members 2 lots and all other senior managers 1 lot.
2)For the 2001 and 2002 options, one third vests after 12 months, one third after 24 months and the final one third after 36 months.

Change in number of options per program

                         
  Number of options 20011) Number of options 20021)
  
 
Program January 1, 2001 Granted Cancelled2) December 31, 2001 Cancelled2) December 2002

 
 
 
 
 
 
1998  789,700      95,400   694,300   137,800   556,500 
1999  1,436,200      150,300   1,285,900   217,100   1,068,800 
2000     673,800   78,000   595,800   71,500   524,300 
2001     2,490,000      2,490,000   15,000   2,475,000 
2002                 2,865,000 


1)No options were exercised during 2001 and 2002.
2)Options are cancelled if not exercised, which may be due to expiration at the end of the term of the options or before their term of expiration normally because of termination of employment. Cancellation is governed by the provisions of the option program.

Hedging arrangements for the stock option programprograms

     The company uses repurchased Electrolux B-shares in order to meet the company’s obligations under the stock option programs. The shares will be sold to option holders who wish to exercise their right under the option agreement(s). Electrolux will also sell additional shares on the market in connection with the exercise of options in order to cover the cost of employer contributions. Between 2000 and 20022003, the Annual General Meeting approved the sale of 9,410,10012,839,100 shares for this purpose.

     Assuming that all outstanding stock options allotted up to and including 20022003 are exercised, a sale of previously repurchased shares will result in a dilution of 2.6%3.5%. This includes the sale of shares to cover employer contributions in connection with exercise.

Accounting principles and cost of options

     The Group accounts for employer contributions expected to be paid when the options are exercised. The provision for outstanding options is periodically revalued. The total provision as per December 31, 20022003, for all option programs was SEK 128m.120m.

     The option programs are hedgedsettled through repurchased shares. Such repurchasesrepurchase increases the financial expenses of the Group with approximately SEK 49m76m annually. When exercised, the Group sells hedgerepurchased shares, which increases the Group’s equity without an effect on the profit and loss statement.

     The Black-Scholes value of the 20022003 option program that has been the base for the reserve of the employer contributionat grant date was SEK 138m. Employer contributions for 2002 were SEK 32m and the74m. The estimated financing costs for the hedge ofhedging through repurchased shares was SEK 19m22m calculated on an annual basis.

F-25


2003 Option program

     The Board presented a proposal at the Annual General Meeting to introduce a new employee stock optionLong-term incentive program in 2003 which was approved by the meeting. Under the program a maximum of 3,000,000 options will be allotted to less than 200 senior managers and that the 2003 programs will be based on the same parameters as the 2001 and 2002 programs, including the number of options per lot.2004

     The Annual General Meeting in 2004 decided on a new annual long-term incentive program for 2004. The program is based on goals approved by the Board’s proposal thatBoard for the value creation within the Group over a three-year period. It supports the Electrolux principles of “pay-for-performance” and is an integral part of the total compensation plan for Electrolux management.

     Depending on the outcome of value creation, the program would distribute a variable number of Electrolux B-shares, up to 1,500,000, to fewer than 200 senior managers in more than 20 countries. The defined levels for value creation include a minimum level which must be exceeded in order to enable distribution of shares, as well as a maximum level. The shares will be distributed at the end of the three-year performance period, and managers will be required to hold the shares for a period of two years.

     Senior managers have been grouped on five levels, i.e., the President and CEO, Group Management and three levels for other managers. The Board will approve the value of the program for each of these five levels. The approved value determines the number of shares to be distributed, on the basis of the average trading price for the Electrolux B-share, adjusted for the estimated net present value of dividends for the three-year period.

     The Company’s obligations under the proposed program, including estimated employer contribution, willshall be secured by repurchased shares.

     AssumingThe total cost of the program over a three-year period is estimated at SEK 150m, including costs for employer contributions and the financing cost for the repurchased shares. It is estimated that all stock options allotted under the proposed 2003 programcost will not exceed SEK 240m. The minimum cost, if no shares are exercised, that saledistributed, will amount to SEK 17m, i.e., the financing cost for the repurchased shares.

     The distribution of previously repurchased shares under this program would result in aan estimated maximum dilution of 1.1%. The total0.38%, measured as the maximum dilution from the 2003 program and all existing stock option programs is 3.6%. This includes the saleincrease in number of shares for hedging of employer contribution in connection with exercise of the options.outstanding shares.

Cost for the options programF-38

     The theoretical value of the proposed option program for 2003, calculated in accordance with the Black-Scholes model is approximately SEK 81m. The actual outcome may differ significantly and there may be no value realized at all. Based on the theoretical value, the estimated cost for employer contributions is SEK 18m. As decided by the Annual General Meeting, Electrolux will hedge the program with repurchased Electrolux shares. The cost financing the repurchased shares used for hedging is approximately SEK 20m.


     Based on the above-mentioned Black-Scholes value, the charge to the Electrolux income statement for 2003 for the proposed option program will be approximately SEK 38m for employer contributions and financing cost. Alternatively, if the accounting principles suggested by IASB relating to options were applied, the charge in the income statement for 2003 would be approximately SEK 23m, including employer contributions in addition to the above-mentioned cost of financing the hedge.

Note 25.28. Shares and Participations

         
      Book value, equity
Associated companies Holding% method SEKm
  
 
Eureka Forbes Ltd, India  40.0   68 
Atlas Electrica. S.A., Costa Roca  18.4   51 
Shanghai-Zanussi Elettromeccanica Co. Ltd, China  30.0   40 
Saudi Refrig Mfg, Saudi Arabia  49.0   24 
Sidème S.A., France  34.0   21 
Viking Financial Services, USA  50.0   7 
Diamant Boart S.A., Argentina  46.7   4 
A/O Khimki Husqvarna, Russia  50.0   2 
IVG Bulka-Lehel GmbH, Germany  50.0   1 
Diamant Boart Inc., Philippines  20.0   1 
e2 Home AB, Sweden  50.0   1 
Manson Tools AB, Sweden  49.0   0 
MISR Compressor Manufacturing, Co., S.A.E., Egypt  27.7   -53 
   
   
 
       167 
         
      Book value, equity
Associated companies and joint ventures Holding, % method, SEKm
Eureka Forbes Ltd, India  40.0   74 
Atlas Eléctrica, S.A., Costa Rica  18.4   41 
Nordwaggon AB, Sweden  50.0   37 
Sidème S.A., France  39.0   16 
Viking Financial Services, USA  50.0   9 
Diamant Boart S.A., Argentina  46.7   4 
A/O Khimki Husqvarna, Russia  50.0   3 
Diamant Boart Inc., The Philippines  20.0   1 
e2 Home AB, Sweden  50.0   0 
Manson Tools AB, Sweden  49.0   0 
Saudi Refrigerators Manufacturing Company Ltd, Saudi-Arabia  49.0   0 
   
 
   
 
 
       185 

     The total acquisition cost for these associated companies and joint ventures is SEK 295m.     Electrolux does not have unlimited liability for any of these companies.

          
Other companies Holding% Book value, SEKm
  
 
Nordwaggon AB, Sweden  50.0    25 
Veneta Factoring S.p.A., Italy  10.0    20 
Business Partners B.V., The Netherlands  0.7    14 
Philco Air Conditioning, China  5.0    9 
Banca Popolare Friuladria, Italy      3 
Other       9 
   
    
 
        80 

F-26


         
  Holding, % Book value, SEKm
Other companies Veneta Factoring S.p.A., Italy  10.0   20 
Business Partners B.V., The Netherlands  0.7   11 
Philco Air Conditioning, China  5.0   7 
Electrolux Financial S.A., Spain  10.0   6 
Other      11 
   
 
   
 
 
       55 
     
Subsidiaries   Holding, %
Major Group companies:    
Major Group Companies:
Australia Electrolux Home Products Pty. Ltd 100
Austria Electrolux Hausgeräte G.m.b.HG.m.b.H. 100
  Electrolux Austria G.m.b.HG.m.b.H. 100
Verdichter OE G.m.b.H100
Belgium Electrolux Home Products Corp. N.VN.V. 100
  Electrolux Belgium N.VN.V.100
  100Diamant Boart International S.A. 100
Brazil Electrolux do Brasil S.AS.A. 98.198
Canada Electrolux Canada CorpCorp. 100
China Electrolux Home Appliances (Hangzhou) Co. Ltd 100
  Electrolux Zhongyi (Changsha) Refrigerators Co. Ltd 60100
  Zanussi Zhongyi (Changsha) Refrigerators Co. Ltd 100

F-39


 60 
    Zanussi Elettromeccanica Tianjin Compressor Co. Ltd50Holding, %
DenmarkElectrolux Holding A/S100
 Electrolux Home Products Denmark A/S 100
A/S Vestfrost50
Finland Oy Electrolux ABAb 100
  Oy Electrolux Kotitalouskoneet ABAb 100
France Electrolux France S.AS.A. 100
  Electrolux Home Products France S.AS.A. 100
  Electrolux Professional S.AS.A. 100
Germany Electrolux Deutschland GmbH 100
  AEG Hausgeräte GmbH 100
Hungary Electrolux Lehel Hütögépgyár Kft 100
India Electrolux Kelvinator Ltd 76
Italy Electrolux Zanussi S.p.AItalia S.p.A. 100
Zanussi Elettromeccanica S.p.A100
  Electrolux Professional S.p.AS.p.A. 100
  Electrolux Italia S.p.A.100
  Electrolux Zanussi Italia S.p.AHome Products Italy S.P.A. 100
Luxembourg Electrolux Luxembourg S.à r.lr.l. 100
Mexico Electrolux de Mexico, S.A. de CV 100
The Netherlands Electrolux Associated Company B.V(Nederland) B.V. 100
  Electrolux Holding B.VB.V. 100
  Electrolux Home Products B.VB.V. 100
Norway Electrolux Home Products Norge AS 100
Spain Electrolux España S.AS.A. 100
  Electrolux Home Products España S.AS.A. 100
  Electrolux Home Products OperationOperations España S.LS.L. 100
Cubigel S.A100
Sweden Husqvarna AB 100
  Electrolux WascatorLaundry Systems Sweden AB 100
  Electrolux Hemprodukter AB 100
  Electrolux Professional AB 100
 100Electrolux Floor Care and Light Appliances AB 100
Switzerland Electrolux Holding AG 100
  A+T Hausgeräte AG 100
United Kingdom Electrolux UK LtdPlc 100
Electrolux Holdings Ltd100
  Electrolux Outdoor Products Ltd 100
  Electrolux Professional Ltd 100
Electrolux Household Appliances Ltd100

F-27


SubsidiariesHolding %


USA Electrolux Home Products IncInc. 100
  Electrolux North America IncInc. 100
  Electrolux Professional IncInc. 100
  Electrolux Professional Outdoor Products IncInc. 100
Diamant Boart Inc100

     A detailed specification of Group companies has been submitted to the Swedish Patent and Registration Office and is available on request from AB Electrolux, Investor Relations and Financial Information.

Note 26. U.S.29. US GAAP Information

     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Swedish accounting standards (Swedish GAAP), which differ in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). Following is a description of those differences that have a significant effect on net income and shareholders’ equity.

Acquisitions

     According to Swedish accounting standards, prior to 1996, the tax benefit arising from realized pre-acquisition loss carry-forwards of an acquired subsidiary could be recognized in earnings as a reduction of

F-40


current tax expenses when utilized. Under US GAAP, the benefits arising from such loss carry-forwards are required to be recorded as a component of purchase accounting, usually as a reduction of goodwill. From 1996, these differences no longer exist.

     Up to 2001, acquisition provisions could be established under Swedish accounting standards for restructuring costs related to other subsidiaries affected by the acquisition. These provisions are reversed to goodwill under US GAAP. From 2001, these differences no longer exist.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     Under Swedish GAAP, all intangible assets including goodwill must be amortized over the expected useful life of the asset. Assigning indefinite useful life is not permitted. Amortization expenses on goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets under US GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2001, was SEK -222 m.

     According to US accounting standard SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, applicable as from January 1, 2002, acquisition goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are instead tested for impairment at least annually at a reporting unit level. Consequently, amortization of goodwill recorded under Swedish GAAP has been reversed for US GAAP purposes. Amortization has also been reversed for intangible assets recognized under Swedish GAAP that have been assigned indefinite lives under SFAS 142, such as the acquisition of the right to use the Electrolux trademark in North America. The goodwill and the intangible assets with assigned indefinite lives have been tested for impairment in accordance with the methods prescribed in SFAS 142. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, the Group applied the discounted approach under APB 17 in order to test these assets for impairment. No impairment charges were recorded as a result of annual tests performed in December, 2003.

     Under Swedish GAAP, intangible assets acquired in a business combination can be recorded separately from goodwill only if they, based on a control-oriented framework, meet the definition and recognition criteria for an intangible asset. SFAS 141 requires recognition of identifiable intangible assets based on separability and contractually related criteria. The purchase price allocation for Diamant Boart, acquired 2002, was finalized during 2003 and intangible assets were recognized in compliance with both Swedish GAAP and US GAAP.

Product development costs

     Prior to 2002, Swedish GAAP allowed capitalization of both research and development costs; however, the majority of Swedish corporations, including Electrolux, did not capitalize such costs. Beginning 2002, product development costs associated with the creation of intangible assets should be capitalized under Swedish GAAP if the following can be demonstrated:

1.the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset,
2.the intention to complete it,
3.the ability to use or sell the intangible asset,
4.how the asset will generate future economic benefits, and
5.the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the development.

     US GAAP requires that research and development costs be expensed as incurred, except for certain costs associated with the development of software, as discussed below.

Software development

     Prior to 2002, all costs related to the development of software for internal use were generally expensed as incurred under Swedish GAAP. Under US GAAP, direct internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage should be capitalized, whereas, internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and the post-implementation stage should be expensed as incurred. As from 2002, Swedish GAAP is in all material aspects in line with US GAAP.

Restructuring and other provisions

     Up until December 31, 2002, the recognition of restructuring cost under US GAAP, as specified in EITF 94-3, was deferred until a commitment date was established. This was usually the date on which management, having appropriate level of authority, committed the Group to the restructuring plan, identified all significant actions, including the method of disposition and the expected date of completion, and, in the case of employee terminations, specified the severance arrangements and communicated them to employees. Prior to 2002, the guidance under Swedish GAAP was not as prescriptive and, in certain circumstances, allowed for

F-41


earlier recognition. Additionally, US GAAP was more prescriptive than Swedish GAAP regarding the types of costs which were allowed to be classified as restructuring cost, specifically those which were a direct result of the restructuring and which were not associated with the ongoing activities of the Group. As from 2002, Swedish GAAP was in all material aspects in line with EITF 94-3.

     In January 2003, SFAS 146, “Accounting for costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”, was adopted under US GAAP. SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred rather than at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. The timing of recognition and related measurement of liability for one-time termination benefits in relation to employees who are to be involuntarily terminated depends on whether the employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and, if so, whether employees will be retained to render service beyond a minimum retention period.

     The SFAS 146 nullifies EITF 94-3 and is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. All restructuring activities initiated prior to January 1, 2003, continue to be accounted for in accordance with EITF 94-3 under US GAAP. In 2003, the Group did not have any restructuring charges, however, following the new US GAAP standard certain differences are likely to exist in the future.

Pensions

     According to Swedish accounting practice, defined benefit pension obligations are recorded in the consolidated financial statements on the basis of accounting standards valid in the countries where the sponsoring companies operate. US accounting standards are defined in SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” which is more prescriptive, particularly in the use of actuarial assumptions such as future salary increases, discount rates and inflation. Additionally, SFAS 87 requires that a specific actuarial method (the projected unit credit method) be used. Certain pension commitments in Sweden are administered through a multi-employer plan for Swedish white-collar employees. In accordance with Swedish GAAP, Electrolux recognized income and recorded an asset for its allocable portion of a surplus, not utilized in 2000. Under US GAAP, the entire amount was not allowed to be recognized until it was received or available for utilization. In 2002, Electrolux utilized the remaining allocable surplus, and the amount has been recognized in current earnings in accordance with US GAAP.

Derivatives and Hedging

     Effective January 1, 2001, the Group adopted SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and SFAS 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Transactions, an Amendment to FASB Statement 133”, for US GAAP reporting purposes. These statements establish accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either assets or liabilities, and requires the Group to designate, document and assess the effectiveness of a hedge to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Under Swedish GAAP, unrealized gains and losses on hedging instruments used to hedge future cash flows are deferred and recognized in the same period that the hedged transaction is recognized.

     In accordance with the transition provisions of SFAS 133, the Group recorded a net transition loss of approximately SEK 24m in accumulated other comprehensive income and SEK 4m net loss in earnings to recognize the fair value of derivative and hedging instruments. Substantially, all of the transition adjustment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income has been recognized in earnings as of December 31, 2001. The subsequent adjustments from Swedish GAAP to US GAAP represent marked-to-market effects and recognition of items not qualifying for hedge accounting treatment under US GAAP.

     Prior to the adoption of SFAS 133 and SFAS 138, management decided not to designate any derivative instruments as hedges for US GAAP reporting purposes except for certain instruments used to hedge the net investments in foreign operations. Consequently, derivatives used for the hedging of future cash flows, fair value hedges and trading purposes are marked-to-market in accordance with US GAAP. This increases the volatility of the income statement under US GAAP as a result of the deviation in accounting standards between Sweden and the United States.

Securities

     According to Swedish accounting standards, debt and equity securities held for trading purposes are reported at the lower of cost or market. Financial assets and other investments, that are to be held to maturity, are valued at acquisition cost. In accordance with US GAAP and SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, holdings are classified, according to management’s intention, as

F-42


either “held-to-maturity,” “trading,” or “available for sale.” Debt securities classified as “held-to-maturity” are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in current earnings. Debt and marketable equity securities that are classified as available for sale are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Electrolux classifies its equity securities as “held for trading” and “available for sale”. Debt securities are classified as “held-to-maturity”.

Discontinued operations

     Under Swedish GAAP, the divestment of a segment or a major part of a segment requires segregating information about the divested operations from the continuing operations. None of the divestments made by Electrolux during the three years ended 2003 were of that magnitude.

     Under US GAAP, the definition of a discontinued operation changed in 2002 with the adoption of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. Under SFAS 144, each of the following 2003 and 2002 divestments are accounted for as discontinued operations: Vestfrost, the compressor operation, Zanussi Metallurgica, the European motor operation, the Mexican compressor plant, the European home comfort operation and the remainder of the leisure appliance product line. Accordingly, the results of operations for 2003 and 2002 relating to these divestments, including any loss for write-down to fair value less cost to sell, and any gain or loss on disposal are required to be reclassified as discontinued operations. Additionally, US GAAP also requires the results of operations of these divestments for prior years to be reclassified from continuing operations to discontinued operations. The following table sets forth the amounts reflected as discontinued operations in 2003 and 2002, and the amounts reclassified from continuing to discontinued operations, with respect to these divestments, under US GAAP.

             
  Years ended December 31,
  2003 2002 2001
  (SEKm)
Net sales  2,436   4,828   7,309 
Operating income  62   1,396   -380 
Net income  2   1,088   -301 

Revaluation of assets

     In accordance with Swedish GAAP, Electrolux has written up certain land and buildings to values in excess of the acquisition cost. Such revaluation is not permitted in accordance with US GAAP.

Stock-based Compensation

     Electrolux has several compensatory employee stock option programs, which are offered to senior managers. As a consequence of the decision taken by the Annual General Meeting to use treasury shares when the options are exercised, the Group has in 2002 dissolved the liability that had previously been recognized for Swedish GAAP purposes. For US GAAP purposes, Electrolux records a liability in respect of accrued compensation for its variable plans. According to Swedish accounting practice, employer’s record provisions for related social fees at the time the options are granted. US GAAP provides that the employer payroll taxes due upon exercise of stock options must be recognized as an expense at the exercise date of the option.

Guarantees

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others”. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45 are effective for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Swedish GAAP does not require recognition of the fair value of a guarantee. There was no material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting FIN 45.

Adjustments not affecting equity or income

Receivables sold with recourse

     Under Swedish GAAP, receivables that are sold with recourse are reported as a contingent liability. US accounting standard SFAS 140 permits the derecognizing of such assets only if the transferor has effectively surrendered control over the transferred assets. The amounts are therefore reclassified and reported as account receivables and loans for US GAAP purposes.

F-43


Reclassifications

     In accordance with Swedish GAAP, Electrolux has recorded advances received from customers as a reduction to inventory. Under US GAAP, such items have been classified as a current liability.

Consolidated statement of cash flow

     The statement of cash flow presented in AB Electrolux financial statements differs from the statement of cash flows according to SFAS 95. The main differences are the following: SFAS 95 requires a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents (liquid assets with maturities of three months or less when acquired), whereas Electrolux also includes financial instruments with maturities of three months or more at the time of acquisition in liquid assets; SFAS 95 requires that changes in long-term accounts receivable are included in cash flows from operating activities, whereas Electrolux includes these changes as investments. SFAS 95 requires changes in long-term loans to be reported gross showing proceeds and principal payments, whereas Electrolux presents a net amount.

     Restatement of prior periods

     The U.S. GAAP information for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 has been restated in order to correct certain errors in previously reported information.

Accounting for derivatives and hedging

     The U.S. GAAP information for the year ended December 31, 2001 has beenwas restated in the financial statement for 2002 in order to correct certain errors in previously reported information.

Accounting for derivatives and hedging

     The U.S. GAAP information for the year ended December 31, 2001 was restated to correct a mathematical error in the accounting for hedges of net investments in foreign subsidiaries according to SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. This error had no impact on reported U.S. GAAP net income but understated the reported U.S. GAAP comprehensive income and shareholder’s equity as of December 31, 2001 by SEK 540 million before deferred taxes of SEK -151 million, and overstated U.S. GAAP liabilities.

     Accounting for pensions

     The U.S. GAAP information for the yearsyear ending December 31, 2001 and 2000 has beenwas restated to correct errors in the accounting for Swedish Pension Funds in accordance with SFAS 87. The errors resulted in an understatement of U.S. GAAP net income by SEK 42 million before tax of SEK 12 million in 2001, and an understatement of U.S. GAAP net income by SEK 86 million before tax of SEK 24 million in 2000.2001. In addition, this restatement increased reported U.S. GAAP total equity and assets as of December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000 by SEK 459 million and SEK 417 million before tax of SEK -128 million and -116 million, respectively.million.

     Comprehensive income

     In addition, comprehensive income presented for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 has beenwas restated to reflect the exclusion of certain components of equity which were previously included as part of comprehensive income recognized in accordance with Swedish accounting principles, but which do not qualify as comprehensive income according to U.S. GAAP.

F-44


     The impact of these restatements on consolidated net income, comprehensive income and total equity according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported in the 2001 20-F arewere as follows:

                       
    Year ended December 31,
    
Restatement of Consolidated Net Income According to U.S. GAAP 2001     2000
  
     
    (SEKm)
Net income according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported      3,711           4,864 
Effect of restatement                    
 Pensions as previously reported  266           -228     
  Correction of error before tax of -12 and -24  42   42       86   86 
   
           
     
 Pension adjustment, as restated  308           -142     
 
 Taxes on adjustments as previously reported  -7           -68     
  Correction of taxes on restatements  -12   -12       -24   -24 
   
           
     
 Taxes on adjustment, as restated  -19           -92     
       
           
 
Net income according to U.S. GAAP after effects of restatement      3,741           4,926 
         
Restatement of Consolidated Net Income According to U.S. GAAP Year ended December 31,
  2001
  (SEKm)
Net income according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported.      3,711 
Effect of restatement        
Pensions as previously reported  266     
Correction of error before tax of —12  42   42 
   
 
     
Pension adjustment, as restated  308     
Taxes on adjustments as previously reported  -7     
Correction of taxes on restatements  -12   -12 
   
 
     
Taxes on adjustment, as restated  -19     
       
 
 
Net income according to U.S. GAAP after effects of restatement      3,741 
         
Restatement of Comprehensive Income According to U.S. GAAP Year ended December 31,
  2001
  (SEKm)
Comprehensive income according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported      3,126 
Correction of U.S. GAAP income for pensions      30 
Derivatives and hedging as previously reported  -385     
Correction of error, net of def. tax 151  389   389 
   
 
     
Derivatives and hedging, as restated  4     
Comprehensive income items recognized under Swedish accounting principles, as previously reported  35     
Correction for comprehensive income items  1,780   1,780 
   
 
     
Comprehensive income items as recognized under Swedish accounting principles, as restated  1,815     
Other corrections to comprehensive income as previously reported      140 
   
 
   
 
 
Comprehensive income according to U.S. GAAP after effects of restatement      5,465 
         
Restatement of Equity According to U.S. GAAP Year ended December 31,
  2001
  (SEKm)
Shareholder’s equity according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported      27,871 
Effect of restatement        
Pensions, as previously reported  -220     
Correction of error, before def. tax of —128  459   459 
   
 
     
Pension adjustment, as restated  239     
Derivatives and hedging, as previously reported  -607     
Correction of error, before def. tax —151  540   540 
   
 
     
Derivatives and hedging, as restated  -67     
Taxes on adjustments as previously reported  57     
Correction of tax effects on restatements  -279   -279 
   
 
   
 
 
Taxes on adjustments, as restated  -222     
   
 
   
 
 
Shareholder’s equity according to U.S. GAAP after restatement      28,591 

F-28F-45


                  
   Year ended December 31,
   
Restatement of Comprehensive Income According to U.S. GAAP 2001 2000
   
 
   (SEKm)
Comprehensive income according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported      3,126       2,179 
Correction of U.S. GAAP income for pensions      30       62 
Derivatives and hedging as previously reported  -385             
 Correction of error, net of def. tax 151  389   389       
   
             
Derivatives and hedging, as restated  4             
 
Comprehensive income items recognized under Swedish accounting principles, as previously reported  35       -2,632     
 Correction for comprehensive income items  1,780   1,780   3,193   3,193 
   
       
     
Comprehensive income items as recognized under Swedish accounting principles, as restated  1,815       561     
 
Other corrections to comprehensive income as previously reported      140         
   
   
   
   
 
Comprehensive income according to U.S. GAAP after effects of restatement      5,465       5,434 
                    
     Year ended December 31,
     
Restatement of Equity According to U.S. GAAP 2001 2000
     
 
     (SEKm)
Shareholder’s equity according to U.S. GAAP as previously reported      27,871       26,110 
Effect of restatement                
  Pensions, as previously reported  -220       -437     
   Correction of error, before def. tax of –128 and -116  459   459   417   417 
   
       
     
  Pension adjustment, as restated  239       -20     
 
  Derivatives and hedging, as previously reported  -607             
   Correction of error, before def. tax -151  540   540       
   
             
  Derivatives and hedging, as restated  -67             
 
 Taxes on adjustments as previously reported  57       -124     
   Correction of tax effects on restatements  -279   -279   -116   -116 
   
       
     
 Taxes on adjustments, as restated  -222       -240     
   
   
   
   
 
Shareholder’s equity according to U.S. GAAP after restatement      28,591       26,411 

Recently issued accounting standards

Adjustments affecting equity and net incomeUS GAAP

     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Swedish accounting standards, which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. The following is a descriptionSFAS 149

     In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 149, “Amendment of those differences that have a significant effectStatement 133 on net income and shareholders’ equity.

Acquisitions

     According to Swedish accounting standards, prior to 1996, the tax benefit arising from realized pre-acquisition loss carry-forwards of an acquired subsidiary could be recognized in earnings as a reduction of current tax expense when utilized. According to U.S. GAAP, the benefits are required to be recorded as a component of purchase accounting, usually as a reduction of goodwill.

     Up to 2001, acquisition provisions could be established under Swedish accounting standards for restructuring costs related to other subsidiaries affected by the acquisition. These provisions are reversed to goodwill under U.S. GAAP.

F-29


Goodwill and other intangible assets

     Under Swedish GAAP, all intangible assets including goodwill must be amortized over the expected useful life of the asset. Assigning indefinite useful life is not permitted. Amortisation expense on goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets under U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 was SEK -222 million and SEK -168 million, respectively.

     According to U.S. accounting standard SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, applicable in full from January 1, 2002, acquisition goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are instead tested for impairment at least annually at a reporting unit level. Consequently, amortization of goodwill recorded under Swedish GAAP has been reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes. Amortization has also been reversed for intangible assets recognized under Swedish GAAP that have been assigned indefinite lives under SFAS 142, such as the acquisition of the right to use the Electrolux trademark in North America. The goodwill and the intangible assets with assigned indefinite lives have been tested for impairment in accordance with the methods prescribed in SFAS 142. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, the Company applied the discounted approach under APB 17 in order to test these assets for impairment.

     Under Swedish GAAP, intangible assets acquired in a business combination can be recorded separately from goodwill only if they, based on a control-oriented framework, meet the definition and recognition criteria for an intangible asset.

     SFAS 141 requires recognition of identifiable intangible assets based on separability and contractually related criteria. Preliminary purchase price allocations for certain business combinations during 2002 are expected to be finalized during the first half of 2003.

Development costs

     Prior to 2002, Swedish GAAP allowed capitalization of both research and development costs; however, the majority of Swedish corporations, including Electrolux, did not capitalize such costs. Beginning 2002, product development costs associated with the creation of intangible assets should be capitalized under Swedish GAAP if the following can be demonstrated (i) the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset, (ii) the intention to complete it, (iii) the ability to use or sell the intangible asset, (iv) how the asset will generate future economic benefits, and (v) the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the development. U.S. GAAP requires that research and development costs be expensed as incurred, except for certain costs associated with the development of software, as discussed below.

Restructuring and other provisions

     The recognition of restructuring cost under U.S. GAAP, as specified in EITF 94-3, is deferred until a commitment date is established. This is usually the date on which management, having appropriate level of authority, committed the Group to the restructuring plan, identified all significant actions, including the method of disposition and the expected date of completion, and, in the case of employee terminations, specified the severance arrangements and communicated them to employees. Prior to 2002, the guidance under Swedish GAAP was not as prescriptive and, in certain circumstances, allowed for earlier recognition. Additionally, U.S. GAAP was more prescriptive than Swedish GAAP regarding the types of costs which were allowed to be classified as restructuring cost, specifically those which were a direct result of the restructuring and which were not associated with the ongoing activities of the Group. As from 2002 Swedish GAAP is in all material aspects in line with EITF 94-3.

Pensions

     According to Swedish accounting standards, defined benefit pension obligations are recorded in the consolidated financial statements on the basis of accounting standards valid in the countries where the sponsoring companies operate. U.S. accounting standards are defined in SFAS No. 87 “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” which is more prescriptive, particularly in the use of actuarial assumptions such as future salary increases, discount rates and inflation. Additionally, SFAS No. 87 requires that a specific actuarial method (the projected unit credit method) be used.

     Certain pension commitments in Sweden are administered through a multi-employer plan for Swedish white-collar employees. In accordance with Swedish GAAP, Electrolux recognized income and recorded an asset for its allocable portion of a surplus, not utilized in 2000. Under U.S. GAAP, the entire amount was not allowed to be

F-30


recognized until it was received or available for utilization. In 2002, Electrolux utilized the remaining allocable surplus, and the amount has been recognized in current earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Derivatives and hedging

     Effective January 1, 2001, the company adopted SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”Activities".SFAS 149 amends SFAS 133 for decisions made:

1.as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group process that effectively required amendments to SFAS 133,
2.in connection with other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments, and
3.in connection with implementation issues raised in relation to the application of the definition of a derivative.

     SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions, and SFAS No. 138 “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Transactions, an Amendment to FASB Statement No. 133” for U.S. GAAP reporting purposes. These statements establish accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either assets or liabilities, and requires the company to designate, document and assess the effectiveness of a hedge to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Under Swedish GAAP, unrealized gains and losses on hedging instruments used to hedge future cash flows are deferred and recognized in the same period that the hedged transaction is recognized.

     Prior to the adoptionrelationships designated after June 30, 2003. Adoption of SFAS 133 and SFAS 138, management decided149 did not to designate any derivative instruments as hedges for U.S. GAAP reporting purposes except for certain instruments used to hedge the net investments in foreign operations. Consequently, derivatives used for the hedging of future cash flows, fair value hedges, and trading purposes are marked to market in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This increases the volatility of the income statement under U.S. GAAP as a result of the deviation in accounting standards between Sweden and the United States.

     In accordance with the transition provisions of SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded a net transition loss of approximately SEK 24 million in accumulated other comprehensive income and SEK 4 million net loss in earnings to recognize the fair value of derivative and hedging instruments. Substantially all of the transition adjustment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income has been recognized in earnings as of December 31, 2001. The subsequent adjustments from Swedish GAAP to US GAAP represent mark-to-market effects and recognition of items not qualifying for hedge accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP.

Software development

     Prior to 2002, all costs related to the development of software for internal use were generally expensed as incurred under Swedish GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, direct internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage should be capitalized, whereas, internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and the post-implementation stage should be expensed as incurred. As from 2002, Swedish GAAP is in all material aspects in line with U.S. GAAP.

Securities

     According to Swedish accounting standards, debt and equity securities held for trading purposes are reported at the lower of cost or market. Financial assets and other investments, that are to be held to maturity, are valued at acquisition cost. In accordance with U.S. GAAP and SFAS No. 115 “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” holdings are classified, according to management’s intention, as either “held-to-maturity,” “trading,” or “available for sale.” Debt securities classified as held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in current earnings. Debt and marketable equity securities that are classified as available for sale are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Electrolux classifies its equity securities as held for trading and its debt securities held to maturity.

Discontinued operations

     Under Swedish GAAP, the divestment of a segment or a major part of a segment requires segregating information about the divested operations from the continuing operations. None of the divestments made by Electrolux during the three years ended 2002 were of that magnitude.

     Under U.S. GAAP, the definition of a discontinued operation changed in 2002 with the adoption of SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Under SFAS 144, each of the following 2002 divestments are accounted for as a discontinued operations: Zanussi Metallurgica, the European motor operation, the Mexican compressor plant, the European home comfort operation and the remainder of the leisure appliance product line. Accordingly, the results of operations for 2002 relating to these divestments, including any loss for write-down to

F-31


fair value less cost to sell, and any gain or loss on disposal are required to be reclassified as discontinued operations. Additionally, U.S. GAAP also requires the results of operations of these divestments for prior years to be reclassified from continuing operations to discontinued operations. The following table sets forth the amounts reflected as discontinued operations in 2002, and the amounts reclassified from continuing to discontinued operations for the preceding two years, with respect to these divestments, under U.S. GAAP.

             
  Years ended December 31,
  
(SEKm) 2002 2001 2000
Net sales  651   4,079   3,777 
Operating income  1,929   202   475 
Net income  1,743   -19   274 

Revaluation of assets

     Under Swedish GAAP, land and buildings may under certain circumstances be written up and reported at values in excess of the acquisition cost. Such revaluation is not permitted in accordance with U.S. GAAP

Stock-based compensation

     Electrolux has several employee stock option programs, which are offered to senior managers. As a consequence of the decision taken by the Annual Shareholders Meeting to use treasury shares when the options are exercised, the Group has in 2002 dissolved the liability that had previously been recognized for Swedish GAAP purposes. For U.S. GAAP purposes, Electrolux applies the intrinsic value method of APB 25 and records a liability in respect of accrued compensation for its variable plans. According to Swedish accounting practice, employer’s record provisions for related social fees at the time the options are granted. U.S. GAAP provides that the employer payroll taxes due upon exercise of stock options must be recognized as an expense at the exercise date of the option.

Other taxes

     Under both Swedish and U.S. GAAP, Electrolux records deferred taxes on temporary differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities as well as operating losses carry forwards. Deferred tax assets are recognized under Swedish GAAP only if it is probable that they will be utilized, and under US GAAP for the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Electrolux believes that this establishes a higher probability threshold for the recognition of a deferred tax under Swedish GAAP, as compared to U.S. GAAP. As a result, certain deferred tax assets recognized under US GAAP under the “more likely than not” criteria were not recognized under Swedish GAAP as of December 31, 2000. Changes in circumstances during 2001 caused Electrolux to change its judgment about the realizability of those deferred tax assets for Swedish GAAP purposes, and to recognize deferred tax assets for the same amount under Swedish GAAP and U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2001.

Consolidated statement of cash flow

     The statement of cash flow presented in AB Electrolux financial statements differs from the statement of cash flows according to SFAS No. 95. The main differences are the following: SFAS No. 95 requires a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents (liquid assets with maturities of three months or less when acquired), whereas Electrolux also includes financial instruments with maturities of three months or more at the time of acquisition in liquid assets;

     SFAS No. 95 requires that changes in long-term accounts receivable are included in cash flows from operating activities whereas Electrolux includes these changes as investments. SFAS No. 95 requires changes in long-term loans to be reported gross showing proceeds and principal payments, whereas Electrolux present a net amount.

F-32


Other information–accounting principles

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Marketing expenses

     Expenditure for advertising and other marketing activities is charged as incurred.

Revenue recognition / Cooperative advertising

     The Company engages in cooperative advertising programs with selected customers. These amounts are recorded within marketing and administrative costs in those instances where the Company requires evidence of advertising services performed by the customer on the Company’s behalf. In those instances where evidence is not required, the Company records the amounts as a reduction to revenue. This accounting is in accordance with EITF 00-25.

Recently issued accounting standards

Swedish GAAP

     For the convenience of U.S. readers, Electrolux has included the following information about new accounting standards under Swedish GAAP. As of January 1, 2003, Electrolux implemented the following new accounting standards:

RR2:02—Inventories. RR2:02 is an update of the previous standard on inventories, RR2. The adoption of RR2:02 has not had an impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

RR22—Presentation of financial statements.The objective of this standard is to prescribe the basis for presentation of general purpose financial statements, in order to ensure comparability both with the company’s own financial statements of previous periods and with the financial statements of other companies.

RR24—Investment property.This standard prescribes the accounting treatment for investment property held to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both, and related disclosure requirements. The adoption of RR24 has not had an impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

RR25—Segment reporting.The objective of this standard is to establish principles for reporting financial information by segment to help users of financial statements to better understand different types of products and services a company produces and in which geographical areas it operates. The effect of implementing RR25 has not had a material effect on the presentation of Electrolux’s segment information.

RR26—Events after the balance sheet date.This statement prescribes when a company should adjust its financial statements for events after the balance sheet date and the disclosures that a company should provide about the date when the statements were authorized for issue and about events after the balance sheet date. The effect of implementing RR26 has not had a material effect on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

RR27—Financial instruments. Disclosure and presentation.The objective of this standard is to enhance financial statement user’s understanding of the significance of on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments to a company’s business, results of operations, and financial position. The standard prescribes certain requirements for presentation of on-balance-sheet (recognized) and off-balance-sheet (unrecognized) financial instruments. The effect of implementing RR27 has not hadhave a material impact on the business, results of operations, andGroup’s consolidated financial position of the Company.statements.

RR28—Accounting for Government Grants.This standard applies for financial reporting and disclosure of government grants and other forms of government assistance. The effect of implementing RR28 has not had a material impact on the business, results of operations, and financial position of the Company.

F-33


U.S. GAAP

     SFAS 143150

     In August 2001,May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting150, “Accounting for Obligations AssociatedCertain Financial Instruments with the RetirementCharacteristics of Long-Lived Assets. The provisionsBoth Liabilities and Equity”, to establish standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances).

SFAS No. 143 apply to all entities that incur obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets. This statement150 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal yearsinstruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2002 and became effective2003, except for certain provisions which have been deferred. There was no impact on the Company on January 1, 2003. The effects of this standard, if any, are not yet evaluated by the Company.

SFAS 145

     In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections”. This statement rescinds SFAS 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt- an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30”, which required all gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classifiedGroup’s consolidated financial statements as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effects. As a result the criteria set forth by APB Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses.of adopting SFAS 145 also amends SFAS 13 to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. In addition, SFAS 145 amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings or describe their applicability under changed conditions. The standard is generally effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 145 has not had a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations.150.

SFAS 146

     In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”. This standard addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)”. SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred rather than at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS 146 is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

SFAS 148

     In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure.” This standard amends SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity’s accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation. Finally, SFAS 148 amends APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure about those effects in interim financial information. SFAS 148 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has no current plan to change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation under SFAS 123 and does not expect SFAS 148 to impact its financial statements.

     EITF 00-21

     In January 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. EITF 00-21 addresses the issues of (1) how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting; and (2) of:

1.how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting; and
2.how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. EITF 00-21 does not change otherwise applicable revenue recognition criteria.

     EITF 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Group isThere was no impact in the process of assessing the impactGroup’s consolidated financial statement as a result of adopting EITF 00-21.

SAB 104

     On December 17, 2003, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 (SAB 104), “Revenue Recognition”, which supercedes SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”. SAB 104’s primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superceded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21 but does not expect it to be significant.“Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. The revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. There was no impact in the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting SAB 104.

F-34FIN 46

     In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. A variable interest entity is a legal entity that lacks either:

1.equity interest holders as a group that lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, including: decision making ability and an interest in the entity’s residual risks and rewards or
2.the equity holders have not provided sufficient equity investment to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.

F-46


     Interpretation 46 requires a variable interest entity created after February, 2003 to be consolidated if any of its interest holders are entitled to a majority of the entity’s residual return or are exposed to a majority of its expected losses as of December 31, 2003. This party is referred to as the primary beneficiary. There was no impact in the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting FIN 46.

     FIN 4546(R)

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN 45 requires a liability to be recognized at the time a company issues a guarantee for the fair value of the obligations assumed under certain guarantee agreements. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement of guarantee agreements are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of FIN 45 on its consolidated financial statements.

FIN 46

     In January 17, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46,46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51”Entities”. The primary objective ofFIN 46(R) replaces FIN 46 isand clarifies the accounting for interests in variable interest entities. The Group will begin to provide guidance on the identification of, and financial reportingapply FIN 46(R) to entities considered to be variable interest entities for entities over which control is achieved through means other than voting rights; such entities are known as variable-interest entities (VIEs).periods after December 31, 2003. Electrolux is in the process of assessing the impact of FIN 46 on its consolidated financial statements.46(R).

F-35F-47


THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF THE EFFECTS THAT APPLICATION OF U.S.US GAAP WOULD HAVE ON CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME, EQUITY AND THE BALANCE SHEET.

               
A. Consolidated net income 2002 2001 2000
    as restated as restated
  
 
 
  (SEKm)
Net income as reported in the consolidated income statement  5,095   3,870   4,457 
Adjustments before taxes:            
 Acquisitions  53   304   45 
 Goodwill and other intangible assets  233       
 Development costs  -156       
 Restructuring and other provisions  -545   -296   391 
 
Pensions1)
  74   308   -142 
 Derivative instruments  579   -33   4 
 Capitalization of computer software  -24   17   51 
 Securities  -5       
 Stock-based compensation  -69   34    
Taxes on above adjustments  73   -19   -92 
Other taxes     -444   212 
   
   
   
 
Net income according to U.S. GAAP  5,308   3,741   4,926 
Net income from continuing operations according to U.S. GAAP  3,565   3,760   4,652 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations according to U.S. GAAP  1,743   -19   274 
 
Net income per share, basic and diluted, in SEK according to U.S. GAAP  16.25   11.00   13.70 
Net income from continuing operations per share, basic and diluted, in SEK according to U.S. GAAP  10.90   11.05   12.95 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations per share, basic and diluted, in SEK according to U.S. GAAP  5.35   -0.05   0.75 
No. of shares2)
  327,093,373   340,064,997   359,083,955 

A. Consolidated net income, SEKm

             
  2003 2002 2001
Net income as reported in the consolidated income statement  4,778   5,095   3,870 
Adjustments before taxes            
Acquisitions     53   304 
Goodwill and other intangible assets  193   233    
Development costs  -316   -156    
Restructuring and other provisions     -545   -296 
Pensions  33   74   3081)
Derivatives and hedging  191   579   -33 
Capitalization of computer software  -24   -24   17 
Securities  6   -5    
Stock-based compensation  -7   -69   34 
Taxes on the above adjustments  27   73   -19 
Other taxes        -444 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income according to US GAAP  4,881   5,308   3,741 
Net income from continuing operations according to US GAAP  4,879   4,220   4,042 
Net income/loss from discontinued operation  2   1,088   -301 
Net income per share in SEK according to US GAAP.  15.60   16.25   11.00 
Number of shares 2)
  313,270,489   327,093,373   340,064,997 


1) After restatementsrestatement as described on pages F-28F-45 and F-29.F-46.
 
2) Weighted average number of shares outstanding through the year, after repurchase of own shares.
              
B. Comprehensive income 2002 2001 2000
    as restated as restated
  
 
 
  (SEKm)
Net income according to U.S. GAAP  5,308   3,741   4,926 
Comprehensive income recognized in accordance with Swedish accounting principles  -3,121   1,815   561 
Comprehensive income recognized for U.S. GAAP adjustments            
 Translation differences  76   -49   -42 
 
Pensions, net of tax, 18 and 12 respectively1)
  42   -18   -10 
 
Derivatives and hedging, net of tax of 72,- 1 and respectively1)
  -183   4    
 Securities, net of tax of - 20 and – 3 respectively     -28   -1 
   
   
   
 
Comprehensive income according to U.S. GAAP  2,122   5,465   5,434 

F-48


B. Comprehensive income (SEKm)

             
  2003 2002 2001
Net income according to US GAAP  4,881   5,308   3,741 
Comprehensive income recognized in accordance with Swedish accounting principles  -1,382   -3,121   1,815 
Comprehensive income recognized for US GAAP adjustments            
Translation differences  9   76   -49 
Pensions, net of tax —, 18 and 12 respectively.  2   42   -181)
Derivatives and hedging, net of tax 41, 72 and - -1 respectively  -104   -183   41)
Securities, net of tax —, — and 20 respectively        -28 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Comprehensive income according to US GAAP  3,406   2,122   5,465 

C. Equity (SEKm)

             
  2003 2002 2001
Equity as reported in the consolidated balance sheet  27,462   27,629   28,864 
Adjustments before taxes            
Acquisitions  -564   -594   -711 
Goodwill and other intangible assets  392   233    
Development costs  -472   -156    
Restructuring and other provisions        545 
Pensions  419   355   2391)
Derivatives and hedging  303   257   -671)
Capitalization of software  20   44   68 
Securities  1   -5    
Revaluation of assets  -134   --147   -159 
Stock-based compensation  -42   -35   34 
Taxes on the above adjustments  -37   -77   -222 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Equity according to US GAAP  27,348   27,504   28,591 


1) After restatementsrestatement as described on pages F-28F-45 and F-29.F-46.

F-36F-49


              
C. Equity 2002 2001 2000
    as restated as restated
  
 
 
  (SEKm)
Equity as reported in the consolidated balance sheet  27,629   28,864   26,324 
Adjustments before taxes:            
 Acquisitions  -594   -711   -979 
 Goodwill and other intangible assets  233       
 Development costs  -156       
 Restructuring and other provisions     545   841 
 
Pensions1)
  355   239   -20 
 
Derivatives and hedging1)
  257   -67   -39 
 Capitalization of computer software  44   68   51 
 Securities  -5      48 
 Revaluation of assets  -147   -159   -19 
 Stock-based compensation  -35   34    
Taxes on the above adjustments1)
  -77   -222   -240 
Other taxes        444 
   
   
   
 
Equity according to U.S. GAAP  27,504   28,591   26,411 
   
   
   
 


1)After restatements as described on pages F-28 and F-29.

D. Balance sheet (SEKm)

The table below summarizes the consolidated balance sheets prepared in accordance with Swedish accounting principles and U.S.US GAAP.

                 
  According to According to
  Swedish principles U.S. GAAP
  
 
        2001
  2002 2001 2002 as restated
  
 
 
 
  (SEKm)
Intangible assets  4,928   5,159   4,411   4,565 
Tangible assets  18,188   22,526   18,085   22,351 
Financial assets1)
  4,582   4,666   4,744   4,689 
Current assets1)
  57,726   62,096   58,855   63,601 
   
   
   
   
 
Total assets
  85,424   94,447   86,095   95,206 
   
   
   
   
 
Equity1)
  27,629   28,864   27,504   28,591 
Minority interests  592   699   592   699 
Provisions for pensions and similar commitments1)
  6,018   4,095   6,162   4,403 
Other provisions1)
  7,580   8,341   7,897   8,081 
Financial liabilities1)
  15,377   22,914   15,307   23,412 
Operating liabilities1)
  28,228   29,534   28,633   30,020 
   
   
   
   
 
Total liabilities and equity
  85,424   94,447   86,095   95,206 
   
   
   
   
 
                         
  According to According to
  Swedish principles US GAAP
  2003 2002 2001 2003 2002 20011)
Intangible assets  4,782   4,928   5,159   4,362   4,411   4,565 
Tangible assets  15,638   18,188   22,526   15,504   18,085   22,351 
Financial assets  3,190   4,582   4,666   3,461   4,744   4,689 
Current assets  53,418   57,726   62,096   55,045   58,855   63,601 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total assets
  77,028   85,424   94,447   78,372   86,095   95,206 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Equity  27,462   27,629   28,864   27,348   27,504   28,591 
Minority interests  27   592   699   27   592   699 
Provisions for pensions and similar commitments  5,678   6,018   4,095   6,185   6,162   4,403 
Other provisions  5,683   7,580   8,341   6,034   7,897   8,081 
Financial liabilities  12,182   15,377   22,914   12,772   15,307   23,412 
Operating liabilities  25,996   28,228   29,534   26,006   28,633   30,020 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total equity and liabilities
  77,028   85,424   94,447   78,372   86,095   95,206 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1) After restatementsrestatement as described on pages F-28F-45 and F-29.F-46.

F-37F-50


SCHEDULE II

AB ELECTROLUX AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
For the Years Ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 20022003
(In millions of SEK)

                     
  Balance at Charged (credit) Charged (credit) to     Balance at
Description beginning of period costs & expenses other accounts 1, 2 Deductions3 end of period
  
 
 
 
 
2002
                    
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:                    
Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable  1,606   366   (257)  (239)  1,476 
Allowance for long-term trade accounts and notes receivable  433   16   (121)  34   362 
   
   
   
   
   
 
2001
                    
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:                    
Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable  1,497   386   95   (372)  1,606 
Allowance for long-term trade accounts and notes receivable  355   34   (2)  46   433 
   
   
   
   
   
 
2000
                    
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:                    
Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable  1,416   120   151   (190)  1,497 
Allowance for long-term trade accounts and notes receivable  212   18   229   (104)  355 
   
   
   
   
   
 
                     
          Charged      
  Balance at Charged (credit)      
Description beginning of (credit) costs to other     Balance at
  period & expenses accounts1, 2 Deductions3 end of period
2003
                    
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:                    
Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable  1,476   29   (69)  (423)  1,013 
Allowance for long-term trade accounts and notes receivable  362   50   5   (26)  391 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
2002
                    
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:                    
Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable  1,606   366   (257)  (239)  1,476 
Allowance for long-term trade accounts and notes receivable  433   16   (121)  34   362 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
2001
                    
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:                    
Allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivable  1,497   386   95   (372)  1,606 
Allowance for long-term trade accounts and notes receivable  355   34   (2)  46   433 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 


1. Includes exchange differences.

 
2. Includes the acquisition of new companies.

 
3. Includes companies sold.

F-38F-51


SIGNATUREITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The Company has elected to furnish the financial statements and related information specified in Item 17 in lieu of responding to this item.

126


ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

1.*Articles of Association of the Company, as amended on May 2, 2002.

2.Form of Deposit Agreement dated as of April 20, 2004 between the Company and The Bank of New York.

8.List of the Company’s subsidiaries. Please see Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements.

12.1Certification of Hans Stråberg, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

12.2Certification of Fredrik Rystedt, Senior Vice President and Head of Group Staff Controlling, Accounting, Taxes, Auditing and IT, of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

14.1Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers AB, independent auditors to the Company.

14.2Consent of KPMG AB, independent auditors to the Company.

        _________________
*Incorporated by reference to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2003 (Commission File Number 0-15741).

127


SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly causedcause and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

AKTIEBOLAGET ELECTROLUX (publ)
Stockholm, June 18, 2003/s/ Hans Stråberg
President and Chief Executive Officer
Hans Stråberg
/s/ Fredrik Rystedt
Senior Vice President and Head of
Group Staff Controlling, Accounting,
Taxes, Auditing and IT
Fredrik Rystedt


CERTIFICATIONS

I, Hans Stråberg, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Aktiebolaget Electrolux (publ);
2.Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
c)presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
b)any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

AKTIEBOLAGET ELECTROLUX (publ)
   
Stockholm, June 18, 200324, 2004 /s/ Hans Stråberg
President and Chief Executive Officer
Hans Stråberg


CERTIFICATIONS

I, Fredrik Rystedt, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Aktiebolaget Electrolux (publ);
 
2.Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
 b)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
c)presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
b)any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Stockholm, June 18, 2003/s/ Fredrik Rystedt
      Fredrik Rystedt
Senior Vice President and Head of
      Group Staff
Staffing Controlling, Accounting,
      Taxes Auditing and IT
Fredrik RystedtAuditing

128